THE LIVING WORLD

Biology is the branch of Science which deals

with the study of living things. The term
"biology" has originated from the Greek words,
bios (= life) and logos(= study). Aristotle is
considered as the Founder of Biology, but the
term "biology" was proprosed by Lamarck. The
term "biology" is often replaced by the term
"life science" or "biological science".
Aristotle is considered as the "Father of
Zoology". Theophrastus is considered as the
"Father of Botany". He was a student of
Aristotle
What is living ?
There are two types of objects in the world
living (animate) and non-living (inanimate)
Life is the property that distinguishes living
objects (living things or living beings or living
organisms) from non-living objects.
Characteristics of living organisms
Basic characteristics exhibited by living
organisms are growth, reproduction, ability to
sense environment, metabolism, cellular
organization, and consciousness.
1. Growth
All living organisms have the capacity to grow.
Growth of ar individual organism has 2
characteristics.
1. Increase in body mass
2. Increase in number
A multicellular organism grows by cell
division. In plants, growth by cell division
occurs throughout their life span.
In animals, the growth by cell division occurs
only upto a certain age Thereafter, cell division is
seen in certain tissues to replace the lost cells
Unicellular organism also grows by cell
division, can be observed in invitro cultures.
Increase in body mass is considered as
growth. In living organisms, the growth is from
inside
If we take Increase in body mass as a criteria
for growth, certain non-living objects such as
mountains, boulders, sand mounds etc also
grow. These non-living objects are grown by the

accumulation of material on their surface

Therefore,growth cannot be taken as a
defining property of living organisms alone A
dead organism does not grow.
2. Reproduction
It is a characteristic of living organisms. In living
organisms, reproduction means the production
of new individuals similar to them.
A multicellular organism reproduces by 3
ways sexual method, asexual method, and
vegetative method
Fungi multiply and spread easily by producing
millions of asexual spores. Hydra and yeast
multiply by budding. Planaria (a flat worm)
regenerates the lost part of its body and
becomes a new one Filamentous algae,
protonerna of mosses, and fungi also multiply by
fragmentation.
In unicellular organisms like bacteria,
Amoeba,unicellular algae, etc reproduction is
synonymous with growth. ie, increase in number
of cells. Therefore, in unicellular organisms,
there is no distinction in the usage of the terms
"growth" and "reproduction".
Many organisms like mule, sterile worker bees,
infertile human couples, etc do not reproduce
Non-living objects also cannot reproduce and
replicate
by
themselves.
Therefore.
reproduction cannot be taken as a defining
property of living organisms.
3. Metabolism
All living organisms are made of different kinds
of chemicals. These chemicals are constantly
being made and changed into some other
biomolecules. These changes or conversions
are called chemical reactions or metabolic
reactions. Thousands of metabolic reactions
occur simultaneously inside all living organisms.
The sum total of all the chemical reactions
occurring in our body is called metabolism. All
unicellular and multicellular organisms (plants,
animals,
fungi,
micro-organisms)
exhibit
metabolism. No non-living object exhibits
metabolism.
Metabolic reactions can be performed outside
the body in cell-free systems. An isolated
metabolic reaction outside the body of an
organism is neither living nor -non-living, The
isolated metabolic reactions in vitro are not
"living things" but are "living reactions". Living

reactions are defining property of all living

organisms without exception.
4. Cellular organisation
All unicellular or multicellular organisms are
made tip of one or more cells. These cells are
similar in internal structure and functions.
Hence. cellular organisation of the body is the
defining feature of life forms.
5. Consciousness
All living organisms have the ability to sense
their surroundings or environment and respond
to these environmental stimuli which could be
physical. chemical or biological.
All organisms, from prokaryotes to the most
complex eukaryotes, can sense and respond to
environmental cues. Human beings sense the
environment through sense organs. Plants
respond to external factors like light,
temperature, water, pollutants. other organisms,
etc In both plants and animals, photoperiod
(duration of light) affects the reproduction in
seasonal breeders.
All organisms have the ability to handle
chemicals that enter their bodies, and are
"aware" of their surroundings.
A human being is the only organism having
"self-consciousness". ie, "aware of himself'.
Therefore, consciousness is the defining
property of living organisms.
It is more difficult to define the living state of a
human being at different times. For example, a
patient lying in coma in hospital is brain death,
and supported by machines (ie, heart and lung
machines). Such a patient nas no selfconsciousness. Are such patients who may
never come back to normal life, living or nonliving? In higher organisms, all living phenomena
are due to underlying interactions. The
properties of tissues arise as a result of
interactions among the constituent cells. These
properties of tissues are not present in the
constituent cells. Similarly, the properties of
cellular organelles arise as a result of
interactions among the molecular components
that constitute the organelle These properties of
cellular organelles are also not present in the
molecular components of the organelle These
interactions result in emergent
Properties at a higher level of organisation.
Therefore, the living organisms are selfreplicating, evolving, and self-regulating

interactive systems capable of responding to

external stimuli. All living organisms (present.
Past and future) are linked to one another by the
sharing of common genetic material to varying
degree
Diversity
in
the
living
world
Earth provides. the physical base for living
beings_ There are millions of varieties of living
organisms (p ants, animals. fungi. and microorganisms) in the world around us_ There are
also many organisms that we cannot see with
our naked eye around us. They are found in
varied habitats like mountains, oceans, forests,
lakes, deserts and even hot water springs. It is
estimated that about 1.7 - 1.8 million species of
living organisms have been identified and
studied
All living organisms which live on earth together
make up the natural diversity of life in the world
This natural diversity of life on earth is generally
called biological diversity or biodiversity
Taxonomy
The branch of science which deals with
characterisation identification, nomenclature
and classification of organisms is called
taxonomy or systematics. Systematics is as
old as human civilization. The term "taxonomy"
was first introduced by a P. De Candole in 1813.
Scientists who study and contribute to the
classification of organisms we known as
taxonomists or systematists.
The basis of modem taxonomic studies are
external and internal structure, (morphology and
anatomy respectively) the structure of the cell
(cytology), developmental process (embryology),
and ecological information (ecology) of
organisms.
Nomenclature
Method of naming is called nomenclature
Naming of living organisms is one of the
important features of taxonomy. Names may be
of two types - local names and scientific
names.
1. Local names
Locally used names are called local names
(vernacular names or common names).
Generally the local names are in local language
or common language.
The common names created confusion because
different species may be known by the same

name and the same species may be known by

different local names in different parts of the
world. Therefore, it is necessary to have
common scientific names that is universally
accepted for all organisms for the people of all
languages, throughout the world. This avoids
unnecessary
confusion
and
introduces
uniformity.
2. Scientific names : Names of the organisms
based on agreed principles and criteria. are
called scientific names
There
are
three
types
of
scientific
nomenclatures.
They
are
polynomial
nomenclature, binomial nomenclature, and
trinomial nomenclature
Binomial nomenclature
It is a method of naming by which an organism
is known by a scientific name having two
components (words). Binomial system of
nomenclature was first introduced by Carolus
Linnaeus in 1758. In a binomial name, the first
component (word) is called generic name or
genus name or generic epithet and the
second component (word) is called specific
name or species name or specific epithet.
Both these components (words) are in Latin and
printed in italics and underlined when typed or
handwritten, The Swedish naturalist formulated
an acceptable classification, and so he is
regarded as the 'Father of Taxonomy'. He
published his scheme of classification in his
book "Species Plantarum" in 1753. The term
"systematic" is derived from the Latinised
Greek word "systemma". This word was used by
Carolus Linnaeus in naming his book "Systema
Naturae" in 1758. He classified about 5,900
species of plants in the Species Plantarum and
about 4,200 species of animals in the Systema
Naturae
Who can give scientific names?
Anyone can study, describe, identify and give a
name to an organism provided certain universal
rules are followed These rules (codes) are
organizations Internationaf Code of Botanical
Nomenclature (ICBN) and internationarCode
of Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN). The
codes (rules) are established and improved
upon at International Botanical and Zoological
Congress held from time to time. The names of
bacteria and viruses are decided by International
Code of Bacteriology Nomenclature (ICBN) and
International Code of Viral Nomenclature
(ICVN). Similarly, there is a separate

international Code of Nomenclature

Cultivated Plants (ICNCP).

for

Universal rules for naming of organisms

The universally accepted rules (guidelines or
norms) for nomenclature are the following.
1. A scientific name generally has two
components (words) in Latin or derived from
Latin irrespective of their origin.
2. First word of a biological name denotes the
genus whereas the second one is for species.
3. Names are printed in italics or when hand
written are separately underlined to indicate their
Latin origin.
4. Generic name starts with a capital letter and
the specific name with a small letter. eg:
Mangifera indica, for mango tree Homo sapiens
Linn for man etc It indicates that this species
was first described by Linnaeus.
5. The name of the author is written in
abbreviated form after the species name and it
is printed in Roman. eg: Mangifera indica Linn.,
Homo sapiens Linn., etc It indicates that this
species was first described by Linnaeus.
6. Each taxonomic group can have only one
correct name
7.The name should be short, precise and easy
to pronounce
Taxonomic categories
Plants and animals are placed in a series or
succession of different ranks or categories
according to their natural relationship. This
system of arrangement of organisms in which
categories are placed in order of logical
sequence is called "hierarchial system of
classification or "hierarchy" in plant kingdom
and animal kingdom. The hierarchy of categories
(Linnaen hierarchy) consists of a descending
sequence of 7 categories such as kingdom,
phylum for animals or division only for
plants, class, order or cohort, family, genus,
and species. Each category is called taxon
(plural taxa). is
Species:
The lowest taxon or category in the biological
classification is the species. So, the basic unit
of taxonomy is species.

A species is "a group of individuals, which are

genetically distinct, reproductively isolated from
other such groups and similar in morphological
characteristics"(except for differences in size,
colour, and sex).
Let us cosider mangifera indica solanum
tuberosum (potato ) and Panthira leo .In all
three names indica tuberosum and leo represent
the specific epithets ,while the first word
Mngefera, Solanum ,Panthera are genera
.These represent
another higher level of
Taxon .Human beings belong to the species
sapiens which is grouped in the genus
homo.This scientific name thus for human
beings is written as Homo sapien

For example, the order Carnivora (lion, tiger,

leopard, cat, dog, etc,) and the order Primata
(man, apes, gorilla, gibbon, monkeys, etc) are
included in the class Mammalia.
Phylum or Division:
Classes having same features in common
constitute a Phylum.
For example. Phylum Chordate includes a
number of classes such as Pisces (fishes),
Amphibia, Reptilia, Aves (birds) and Mammalia
The
classes
such
as
Dicotyledonae,
Morocotyledonae are included in the Division of
Angiospermae

Genus:

Kingdom :

A genus is a group of related species. All the

species in a genus have many common
characteristics and all have evolved from a
common ancestor. For example, the related
species such as lion (Panthera leo) leopard
(Panthera pardus) and tiger (Panthera tigris)
with many common features belong to the genus
Panthera. Another example Potato and Brinjal
are two differebt species both belong to genus
solanum

The highest taxon or category in the biological

classification is the Kingdom. It includes one or
more related divisions or phyla Plants are put in
Kingdom Plantae (Plant Kingdom) and animals
are put in the Kingdom Animalia (Animal
Kingdom).

Family
Family has a group of related genera .Families
are charecterised on the basis of vegetative
and reproductive features
Eg: The genus Solanum, Petunia, and Datura
are placed in the family solanaceae . Genus
Panthera comprising Lion ,Tiger .Leopard are
put along the genus Felis (Cats ) in the family
of Felidae .The features of a cat and a dog you
will find similarities and some differences
also .They are seperate into two different
families Felidae and Canidae respectively.
Order or Cohort :
An order is a category of related families. For
example, families like Felidae (lion, tiger,
leopard, cat, etc) and Canidae(dogs and foxes)
are placed under the order Carnivora. The
families like Convolvulaceae ,Solanaceae
included in the order Polymoniales mainly based
on the Floral characterers
Class :
It includes related orders

Taxonomic Aids
Taxonomic work involves studies both in field
and in laboratory.
Taxonomic studies of various species of plants
animals and other organisms are useful in
agriculture, forestry ,industry and in general in
knowing our bio resorces and their diversing
Taxonomists have developed different types of
taxonomic aids to help in identification,
nomenclature and classification of organisms.
The important taxonomic aids are Herbaria,
Botanical gardens, Museum, Zoological
parks, and key. Taxonomy keys and tools that
help in identification based on characteristics
Herbarium
A Herbarium is defined as "store house of
collected plant specimens which have been
dried, pressed, preserved mounted on
herbarium sheets and arranged in the sequence
of a universally accepted system of
classification" It is a permanent and ready record
of plant specimens. The preparation of
herbarium is called herbarium technique. It
involves the following steps.
1. Collection of specimens
2. Pressing and drying of specimens
3. Mounting of specimens

4. Labelling of specimens

The largest zoo in the world is the Zoological

Park of Kruger in South Africa.

5. Storing of specimens
The herberium sheet carries a label providind
information about date and place of collection
,local and botanical names family of the plants
collectors name etc .Herberium setves as quick
referal system in taxonmic studies
Botanical Garden
It involves collection of lining plants for reference
.Each plants is labelled indicating its botanical or
scientific name and its family
Famous Botanical garden at Kew in England
(Royal Btanical Garden )
Indian Botanical Garden at Howrah in West
Bengal
National botanical research
Lucknow in India (U P)

Institute

at

Plants species in these botanical garden are

grown for identification purposes
Museums
Museum is a collection of preserved plants and
animals for study and reference. The museum
is prepared to preserve plants like algae, fungi,
mosses, ferns, and parts of gymnosperms
since they cannot be kept in the herbaria.
Animals are also preserved museums. The
specimens are fixed in the jars or containers
in chemical solutions (preservatives) and are
preserved for longer duration. The specimens
are correctly identified and labelled.
Plant and animal specimens are also preserved
as dry specimens. Insects are preserved in
insect boxes after collecting, killing and pinning.
Birds and mammals are stuffed and
preserved. Animal skeletons are also kept in
museums.
Zoological parks
These are places where live wild animals are
maintained and allowed to breed. In these
animals are provided with conditions close as
possible to the natural habitats. People,
especially the children, visiting a zoological
park (commonly called zoo). enjoy the visit by
seeing a variety of animals. The scientific
purpose of the zoo is to breed the animals which
are otherwise facing a threat in there natural
habitat.

The largest zoo in India is the Zoo of Kolkata

(Calcutta).
Keys
A key is a tool (device) by which each species
in a group of organisms may be identified. It is
prepared by a taxonomist to help other biologists
to identify the species. Taxonomic keys are
based on contrasting characters. The characters
are in a pair called couplet. Each statement in a
key is called lead.Separate taxonomic keys are
required for each taxonomic category like family,
genus, and species for their identification.
Other taxonomic aids
Besides the above mentioned taxonomic aids,
flora, manuals, monographs, and catalogues
also serve as taxonomic aids for correct
identification.
Flora
These contain the actual account of habitat and
distribution of plant species of a given area .It
provides the index to plants occurring in a
particulars area.Hocker compiled first complete
flora of India.
Manuals
These provide an information for identification of
names of species occurring in an area.
Monographs
These are hands books which provide the
available information of any one taxon (family or
genus)
Catalogues
These provide the list of publications. The
publications publish the books, periodicals, and
dictionaries which provide new information's for
taxonomic studies

ENTRANCE ORIENTED QUESTIONS

01. Species plantarum of Linnaeus described

[b] Taxonomy & Evolution

[a] 4200 animals

[b] 5900 plants

[c] Ornithology & Systematic

[c] 4200 plants

[d] 5900 Animals

[d] Systematic with history & Philosophy of

biology [e] All of these

02. Who defined species?

[a] Flora
[c] Mono graphs

[b] Mannulus
[d] Catalogues

03. An Information on any one taxon is

[a] Flora

[b] Mannuls

[c] Monographs

[d] Catalogues

04. Which is correct ?

[a] The taxonomic keys are based on the
contrasting characters generally in a pair called
couplet
[b] Botanical gardens are the collections of peserved plant specimens for study and
reference
[c] Closely related species are the family
[d] Classes is a taxon and Mammalia is a
taxonomic category
a. [a] a & d

[b] a, b& c

[c] a & c

[d] a only

05. Tie term systematics derived from

[a] Species plantarum

[b] Genera Plantarum

[c] Systema Naturae

[c ] Historia Plantarum

06. Match the following

[a] Taxonamy

[1] Calcutta

[b] Class

[2] kew

[c] Botanical garden

[3] john Ray

[d] CNH

[4] Systematics

[a] a-3.b-4,c-2,d-1

[b] a-4,b-3,c-1,d-2

[c] a-4,b-3,c-2,d-1

[d] a-1,b-3,c-2,d-4

07. The branches of Biology which are spanded

(connected) by Ernst Mayr is (are)

08. Defining property of living organism is (are)

i) Reproduction
ii)Growth
from
iii) Cellular organization of body

in

side

iv)Consciousness
[a] iii & iv

[b] I & iv

[c] I, & iv

[d] All except I

[e] All
09. Photoperiod can affect reproduction in
[a] All plants

[b] All animals

[c]Continuous breeders in plants & animals

[d] Seasonal breeders in plants & animals
[e] Seasonal breeders in plants only
10. The asexual reproduction
protonema of moss is

mode

[a] Budding

[b] Regeneration

[c] Fragmentation

[d] Both B & c

in

[e] All of these

11. Basic process (es) in taxonomy
i) Identification

ii) Characte-ization

iii] Classification

iv) Nomenclature

[a] I & iii

[b] I, iii & iv

[c] ii & iv

[d] only iii [e] All

12. Polymoniales is a
[a] Species

[b] family

[c] Order

[d] Class

[e] Genus
13. True
Animals

statements among the

following

[a] Evolution & Zoogeography

i) As we go higher from species to kingdom the

number of common characteristics goes on
increasing
ii) Lower the taxa more are the characteristics
that the members within the taxon share.

[e] All of the above

19. Which of the following easily multiply by
fragmentation
[a] Moss capsule Chalamydomonas

iii) Higher the category lesser is the difficulty of

determining the relationship to other taxa the
same level

[b] Chalamydomonas

[a] i & ii

[b] ii & iii

20. Select true or false

[c] i only

[d] ii only

(i) Isolated metabolic reaction invitro are not

living thins but living reactions

[e] all
14. Family of Triticum aestivum
[a] Solanaceae

[b] Fabaceae

[c] Poaceae

[d] Lilliaceae

[e] Papilionaceae
15. Herbarium sheets are arranged according to

[c] Filamentous algae

[d] Euglenoids

(ii) Biological names are generally in Roman and

written in italics
(iii) Systematics takes into account evolutionary
relationship between organisms.
(iv) Each genes may have one or more specific
epithets representing different organisms, but
having anatomical similarities

[a] Two kingdom classification

(v) Families are characterized only on the basis

of reproductive features

[b] Five kingdom classification

[a] T, F, T, T,F

[b] T, T, F, F, F

[c] Linnaeus classification

[c] F,T, T,F,T

[d] T. F. T, F,F

[d] Bentham & Hooker's classification

21. Which of these are identified on the basis of

aggregate of characters?

[e] None of these

16. Information on any one taxon is given in
[a] Manuals

[b] Flora

[c] Monograph

[d] Catalogues

[c] Systema Naturae [d] Historia Plantarum

17. Who made the origin of species diversity
central question of evolutionary biology?
[a] Charles Darwin

[b] Ernst mayr

[c] John Ray

[d] Alfred Wallace

18. Select the true one

[a] Increase in mass is characteristic of growth
[b] Increase in length in characteristic of growth
[c] Increase in number in characteristic of
growth
[d] Both A and C

[a] Family and higher categories

[b] Order and higher categories
[c] Class and higher categories
[d] Order and lower categories
22. Choose the wrong answer
[a] Lower the taxa more are the characteristics
that the member share
[b] Classification is the process by which
anything is grouped based on observable
characters
[c] Class mammalia has only order primate and
carnivora
[d] Herbarium serves as quick referral system in
taxonomical studies
23. Which of the following in separate for each
taxonomical category?

[a] Manuals

[b] Monographs

[c] Keys

c] i-B ii-A iii-c

[d] Catalogues

24. A)............. , B) ....................... are included

in
the
order,Polynomials
based
on
C) .........................
(a) a) Convolvulaceae b) Solanaceae
c)Floral

characteristic

[d] i-C ii-B iii-A

[e] None of the above

28. Mango is scientifically named as
[a] Magnifera indica Linn
[b] Magnifera indica Linn
[c) Magnifere indica Linn.
[d] Magnifera India

(b) a) Asclipidaceae

b) Solanaceae

c) Floral characteristic
(c) a) Anacardiaceae

[a] Vegitative feutures of plant species

b)Convolvulaceae

c) Genetic characteristic
(d) a) Convolvulaceae

29. Families are charecterised on the basis of

[b] Reproductive feauters of plant species

[c] 'a' an 'b'

b) Malvaceae

[d] Neither 'a' nor 'b'

c) Plant characters

30. Convolvulacae and solmanaceae are

included in the order polymoniales based on

25. Sapindales in the a) .............. of b) .............

[a] Floral charecterstics

(a) a) Class

b) Housefly

[b] Negative propagation

(b) a) Mango

b) Order

[c] Evolutionary relationship

(c) a) Mango

b) Family

[d] Ecologicalrelationship

(d) a) Family

b) Wheat

31, As we move from kingdom to species.

s:mtiarmes

26. Genus consists of species of

[a] Floral similarity
similarity

[a] increases
[b] Anatomical

(c) Functional similarity [d]

similarity

Morphological

27. Match the following

[i] Growth
[ii] Consxcisness
[iii] cellular organism of
body
a] i-C ii-A iii-B

[b] decreases

[c] Increases or decreases

[d] Neither increases nor decreases

32. Select correct matching pair

[a] Defining features of
living organisms
[b] Charecteristics of
living organisms
[c] Defining property of
living organisms
b] i-B ii-C iii A

Column -I
a] Homo sapines
[b] Musca domestica

Column-II
Non primates
Crustaceans

[c] Triticum aestivum

[d] Magnifera indica

Poaceae
Monocotyledons

33.Gibbon belongs to the order

[a] Carnivora

[b] Primata

[c] Non primata

[d] Mammalia

[34]. Match the following

iv. Botanical garden

v. Herbarium

Column I
[1] Leopard
[ii] Brinjal
[iii] Cat
[iv) Lion

Column II
[a] Solanum riigrum
[b] Felis domestica
[c] Panthera leo
[d]Solanum
melongena
[a] i-C ii-D iii-B iv-E v-A [b] i-C ii-D iii-E iv- C v-A
[c] i-C ii-A iii-B iv-D v-E [d] i-E ii-D iii-B iv-C v-A
[e] i-E ii-A iii-B iv-D v-C

[a] (i) d

(ii) a

(iii) e

[b] (i) a

(ii) b

(iii) e

(iv) b

(ii) a

(iii) e

(iv) b

(ii) a

(iii) c

(iv) e

(v) c
[c] (i) d

[b] Poacea

[c] Anacardiaceeae [d) Convolvulaceae

[e] Asteraceal

(iv) c

(v) b

(v) c

35. Petunia and Datura belongs to the family

[a] Solanceae

d.
identification
of
plants
&
animals
based on similarities &
dissimilarities
e. Learn about food
habits of wild animals

[d] (i) d
(v) b

39. Consider the following statements & choose

the right among them
i. Mannuals provide index to plant species
found in a particular area

36. Select correct order

[a] Class order Family
[b] Order Class Family

ii.Taxonomic groups are more morphological

aggregates rather than distinct biological entities

[c] Family Class Order

iii. Flora contains actual account of habitat &

distribution of plants of a given area

[d] Order Family Class

iv. NBGRI is at howrah, India

37. What when added to taxonomy forms the

branch of study known as systematic?

V. Category denotes a rank & also that groups

represent category

[a) Development process

[a] I, II only

[b] IV, V only

[b] External & internal structure

[c] II, Ill only

[d] Ill, V only

[c] Evolutionary relationship

40. Select the defining features of the life forms

among the following

[d] Ecological information of organism

38. Match the following

Column I
i. Key

ii. Museum

iii Zoological park

Column II
a. Preserved plants &
animal specimen for
study & reference
b.
Quick
referral
system in taxonomical
studies
c.
Identification
purpose

(i) Consiousness

(ii) Reproduction

(iii) Metabolism

(iv) Growth

(v) Cellular organization

[a] I, iii only

[b]iv ,v only

[c] iii ,iv only

[d] iii , v only

41. When the organism is described correctly

and we know to what organism the name is
attached to. This is known as

[a] Nomenclature
[c] Characterisation

[b] Identification
[d]Classification

42. Order of wheat, Geneus of Housfly, geneus

of wheat, Order of housefly are respectively
[a] Triticum, Diptera, Poales, Musca
[b] Poales, Diptera, Triticum, Musca
[c] Poales, Musca, Triticum, Diptera
[d] Triticum, IVIusoa, Poales, Diptera
43. The scientist who earned the tittle
"Alexander Agassiz Professor of Zoology
Emerites' was
[a] G.N Rarnachriadran [b] Watson crick
[c] Ernst Mayer

[d] Alfonsa Corti

[e] The first component in a biological name

denotes the specific epithet
47. Systems Naturae was written by:
[a] Ernst Mayr

[b] Carolus Linnaeus

[c] R. H Whittaker

[d] M.W Bejernick

48. Inter - breeding animals belong to the same

[a] Genus
[b] Family
[d] Order

[c]

Species

49. Select the wrong statements;

[a] Lower the taxon, more are the characteristics
that the members within the taxon share
[b] Order is the assemblage of genera which
exhibit a few similar characters.

44,.Which one of the following aspects is

exclusive characteristic of living things?

[c] Cat and dog are included in the same family

Felidae.

[a] Increase in mass from in only

[d] Binomial nomenclature was introduced by

Carolus Linnaeus.

[b] Perception of events happening in the

environment and their memory
[c] Increase in mass by accumulation of material
both on surface as well as internally
[d] Isolated the metabolic reactions occur in vitro
45. Which one of the following animals is
correctly matched with its particular named
taxonomic category?
[a] Cuttle fish rvlollusca, a class
[b] Humans Primata, the family
[c] Housefly Musca, an order
[d] Tiger tigris, the species
46. Which of the following statements regarding
universal ruses of nomenclature is wrong?
[a] The first word in a biological name
represents the genus

[a] a, b and c only

[b) b, c and d only

[c] a and d only [d] c and d only [e] b and c only

50. Match the following and choose the correct
combination from the options given:
Column i
name
[a] Wheat
[b] Mango
[c] Housefly
[d] Man

common

[a] a-1 b-2 c-4 d-3

[c] a-4 b-3 c-2 d-1

Column ii Taxnomic
category order
[1] Primate
[2] Diptera
[3] Sapindals
[4] Poales
[b] a-4 b-3 c-2 d-1
[d] a-4 b-2 c-3 d-1

51. Which of the following hierarchial order is not

in a correct?
[a] Class, family, genus [b] Phylum, order, family
[c] Class, Order, Family [d] Family, order. class

[b] The first word denoting the genus starts with

a capital letter.
[c] Both the words in biological name, when
handwritten, are separately underlined
[d] Bioilogical names are generally in Greek and
written in italics.

10

asymmetric, radially symmetric or bilaterally

symmetric.
a. Asymmetry. An asymmetric animal cannot be
divisible in any plane to produce two equal
halves. Eg, some sponges.
ANIMAL KINGDOM
All animals are metazoans. The metazoans are
multicellular, eukaryotic heterotrophs. Based on
their complexity of organization metazoans
are further devided in to parazoa and
eumetazoa.
In parazoa the cells are loosely aggregated and
do not form tissues or organs.
In eumetazoa the cells are organized in to
tissues, organs, and organ systems.
Based on habitat animals are divided in to two
groups they are aquatic animals and terrestrial
animals. Aquatic animals are either marine or
freshwater forms.
Basis of classification
Animal body is characterized by level of
organization, Embryonic germ layers, body
symmetry, body cavity, body segmentation, and
skeletal support

1. Level of organization : With difference in

complexity of animal body, the next structural
and functional level of the body may vary as cell,
tissue, organ and organ system.
[a] Celllular level of organization is a feature of
porifera, in which cell cannot organize to form
tissue, but it forms the body of animal
[b] Tissue level of organization : in which Cell
can form tissue, but tissue cannot form organ,
so body is an organization of tissue. Eg.,
Coelenterata and ctenopora
[c] Organ level of organization: Similary organ
cannot form organ system in platyhelminthes,
[d] Organ system level of organization: In
Aschelminthes and higher phyla, the organ can
organize as organ system and organ system can
form body.
2. Body symmetry: A three dimensional animal
like a three dimensional object may be

b. Radial symmetry. Radially symmetrical

animal can be devided in to two equivalent
halves by passing a section through any of the
radial plane. Such animals are discoidal or
tubular or cylinderical in shape. Eg.
Coelenterates, Echinoderms, certain sponges
Etc.
c.Bilateral symmetry. Bilaterally symmetric
animals can be divided in to two equal halves by
passing a section through the median
longitudinal axis. Such animals have distinct
anterior-posterior, dorso-ventral, and left and
right sides, they possess paired appendages.
Eg. Most of the higher mobile animals.
3. Body cavity or Coelom : Animals with a
tube within tube body plan have a fluid filled
cavity between the body wail and the alimentary
canal, called coelom. The intern& organs are
suspended in the coelom. Coelcm protects the
internal organs from external shocks.
a.Coelomate condition. Phylum porifera,
coelenterate and platyhelminthes do not
possess a coelom. Such a condition is known as
acoelomate condition. I n platyhelminthes the
space between gut and body wall is filled with
parenchymatous tissue
b.b.Pseudocoelomate
condition.
In
aschelminthes the space between body wall and
gut is not lined with mesoderm. (But it arises
from the first formed embryonic cavity called
blastocoel). So this cavity is termed as pseudo
coelom (false coleom).
c.c.Eucoelomate condition. Eucoelom is a
true body cavity formed by the splitting of
mesoderm during the embryonic development. It
lies between gut and body wall. As it is formed
by the splitting of mesoderm the cavity- is lined
with mesoderm. The phyla above aschelminthes
possess eucoelom (true coelom).
In arthropoda the coelom is highly reduced, it
develops during early embryonic development
but later replaced by a blood filled cavity called
haemocoel. Blood flows through this cavity and
bathes the internal organs.

11

4. Body segmentation: In certain groups of

animals the body is constructed of repeated
segments. This pattern is very distinct in
earthworms, centipedes, and millipedes. The
segmentation is known as metamerisation. Each
segment performs certain common functions, at
the same time may be specialized to do certain
other functions. In insects metameric segments
are grouped to form distinct head, thorax and
abdomen.
5.Body support and protection: The primitive
and simpler animals are devoid of hard skeletal
support, hence they are soft bodied animals. Eg.
Coelenterates, helminthes etc
a.Exoskeleton. Exoskeleton is formed by the
deposition of hard protective material on outer
body surface. All arthropods have an
exoskeleton of chitinous cuticle, impevious to
water. The same material forms the wings.
Molluscs protect their soft body with a hard
calcareous external shell. Echinoderms have
hard plates under their skin. Exoskeletal
structures are present in vertebrates as scales.
feathers, hair, nail etc
a.Endoskeleton. It is a peculiarity of
vertebrates, formed of hard bones or cartilage.
The vertebral column supports the whole body,
while muscles attached to the jointed bones
provides
body
flexibility
and
mobility.
Endoskeleton helps the vertebrates to attain
large size The skull protects brain and sensory
organs.
PHYLUM PORIFERA
They are popularly known as sponges or pore
bearers, which are simplest among metazoans.
They have cellular grade of organization, porous
body and internal system of water canals.

3. Presence of Choanocytes is one of the

important feature in porifera, Choanocytes are
collared and flagellated cells, which line the
interior of the spongocael and canal system. The
lashing movements of flagella creates an
incoming water current to the spongocoel that
brings in small organism which will be digested
by them.
4.Body is supported by spicules and spongin
fibres. Which lies in the gelatinous matrix of
body wall. Spongin is a silk like and elastic
substances secreted by mesodermal cells called
spongioblasts. Spicules are formed of silica or
calcium carbonate. 5. Both asexual and sexual
reproduction can be seen.Asexual reproduction
is by budding and fragmentation. Sexual
reproduction involves a flagellated free
swimming
larva
(Egs.
Amphiblastula.
Parenchymula)
Egs, sycon (scypha) spongilla (fresh water
sponge) and euspongia(bath sponge)
PHYLUM COELENTERATA (CNIDARIA)
Coelenterates
are
diploblastic,
radially
symmetrical unsegmented, tentacle bearing,
metazoans with blind sac body plan and tissue
grade of organization. Salient features:
1.Presence of Coelenteron: It is an internal
digestive cavity opens out only through mouth.
The cavity is also referred as gastro vascular
cavity. With anterior opening only.
2. Presence of Tentacles: Mouth is encircled
by several finger like structures called tentacles,
these help for food collection.

1.Cellular grade of organization: In which cells

do not from tissues, the body is a loose
aggregate of cells.

3. Polymorphism : is a division of labour by

occurance of different types of individuals in a
species based on their function in the society or
colony. The individuals of a cnidarian colony is
termed as zooids. They are physically linked just
like the organs of an organism.

2. Body is perforated by numerous openings

called ostia for intake of water which opens in
to the intern;al system of canals within
spongocoel. (spongocoel is the central body
cavity in sponges) From the spongocoel, water
escapes out through a wide opening called
osculum.

4. Presence of Cnidoblast cells: They are

offensive and defensive stinging cells, which is a
unique feature of this phylum so referred as
cnidarians. Cnidoblast cell has a poison filled
capsule called nematocyst, a sting and a trigger
like structure called cnidocil. Cindoblasts are
modified epidermal cells.

12

Platyhelminthes are triploblastic, bilaterally

symmetrical, acoelomate organisms with
blindsac body plan and unsegmented body. The
development is indirect

5. Primitive nervous system

network of cells.

constitutes a

1. Acoelomate condition:- The space between

gut and body wall is filled with parenchymatous
tissue(cr mesenchyme) thus a body cavity is
absent.

6. Asexual reproduction is possible by budding.

7.Presence of polypoid and medusoid
individuals (zooids):- Two kinds of individuals
or zooids are polyps and medusae, which
occur in the life cycle of many coelenterates.
Polyps are
tubular attaching forms with
upwardly directed mouth and oral tentacles.
They can asexually reproduce to form medusa
(They are hydra like). Medusae are umbrella like
free swimming, individuals with downwardly
directed mouth, marginal tentacles. They can
sexually reproduce to form polys.

2. Branched alimentary canal:- The alimentary

canal is branched and opens to the exterior only
through the mouth, anus is absent.

8. Alternation
Metagenesis:-

5. They are hermaphrodites. In most cases male

and female sex organs are located in the same
individual this condition is known as
monoeciosness
or
bisexuality
or
hermaphroditism. (the opposite condition is
called gonochorism or dioeciousness or
unisexuality)

of

generation

or

The life cycle of many coelenterates. involve a

regular and cyclic alternation between asexually
reproducing polypoid generation and a sexually
reproducing medusoid generation. This is known
as metagenesis or alternation of generation. le.
Polypoid zooids undergo budding to produce
medusae and medusae exhibits sexual
reproduction to produce polyps
. 9. Planula larvae:- Sexual reproduction
involves a ciliated free swimming larva (indirect
development) called planula larva. Egs..,
Physalia (portugese man of war) adamsia (Sea
anemone) Pennatula (sea pen) Gorgonia (sea
fan) Meandrina (brain coral) .Aurelia(jelly fish)
PHYLUM CTENOPHORA
Commonly called sea walnuts sea jellies are
exclusively marine, radially symmetric, dip
oblastic with tissue level of organization and
blind sac body plan. The body bears eight
external rows of ciliated comb plates, which help
in locomotion. Only one pair of tentacle is
present. Digestion is both extracellular and intra
cellular. Gastrovascular cavity is branched. They
can emit light(bioluminescence) sexes are
united and reproduction is sexual. Development
is direct and fertilisation is external. Egs..
Pleurobranchia, ctenoplana, beroe etc
PHYLUM PLATYHELMINTHES( Flukes)
= Flat worms

3. Protonephridia are flame cells:- Excretory

organs consist of branching tubules provided
with terminal flame cells. The flickering action of
cilia in the flame cells help to eliminate the waste
products through the nephridiopore.
4. Circulatory system and respiratory system are
absent.

Examples
Taenia
fasciola(liver fluke)

solium(

tape

worm),

PHYLUM ASCHELMINTHES (Nematoda)

= Round worms
Nemathelminthes
or
aschelminthes
are
triploblastic,
bilaterally
symmetrical,
cseudocoelomate organisms with tube within
tube body plan and unsegmenied body. The
development is indirect.
Salient features:1. Pseudocoelomate condition: Perivisceral
cavity is not mesodermal in origin, and has no
mesoderma Iining.
2. Cuticular covering: The body is covered
and protected by a tough and resistant layer
called cuticle. secreted by underlying epidermis.
3. Syncytial epidermis: Epidermal layer is a
multinucleate mass of protoplasm without
intervening
cell
membranes.
Such
a
protoplasmic mass is known as syncytium_
4. Straight and complete alimentary canal with
mouth and anus.

13

5. Circulatory system and respiratory system

are absent.
6.Excretory system consists of one or two
excretory tubes or gland cells called renette
cells.
7. They are gonochoric and most of the
members of the phylum exihibits sexual
dimorphism.(male and female individeals are
morphologically distinct).
8, Development is indirect with several larval
stages. Egs. Ascaris(common round worm),
Wuchereria (filarial worm) Ancylostoma( hook
worm)
PHYLUM ANNELIDA = Ring worms
Annelids are triploblastic, bilaterally symmetrical,
metamerically segmented eucoelomates with
tube within tube body plan.
Salient features:
1. Eucoelomate condition: The perivisceral
cavity is mesodermal in origin, filled with
coelomic fluid and internally lined with coelomic
epithelium. The outer lining is called parietal
peritoneum and the inner lining is visceral
peritoneum.
2. Dermomuscu'ar body wall and gut wall: Body
wall and gut wall are formed of mesodemal
circular and longitudinal rnscles.
3. Annelids possess a closed blood vascular
system, in which blood flows through the blood
vessels. Heart is absent in annelids.
4. Excretory organs are paired and segmentally
arranged metanephridia.
5. Nervous system consists of nerve ring around
the pharynx and an anterior- posteriorly running
segmentally gancrionated double ventral nerve
cord.
6.Setae: Buried in the dermis there are
numerous chitinous rods or bristles called setae.
in several cases these helps in locomotion.
7. Indirect development involves a free
swimming larva called Trochophore Nereis
(sand worm or clam worm) hirudinaria (leech)
pheretima(earthworm)
PHYLUM ARTHROPODA = Joint footed
animals Arthropods are triploblastic, bilaterally
symmetrical.eucoelomate organisms with tube
within tube body pan and segmented body.

Salient features:
1.The segmented body of arthropods has three
parts - head, thorax and abdomen. In certain
cases head and thorax fuse to form a single
region called cephalothorax. Its is covered
dorsally by a shield called carapace
2.Chitinous exoskeleton:- The body is covered
by chitinous exoskeleton secreted by the
epidermis. It is composed of chitin and proteins
and hardened by calcium carbonate and calcium
phosphate.
3. The chitinous exoskeleton can be periodically
removed and renewed. This process if known as
moulting or ecdysis.( The renewal and removal
of exoskeleton for periodic growth) Moulting
enables the growth and expansion of the body.
4. Each body segment bears a pair of jointed
appendages. their segments are called
podomeres. 5. In arthropods the perivisceral
cavity is a blood filled cavity called haemocoel,
which almost replaces the eucoelom, so as to
suspend the internal organs in blood instead of
coelomic fluid.
6. Coelom is reduced in adult, which is
restricted to pericardial, renal, and gonadial
cavities.
7. The circulatory system is open type and
provided with a dorsal heart, which is a tubular
pulsating vessel. Most of the time blood flows
through open channels and spaces (sinuses and
lacunae),
not
through
closed
vessels.
Apis(honey bee) Bombyx(silkworm) laccifer (lac
insect) Vectors Anopheles. culex and aedes
(mosquitoes) Gregarious pest locusta (locust)
Living fossil Limulus (king crab or horse shoe
crab)
PHYLUM MOLLUSCA = Soft bodied animals
Salient features:
1.The soft bilaterally symmetrical (a few are
asymmetric) and unsegmented body is divisible
in to head, visceral mass and foot. Head bears
the important sense organs visceral mass
contains the internal organs and foot for
locomotion.
2. Presence of mantle: In molluscs visceral
mass is covered by membranous fold known as
mantle or pallium, which encloses a cavity called
mantle cavity or pallial cavity in which gills are
located.

14

3. The body of mollusks are covered and

protected by a shell formed of calcium
carbonate, which secreted by mantle. Univalve
shells possess a single piece of shell, and
bivalve molluscs possess two pieces of shell.

6. Development is indirect with larval forms like

bipinnaria. auricularia, doliolaria, pluteus etc.
7. Echinoderms are exclusively marine.

4. Coelom is reduced in adults, and restricted to

renal, pericardial and gonadial cavities.

Examples:
Asterias(Starfish),
Echinus(Sea
urchin), Antedon(sea lily) Cucumaria( Sea
cucumber)
and
Ophiura(Brittle
star)
echinocardium(heart urchin)

5. Circulatory system
chambered dorsal heart.

PHYLUM CHORDATA

is

open

type

with

6. Respiratory organs are ctenidia (gills) in

aquatic forms, and pulmonary sacs (lungs) in
terrestrial forms.
7. Mouth is armoured with a file like rasping
organ called radula for grinding food.
8. Nervous system consists of paired ganglia
and their connectives.
9. Development may be direct or indirect.
Indirect development involves larval stages such
as veliger or trochophore or glochidium.
Examples. Pila (apple snail) Pinctada(pearl
oyster),
Sepia(cuttle
fish).
Loligo(squid)
Octopus(Devil fish), Aplysia ( sea hare),
Dentalium(tusk shell) and chaetopleura(chiton)
PHYLUM ECHINODERMATA = Spiny skinned
animals Echinoderms are radally symmetrical,
unsegmented, eucielomates with triploblastic
condition and pentamerous (= having five axes),
headless body. They possess a spiny
exoskeleton.
Salient features:
1. Body is provided with numerous movable
spines in the skin called dermal ossicles.
2. Water vascular system with tube fee:: This is
a system of fluid filled coelomic tubes,
characteristic of echinoderms. Terminally the
water tubes have a series of out pushings
known as tube feet or podia. These serve as
locomotor, respiratory and food collecting
organs.
3. Respiratory organs are minute gills present in
the skin. These are known as dermal branchiae
or skin gills
4.Excretion is performed by certain amoeboid
cells wandering in the coelomic fluid.
5. Nervous system consists of a circum oral
nerve ring and some radiating nerves.

Chordate features
Group of animals with notochord either through
out or embryonic period of life Notochord is a
stiff and flexible (bony' or cartilagenous) rod
lying ventral to nerve cord-LI-ere is a single:
Dorsal, tubular nerve cord Pharynx has outward
openings called pharyngealgill(at least in
embryonic stage) slits. These are three
important features of phylum Chordate
Chordates
are
TRIPLOBLASTIC,
COELOMATE, BILATERALLY SYMMETRICAL,
animal with CLOSED CIRCULATORY SYSTEM
VENTRALLY LOCATED HEART and POST
ANAL TAIL
Phylum chordata is subdivided into four subplyla
1.
Subphylum
(Stomochordata)

Hemichordata

True no:ochord is absent, but gill sl is are

present Egs. Balanoglossus (Acorn worm or
Tongue worm) Glossobalanus
2. Subphylum Urochordata (Tunicata)
Notochord is present only in larval tail. Body is
covered with tunicine Egs. Ascidia (Sea squirt),
Ciona, salpa and Doliolum larva of Ascidia called
ascidian
tadpole
exhibits
Retrogressive
metamorphosis (loss of advanced features like
notochord during metamorphosis)
3. Subphylum Cephalochordata (Acrania)
Notochord extends from head to tail eg.
Branchistoma (amphioxus) commonly called sea
lancet These three subphyla are together
referred as Prochordates or Protochordates
4.Subphylum VERTEBRATA (CRANIATA)
Notochcrd is present during embryonic period,
and replaces by vertebral column in the adult.
Besides the three important chordata characters
vertebrates have Chamberecd(2 -4 chambered)
heart ; kidneys for excretion, and two pairs of
lateral appendages fins or limbs.Based on

15

absence or presence of jaws vertebrates are

grouped in to super class Agnatha and
superclass Gnatho stomata. Super class
Agnatha has only one class. Cyclostomata with
living rep-esentatives

Scoliodon(dog fish), Torpedo (electric ray)

Trygon (sting ray) and Pristis(saw
Carcharodon (Great white shark)
Osteichthyes:
Marine: Exocoetus(Flying fish), Hippocampus
(Sea horse)

Class cyclostomata
Parasites on some fishes,6 - 14 pairs gill slits,
sucking and circular mouth with a circlet of teeth
on lips, Body is devoid of scales and paired fins,
Stomach is absent

Fresh water: Labeo, Catla: Clarias etc

egs: Petromyzon (lamprey) Myxine (hag fish)

lampreys are marine and migrate to rivers for
spawning (egg laying)

CLASS AMPHIBIA

larva of petomyzon is ammocoetus

cyclostonies are living fossils
SUPER CLASS PISCES
Common features
1.True fishes, and aquatic
2,Respiratory organs are Gills
3.Body is
covered
with
4.Paired and unpaired fins are present
CHONDRICHTHYES
Endoskeleton
is
cartilagenous
Gillslits are 5 -7 pals
Gills are lamelliform
Operculurn
(Gillcovering) is absent
Swim bladder absert
scales are placoid type
Mouth is ventral
Caudal
fin
is
heterocercal
Metabolic waste is
urea
Mostly marine
rerlilization is internal
Ovoviviparous
shark.
rays
etc
(
viviparous
cartilaginous fish)

fist)

scales

Aquarium fishes: Bette

pterophyllum (angel fish)

(fighting

Amphibians can live in both water and

land,.however larvae are aquati[c] Respiratory
organs are gills in larvae, lungs and skin in
adults Body is devoid of scales and the skin is
moist, smooth and glandular. They differ from
the higher class reptilia in the following aspects.
They are cold blooded (poikilothermous). Ear
ossicles and external ear are absent, but
tympanum or ear drum is present. ORDER
ANURA comprises amphibians without tail in
adult stag[e] Egs Bufo (toad), Rana(frog),
Hyla(Tree frog) rhacophorus(flying frog)
ORDER URODELA accommodates tailed
amphibians. Egs., Salamandra(Salamander).
Newt, trilotriton (Indian salamander)

OSTEICHTHYE
S
is bony

ORDER
APODA
(Gymnophiona
caecilia)compnses amphibians without
lchthyophis (Limbless amphibian)

4 pairs
filiform
it is present

CLASS REPTILIA

is present
cycloid or ctenoid
terminal
homocercal
waste is ammonia
Marine and freshwater
forms
Is external
oviparous
anabas, sardine

fish)

or
legs

Comprises crawling or creeping creatures which

are adapted for terrestrial life. Their respiratory
organs are gills. Their body is covered with dry
and hard scales or scutes. Reptiles are devoid
of external ear. They are cold blooded
(poikilothermous). Reptiles are characterized by
internal fertilisation and direct development.
Examples: Chelone and trionyx (turtle),
Testudo(Tortoise)
Chameleon(tree
lizard)
calotes(Garden lizard) Crocodilus (crocodile),
Alligator, Hemidactylus
Poisonous
snakes
Naja
(cobra),
Bangarus(krait) Vipera (Indian viper-viviparous
haemotoxic poisonous snake)
Sphenodon(living fossil), draco(flying lizard),
anguis (limbless lizard), hemidactylus (house
lizard)

16

2.Long bones are hollow with air cavities

(pneumatic)

Differences between amphibla and reptilia

AMPHIBIA
1. scales are absent
2. 10 pairs of cranial
nerves
3. double occipital
condyle
4. heart is three
chambered
5. renal portal system
is present
6.
fertilisation
is
external
7. amnion is absent in
embryos
8. development is
indirect
9. primarily aquatic

REPTILIA
body is covered with
scales
12 pairs of Cranial
Nerves
single occipital condyle
partially
clambered
absent

four

internal
amnion present
development is direct
primarily terrestrial

3.Lungs are associated with air sacs which

promotes respiration and increases the
buoyancy of the body 4. Body is boat shaped
and streamlined
5. Uricotelic mode of excretion minimizes water
loss from tne body which helps to reduce water
storage and there by body weight.
6.Many vertebrae fused to form synsacrum
which increases the integrity of the body
7. Flight muscles are powerful and there is a
bony process for their attachment called keel.
8. Keen sense of vision. Examples:
Corvus(crow),
Coluriba(pigeon).
Psittacula(Parrot),
Pavo(peacock),
Aptenodytes(Penguin)
Neophron(vulture),
Struthio(ostrich).
Ardea(grey heron), alcedo
(king
fisher)
bubo(owl),
Phoenicopterus(flamingo)
CLASS MAMMALIA

CLASS AVES
The characteristic features are
1. Presence of feathers, beaks. and wings which
are modified forelimbs.
2. The hind limbs have scales and are modified
for walking. swimming or clasping on tree
branches etc.
3 Skin is dry without glands. but a single oil
gland is present at the base of the tail, and the
feathers can be pruned by this oil.
4. They are homeothermous(warm blooded)
5. Heart is four chambered
6. Exhibits various behaviours like migration,
nest building, incubation and parental care.
7. The digestive tract of bird has additional
chamber called gizzard for grinding of food.
8. Fertilisation is internal,
9. Egg is amniotic and cledoic
10.Uricotelic
Flight adaptations of birds:
1. Presence of feathery wings.

Mammalian features are

1 .Presence of milk secreting glands called
mammary glands for nourishing their young
ones.
2.Mammals deliver their young ones (viviparity),
with exceptions platypus and echidna which are
oviparous. They also suckles their young ones.
3.Body is covered with hairs except order
cetacea(dolphin, whales etc).
4.Skin contains sweat and sebaceous glands.
which helps to excrete certain metabolic wastes.
Sweat glands are meant for cooling the body,
and sebaceous glands for moistening the skin
surface,
5.The mammalian dentition is characterized by
heterotiont (occurance of different types of teeththey are chisel shaped incisors, dagger shaped
canines, grinding teeth - premolars and molars)
thecodont (teeth are buried in sockets in
gum)and diphyodont(two sets of teeth during life
cycle- milk teeth wnich can be replaced by
permanent teeth) 6.Mammalian RBC is nonnucleated.
7. External ear (pinna) is present.
8. Fertilisation is internal .
9. Amnion is present

17

10. Heart is four chambered

05. Which of the following in sponges is

analogous to the anus in earth worm

11. Highly evolved brain.

[a] Ostia

12. Ureotelic mode of excretion

[b] Osculum

[c]Spicule

Examples:
Egg
laying
or
Oviparous
mammals
orprototheria Ornithorhyncus (platypus) and
Echidna
Pouched or Marsupial mammals or Eutheria
With brood pouch to protect their young one.
Macropus (Kangaroo). Opposum etc.
Placental mammals or Eutheria
Pteropus(flying
fox),
camelus.
macaca(monkey), rattus, canis(dog), felis(cat),
elephas, equus (Horse) Delphinus(Dolphin),
Balaenoptera (blue whale). Pathera tigris (tiger)
Panthera leo(lion) etc

[d] Choanocytes

[e] spongocoel
06. A diploblastic radially symmetrical animal is
[a] Liver fluke

[b] Tape worm

[c] Round worm

[d] hydra

[e] starfish
07. Odd one out
[a] Hydra

[b] physalia [c] sea anemone

[d] Sycon

[e]Gorgonia

08. Generic name of jelly fish is

[a] obelia
ENTRANCE ORIENTED QUESTIONS
01. Ichthyophis comes under the class

[d] Taenia

[b] physalia

[c] Aurelia

[e]adamsi

[a] Reptilia

[b] Osteichthyes

09. The free swimming sexual zooid of the

cnidrian colony is

[c] Chondrichthyes

[d] Cyclostomata

[a] polyp

[b] Dactylozooid [c] medusa

[e] Amphibia

[d] none

[e] Gastrozooid

02. Collar shaped flagellated cells found in

sponges are called

10. The alternation of sexual and asexual in the

life history of obelia is called

[a] pinacocytes

[b] Arheocytes

[a] Metastasis

[b]Metagenesis

[c] Choanocytes

[d] spicules

[c] Metamerism

[d] Metamorphosis

[e] Porocytes

[e] Meiosis

03. Body wall of sponge is supported by

11 Ctenophores are commonly called

[a] Calcareous sporgin fibres

[b] chitin

[a] Jelly fishes [b]Helminthes

[c] Cartilage and bones

b [e] Silicecus spicules

[d] Bone a and

[c]Vomb jellies [d] Sea walnuts

12. Tapeworm has no alimentary canal because

04. Which among the following feature is unique

to sponge
[a] A central cavity

[b]Budding

[c] Diploblastic body wall [

[e] Larval form

[e] c&d

[d] choanocytes

[a] It absorbs nutrient through body surface

[b] It does not require nutrients
[c] feeds only when young [d] stores the food
[e] None of these

18

13. Complete alimentay canal is a feature of

[b] flamecell

2. Wucherena

[a] Coelenterates

[c] psedocoelomate
[d] gnathostome

3. Sea urchin
4. Planaris

[b] platyhelminthes

[c] nematodes [d] annelids

[e] c&d

14. Most specific feature of an insect is

21. Select the items which is not matching

[a] Wings [b] Antenna [c] Compound eyes

[d] Trachea

[e] chitinous exoskeleton

15. Pearl Oyster is

[a] Aplysia

[b] Chaetopleura

[d] Pinctada

[c] Loligo

[e] Sepia

16. A group of invertebrates n which adults are

radially symmetrical and larvae are bilaterally
symmetrical is
[a] Arthropods

[b] Molluscs

[c] Echinoderms
and c

[d] Annelids

[e] b

[a] Arthropoda

Radula

[b] Mollusca

mantle

[c] Echinodermata
tubefeet
[d] Coelenterata

Polymorphism

[e] Porifera

Choanocyte

22. Flame cells are the part of excretory system

in
[a] Arthropoda
Echinodermata

[b] Mollusca

[d] Coelenterata

17. Echinus is commonly known as

[C]

[e] Platyhelminthes

[a] Sea urchin [b] Sea cucumber

23. Cutaneous respiration and Nephridia is a

feature in

[c] Brittle star

[a] Leech

[d] feather sta

[e] Sea pen

18. Many larval stages are present in the life

cycle of
[a] Ascaris

[b] Earthworm

[c] Faciola

[d] Butterfly

[b] Aplysia

[d] Limulus

[c] Echinus

[e] A&B

24. Embryonic Notochord persists through out

the life in
[a] Ascidia

[b] Brachicstoma

[c] Salpa

[e] Nereis

[d] Exocoetus

19. Which part of mollusc secretes pearl?

25. Bilateral symmetry, presence of exoskeleton

and tentacles are the feature of

[a] Shell

[b] Mantle

(d] Foot

[e] Radula

[c] Visceral mass

Mollusca

[d] Coelenterate
Choanocyte

[c]
[e]

Porifera

21. Match the items in columns A and B. and

choose the correct combination
A
[a]Water
system

vascular

B
1. Calotes

[a] Mollusca
Cnidaria
[d]Archelminthes
Echinodermata

20. Select the items which is not matching

[a] Arthropoda [b]
Echinodermata

[e] Bufo

[b] Arthropoda

[c]

[e]

26. Select the items which is not matching

[a] Chaetopleura

Ctenophore

[b] Flying fish

Exocoetus

[c] bath sponge

Euspongia

[d] portugese man of war

Physalia
[e] seafan

Gorgonia

19

27. 27, Match the items in columns A and B, and

choose the correct combination
A
[a] Aplysia

[c] a=2, b=4, c=1,

c=1, d=2

1.Gaint squid

[e] a=4, b=2, c=1, d=3

[b] Myxine

2. Sea squirt

[c] Loligo

3. Sea hare

[d] Ascidia

4. Hag fish

[a] a=3, b=4. c=2, d=1

[c] a=2, b=4, c=1, d=1

[a] a=3, b=4. c=2, d=1 [b] a=4, b=3, c=2, d=1
d=3

[d]

a=3,

b=4.

32. Branched alimentary canal without an anus

is diagnostic feature of
[a] annelid

[b] a=4, b=3, c=2, d=1

[d] a-3. b=4, c=1, d=2

[b] coelenterate

[c]platyhelminth
felascheiminth

[d]

Mollusc

33. Compound eyes of cockroach produced

vision known as

[e] a=4, b=2, c=1. d=3

28. Parenchymatous mesoderm and branched
alimentary canal is present in

[a] monocular

[b] mosaic

[c] binocular

[d] ultrasonic

[a] tape worm

[b] planaria

[e] none of these

[c] ascaris

[d] A&B

34. Excretion of cockroach is brought about by

[e] A,B&C
29. Select the combination which is not matched
[a] Arthropoda

Antennary gland

[b] Mollusca

Tube feet

[c]Echinodermata

Dermal branchiae

[d] Coelenterata
generation [e] Porifera

[b] hepatic caecae

[d] malpighian tubules

[c]

[e] spiracles

35. Cockroach has no RBC but respires due to

Alternation
Ostia

[a] gaseous exchange taking place directly

through the tissues
of

30. Select the combination which is not matched

[a] Doris

sea lemon

[b] Gorgonia

sea fan

[c] Antedon

sea lilly

[d] Pennatula

sea pen

[e] Petromyzon

[a] trachea
gizzard

[b] haemoglobin combines oxygen

[c] oxygen is taken by lungs
[d] Malpighian tubules are the respiratory organs
[e] None of the above
36) Which of the following is not a mollusc
[a] sea squirt
fish [e] squid

hag fish

31. 1.Match the items in columns A and B. and

choose the correct combination

[b] pila [c] Sea hare [d] Cuttle

37. Book gills are the respiratory organs in

[a] Nereis

[b] Limulus

[d] Myxine

[d] Planaria

A [a] metagenesis

1.tape worm

[b] mantle cavity

2.pinctada

[c] hermaphrodites

3. obelia

[a]Scypha
ophiura

[d] pearl

4.devil fish

[d] Carcharodon

[c] Asterias

38) Pila belongs to the Phylum of

[b] Pleurobranchia

[c]

[e]None of these

20

39. The features absent in echinoderms are

[a] Blood vascular system
system
[c] Reproductive system

[b] Excretory

44. What is common among tapeworm liver

fluke and planarian
[a] Segmented [b] Dorso ventrally flat body

[d] both [a] and [b]

[c] Gut parasites

[d] Pseudocoelomtes

[e] all of these

[e] Endoparasites

40. Match the items in columns A and B, and

choose the correct combination

45. Whose life cycle does not involve an

intermediate host [a] hook worm [bi ascaris [c]
fasciola [d] plasmodium [e]a&b

46. Filarial parasite is transmitted by

[a] Locusta

1. Echinoderm

[b] Hirudinaria

2. Mollusc

[c] Dentalium

3. Arthropod

[c] culex
anopheles

[d] Cucumaria

4. Annelida

[e]None of these

[a] a=3, b=4, c=2, d=1

[b] a=4, b=3, c=2, d=1

47. Sexual dimorphism is found in

[c] a=2, b=4, c=1, d=3

[d] a=3, b=4, c=1, d=2

[a]leech

[a] female anopheles

[b] sand fly

[d]

male

[b] earthworm

[e] a=4. b=2, c=1, d=3

[C] hydra

41. Select the combination which is not matched

[e] ascaris

[a] Hemichordata

saccoglossus

48. Blood filled body cavity is found in

[b] Cnidarian

sea fan

[a] molluscs

[b] echinoderms

[c] Echinoderm

sea Iilly

[c] annelids

[d] arthropods

[d] Cnidarian

sea pen

[e] a&d

[e] Mollusc

corals

49. Pecularity of sponges which is not found in

any other animal is

42. Find opt the false statement

[a] All Nemathelminthes are hermaphrodites
[b] Arthropods have compound eyes
[c] Certain annelids are hermaphrodites
[d] Starfish is gonochoric
[e] Molluscs are eumelomates
43 In phylum platyhelminthes, the excretion is
carried out by

[d] fasciola

[a] Collar cells

[b] Pseudocoel

[c] Water vascular system

[d] Parenchyma

[e] budding
50. Radial symmetry is exhibited by
[a] hydra [

b] ascaris

[c] planaria

[d] ancylostoma

[e] earth worm

[a] nephridia

[b] malpighian tubules

51. Which among the following is a living fossil

[c] flame cells

[d] green glands

[a] interstile cells

[e] caecae

[b] Pintada

[b] gland cells

[d] sensory cells

[e] Choanocytess

21

52. Stinging cells found in the tentacles of hydra

[a] Aschelminthes

are

[c] Arthropoda [d] Platyhelminthes

[a] interstitial cells

[c]cnidocytes

[b] gland cells

[b] Annelids

[e] Ctenophore

[d] sensory cells

61 Which is not a mammalian feature

[e]Choanocytes

[a]homodont dentition

53. Triploblastic acoelomates are

[c]Presence of External ear

[a] coelenterates [b] platyheliminthes

[d]Four chambered heart

[c] nematodes [d] annelids

[e]Body is covered with hairs

[e] b&c

[b]Homeothermy

54. Spicules in sponges are formed of

62. Which is not a avian feature

[a] silica

[a] Presence of gizzard

[b] calcium carbonate

[c] silica and CaCO3[d] phosphate

chitin

[e]

[b] Air sacs associated with lungs

[c] lndirect development

55. Name the phylum which are exclusively

marine

[d]Endoskeleton is fully ossified

[a] Echinodermata [b] Protozoa [c] Porifera

[e]Four chambered heart

[d] Coelenterate[e] a&c

63. Which is not a reptilian feature

56.Tube feet is found in

[a]heart is partially four chambered

[a] Saw fish

[b] Cuttle fish

[b]Poikilothermy

[c] starfish

[d] Devil fish

[c] fertilization is internal

[e] Hag fish

[d]Skin is glandular

57.In mollusca, the mouth has a rasping organ

called

[e] body is covered with scales

[a] Radula

[b] Mantle

[c] Pallium

[d] Ctenidium [e] tubefeet

58. Pearl oyster is
[a] Teredo

[b] Doris

[d] Pinctada

[e] Mytilus

[c] Achatina

[b] Dentalium

[d] Pinctada

[e] Loligo

[c] Aplysia

60. United or separate sexes and Direct or

indirect
development are the features of

[a]

Parasitic on large fishes

[b]

6-15 pairs of gills

[c]

development is indirect

[d]

body is covered with scales

[e]Cranium
and
cartilageraus

59. Take the odd term

[a] Chiton

64. Which is not a feature of cyclostomata

vertebral

column

are

65. Which is a tailed ambhibian

[a]Rana [b]Salamandra
[c]Hyla [d] Bufo

[e]ichthyophis

66 Select the wrongly matched pair

[a]Exocoetus

Flying fish

22

[b]Hipocampus

Sea horse

69. Take the odd one out

[c]Pterophyllum

Angel fish

[a] Chelone

Sting ray

[c] hemidactylus[d] aptenodytes

[d]Trygon

[e]Labeo

Fighting fish

[b] chameleon

[e] calotes

67. Which is not an amphibian feature

70. Which is the oviparous mammal

[a] Heart is three chambered

[a] macropus [b] pteropus [c] Ornithorhynchus

td] delphinus [e] Camelus

[b]body is covered with scales

[c]

Cloaca is present

[d]

Fertilization is external

[e]

Development is indirect

68. Which is not true about vertebrate nerve

cord [a] Dorsal [b]Hollow
[c] Single
[d] Solid

[e]None of these

STRUCTURAL ORGANISATION IN ANIMALS

When cells of a tissue are not widely separated

by extra cellular materials. are held together by
structures called cell junctions.

The single cell of a unicellular organism can

perform all biological functions by division of
labour among cell organelles. While in
multicellular organisms due to the cell
differentiation, each cell is specialized for a
limited number of specific functions. The
existence of a multicellular organism depends
on such co-operative and integrated activities of
all the constituent cells

Three types of cell junctions are found in the

epithelium and othe tissues, they are

Cell differentiation is the process of maturation

and specialization
by
structural
and
chemical
changes to perform functions of a cell.
ORGANISATION OF CELLS IN TO TISSUE:
Cells can form extracellular (inter cellular)
materials. These materials separate the cells
from each other and bind them together. One or
more types of specialized cells are set in
specific extracellular material to form a
tissue. The nature and amount of extracellular
material or matrix may vary from tissue to tissue.

1. Tight junctions: help to prevent passage of

substances across the tissues.
2. Adhering junctions: with a cementing
material to keep the cells to adhere together.
3. Gap junctions: permit the cells to
communicate with each other by connecting the
cytoplasm of adjoining cells, for easy transport
of ions, small molecules and even macro
molecules.
In certain tissues the amount of extra cellular
material has very high proportion when
compared to the cellular components(eg. Blood.
The blood cells are embedded in a fluid matrix
called plasma)

CLASSIFICATION OF ANIMAL TISSUES:

Animal tissues are broadly classified in to four
major groups based on their functions.

23

1.EPITHELIAL TISSUES Covers free external

surfaces or lines free internal surfaces.
2.CONNECTIVE TISSUES: Joins, supports. or
holds other tissues or organs or body parts
together.
3. MUSCULAR TISSUES: Causes movements
of the skeleton (helps in locomotion) and internal
organs by their contraction.
4.NEURAL TISSUE: Transmits messages in the
form of impulses.
EPITHELIAL TISSUE
They form a continuous layer over free surfaces
of other tissues like external surfaces of animal
body and internal surfaces of visceral organs,
body cavities, and blood vessels. Cells of the
epithelium are closely packed with thin films of
extracellular material. The epithelial tissues rest
on a noncellular membrane which separate
them from the underlaying connective tissue is
known as basement membrane. Blood vessels
are absent in epithelial tissues. Matter exchange
with blood vessels of the connective tissue are
possible by diffusing on across basement
membrane.
Linings of some hollow organs or cavities are
moist because of mucous secreted by the
epithelial tissues. Such a lining consisting of the
epithelium and the supporting connective tissues
underneath is called a mucous membrane or
mucosa
1.Simple squamous epithelium: Consists of a
single layer of flat, polygonal, scale like cells
with
irregular
boundaries
and
without
intercellular space, They are provided with large
spherical nuclei. Simple squamous epithelium
lines the inner walls of blood vessels, and lund
alveoli. coelomic cavity and forms capillary wall.
2.Simple cubical epithelium: Cells of this
tissue are polygonal, but cuboidal in vertical
section. Commonly found in ducts of glands and
tubular part of nephrons.The cells present in
absorptive surfaces often bear microvilli on their
free ends, which provide a brush like
appearance, hence named brush bordered
cubical epithelium (in proximal tubules of
kidney).

3.Columnar epithelium: They are elongated

pillar shaped cells, with nuclei located at the
base. They line the inner surface of intestine,
stomach and
gall bladder. The intestinal
mucosa is lined by brush bordered columnar
epithelium which increase the absorptive power.
4.Ciliated epithelium : They are composed
ofcubical or columnar cells bearing cilia on their
free ends. It functions for the unidirectional
movement of mucus, particles, cells etc over the
epithelial surfaces. It lines the interior of fallopian
tube and bronchioles.
5-Glandular epithelium: Some of the columnar
or cuboidal cells get specialised for secretion
and are called glandular epithelium. They are
mainly of two types- Unicellular consisting of
isolated glandular cells (goblet cells of the
alimentary canal) and multicellular, consisting of
cluster of cells (salivary gland, pancreas etc).
depend upon their mode of secretion glands are
of two types. They are
1, Exocrine glands or glands with carrying
ducts. Secretions of exocrine glands are mucus,
ear wax, saliva, milk. digestive enzymes, tears
etc.
2. Endocrine glands or ductless glands
are usually hormone secreting glands.
release hormone which pass in to the
instead of flowing out through ducts.
Pituitary. thyroid, parathyroid adrenals etc.

which
They
blood
Egs.

COMPOUND EPITHELIUM: It is multi layered

and only the deepest layer rest on the basement
membrane.Compound
epithelium
provides
protection from mechanical, thermal chemical
and osmotic stresses.
1.Stratified Epithelium:Stratified epithelium has
many layers of epithelia! cells,They are
eitherkeratinised or non keratinised.Stratified
squamous epithelium has superficial layers of
flat polygonal cells. It covers moist surfaces like
bucal cavity, 4harynx, and oesophagus.
Keratinized stratified squamous epithelium
covers the dry surface of skin. Which is provided
with several superficial layers of scale like horny,
dry and dead cells. Heavy deposition of the
insoluble
protein
keratin
make
them
impermeable to water and resistant towards
mechanical abrasions, so as to form protective
structures in animals like feathers, nail, claws,
beaks, hooves, horns etc
CONNECTIVE TISSUE

24

The connective tissue provides the structural

frame work and support to the different tissues
forming an organ. The connective tissue has
large amount of extracellular material with widely
separated cells. The extracellular matrix can be
a fluid(like blood), mineralized(like bone) or
fibrous(areolar tissue or adipose tissue). The
extra cellular components and cellular
components
perform
specific
functions.Connective tissues are classified in to
three types.
(I). Loose connective tissue: has cells and
fibres loosely arranged in a semi fluid ground
substance. Egs.. Areolar connective tissue and
adipose connective tissue.
(ii). Dense connective tissue: fibres and
fibroblasts are compactly packed in the dense
connective tissues. If the fibres are regularly
packed, such tissues are called dense regular
(Egs., Tendon) and with irregularly arranged
fibres are called dense irregular (connective
tissue of the skin).
(iii).Specialised connective tissue
Cartilage. bone, blood etc
AREOLAR CONNECTIVE TISSUE: The areolar
connective tissue has three different types of
cells fibroblasts, mastcells, and macrophages,
which are embedded in a fibrous matrix. The
proteinaceous fibres are collagen with high
tensile strength and elastin with elasticity. The
fibres prevent displacement and injury of tissues
during
mechanical
stresses,
Fibroblasts
secretes theprotein fibres, collagen and elastin.
Mast cells can secrete anticoagulant heparin,
histamin, which can induce allergic response so
as to function for body defence, and serotonin
which has vasodilatory effect. Macrophages can
phagocytise various foreign particles like
bacteria and cellular debris.
Areolar tissue occurs beneath epithelia of hollow
visceral organs, skin and on the was of arteries
and veins.
ADIPOSE CONNECTIVE TISSUE: Adipose
tissue is a connective tissue rich beneath the
skin, around the kidneys, mesentery and bone
marrow. Adipose tissue contain fibroblast cells,
macrophages and adipocyte or fat cells which is
peculiarity of the tissue.Matrix is composed of
collagen and elastin fibres.
The cytoplasm, nucleus, and other organelles of
the adipocyte is pressed by fat content in to a
narrow layer through the margin(below the

plasma membrane). The adipose tissue

synthesizes stores and metabolises fat. Adipose
prevents heat loss by forming a haeat insulating
layer beneath the skin and shock absorbing
cushion around kidneys and eyeballs.
TENDON: is a dense strong and fibrous
connective tissue with thick parallel bundles of
collagen fibres. A few flat elongated tendon cells
lie in single rows between the fibre
bundles.Tendon forms inextensible attachment
of a skeletal muscle to a bone.
LIGAMENT: Is a dense fibrous connective tissue
with matrix is densely packed with collagen
fibres running in different directions and some
elastic fibres. A few elongated ligament cells lie
between the fibres.The ligaments connect the
bones at the joint and hold them in position.
Supporting connective tissues
CARTILAGE: Cartilage is a solid, semirigid,
flexible and supporting connective tissue] It is
covered by a protective layering known as
perichondrium. 2-3 large nucleated cartilage
cells called chondrocytes occur in spaces
(lacunae) scattered in the matrix.
BONE: Bone is a solid rigid supporting
connective tissue with heavily mineralized
matrix. The bone is covered with a protective
layer known as periosteum. There are many
canals which contains blood vessels and nerves
passes through the mineralized matrix of the
bone and are known as haversian canals.
Haversian canals are interconnected by
walkmans canals. Each haversian canal is
encircled with concentric layers of mineral
deposits of calcium phosphate and calcium
carbonate.These layers are known as lamella.
Between lamellae there lies many spaces or
lacunae with radiating canals called canaliculi
which harbours characteristic cells known as
osteocyte
with
protoplasmic
extensions,
extending through the canaliculi, The concentric
layers of the mineral deposits and the harversian
canal at the center of it together forms a
haversian system.
Blood(discussion in chapter 'circulation in
animals')
MUSCLE TISSUE
Cells of muscle tissue can shorten forcefully and
return to their relaxed state. This unique property
is called contractility. It is based on the
organized arrangement of some protein
filaments in the cytoplasm of a muscle cell. The
cell shortens and relaxes according to the

25

relative positions of different intracellular

filaments. Muscle cells are often referred as
muscle fibres because they are thin and
elongated.The plasma membrane covering the
muscle cell is known as sarcolemma, its
cytoplasm is known as sarcoplasm and the
endoplasmic reticulum in it, is referred as
sarcoplasmic reticulum. Muscle fibres are of
three major types
1.Striated muscle fibre or skeletal muscle fibre
2.Non striated muscle fibre or visceral muscle
fibre or smooth muscle fibre.
3.Cardiac muscle fibre.
Striated muscle fibres:Striated muscles or
skeletal muscles are voluntary in action and they
cause movements of bone or cartilage there by
helps for locomotion.The muscle fibres are
characterized by alternate dark and light bands
in them. This Striated or striped appearance is
due to the regular arrangement of actin and
myosin filaments in them. Skeletal muscle
fibres
are
multinucieated
and
unbranched.Skeletal muscles are capable of
anaerobic oxidation of glucose by lactic acid
fermentation_
Non striated muscle fibres: or visceral
muscles or involuntary muscle fibres forms the
walls of hollow visceral organs. Smooth muscle
fibres are spindle shaped with a central belly like
portion with pointed tips. They are uninucleated
and devoid of cross striations, due to the
irregular scattering of actin and myosin
filaments in their cytoplasm. Functionally smooth
muscles are of two types single unit smooth
muscle and multiunit smooth muscle. Single unit
muscles are composed of muscle fibres closely
joined together, and all its fibres are contract
together as a single unit. They may contract
automatically and rhythmically. Such smooth
muscles occur on the walls of the urinary
bladder and gastro intestinal tract. Multiunit
smooth muscles are composed of more
independent smooth muscle fibres, not so
closely joined together. Individual fibres of such
smooth muscles contract as separate units.
These occur at hair roots and walls of large
blood vessels.
Cardiac muscle fibres: Cardiac muscles are
selfexcitatory and involuntary. It possess
considerable rhythmicity and generates its own
wave of excitation. It shows cross striations but
much more fainter than in striated muscle fibres.
Cardiac muscles are short cylindrical cells,

joined end to end to form rows. Their cytoplasm

is provided with plenty of mitochondria and
glycogen granules. This is because they need a
large amount of energy. Cardiac muscle fibres
branches to form junctions with neighbouring
cells. The denese zigzag junctions between
two cardiac muscle cell is known as intercalated
disc.
NEURAL TISSUE
Neural tissue is characterized by excitability and
conductivity, and is composed of neurons and
glial cells. neurons are concerned with
transmission of impulses for coordination of
body, and glial cells supports, protects and
nourishes the nerve cells(neurons).
A neuron has a large cell body with two or more
thin protoplasmic processes extending from it.
One of the process is called axon and the others
are dendrons, Dendrons transmit impulse
towards cyton and axon transmits the impulse
away from the cyton.
The cell body is called cyton or soma or
perikaryon, which contains a nucleus and the
cytoplasm. The cytoplasm contains rough
endoplasmic reticulum and free ribosomes,
which appears as granules called Nissls
granules,
The extended axon or dendron of a neuron is
called a nerve fibre. Each nerve fibre is covered
with a continuous sheath called neurolemma,
which is made up of a single layer of flat
expanded schwann cells. plasma membrane of
schwann cells forms lipid rich insulation around
the axon and is called myelin, such nerve fibres
are referred as myelinated or medullated nerve
fibres. Gaps in myelination is called nodes of
Ranvie..
The potential changes transmitted through the
nerve fibre is called nerve irnpuls[e] It conducts
message either to other neurons or to muscles
and glands.
EARTH WORM (Pheretima posthuma)
Belongs to class oligochaeta under phylum
annelida.The dorsal side is distinguished by the
darker colouration, and a dorsal median line
(due to the dorsal blood vessel). Ventral side is
provided with many openings. The earth worm
lacks a distinct head.The body is formed of
distinct segments or metamers. The number of
segments vary from 100 120. The first
segment at the anterior end which bears a
mouth is termed as peristomium. A small

26

projection which hangs in front of the mouth is

called prostomium. There forms a prominent
circular band of glandular tissue surrounds
segments 14 to 17 is called clitellum. Thus the
body is divisible in to preclitellar, clitellar and
post clitellar regions.ln all the body segments
except first, last and clitellum there is a ring of
chitinous rods buried in the dermis called setae.
It helps for locomotion by gripping in the soil.
Setae, intersegmental septa and muscular body
wall helps for locomotion.
Internal morphology:
Body Wall: The body wall of earth worm is
covered externally by a thin noncellular cuticle.
Below it lies two muscle layers and an innermost
coelomic epithelium.
Excretory organs: Are pairs of segmentally
arranged coiled tubules called nephridia, which
are of three types. They are
1.integumentary nephridia, which lies in the
lining of the body wall and opens to the exterior.
2.pharyngeal nephridia. located in the 4th, 5th
and 6th segments and opens to the pharynx.
3. septal nephridia, lies on both side of the inter
segmental septa, and opnes to the entestine.
These nephridia exhibits a basic similarity in
their function.
Digestive system: Is a struiaght tube and runs
from first to the last segment of the body. A
terminal mouth opens in to the buccal cavity
(seg 1-3) which leads to pharynx (seg 4). A small
narrow tube oesophagus (seg 5-7), continues in
to a muscular gizzard (8-9 segs), it helps in
grinding of soil particles and decaying leaves.
etc. The food of earth worm is decaying leaves
and organic matter mixed soil. Calciferous
glands present in the stomach neutralize the
iumic acid present in their food. Intestine starts
from 15th segment and extends up to the last
segment. There is a dorsal infolding for the
intestine from 26'" to 951h segment called
typhlosole which increases the absorptive area
of intestine. The alimentary canal opens to the
exterior by a small rounded aperture called
anus, insoluble and undigested food is given out
along with soil through the anus as worm
castings.
Circulatory systemPheretima represents a
closed type of blood vascular system comprising
blood vessels, capillaries. and heart with valves.
Blood glands, aggregate of follicles are present
on the 4,5 and 6th segments, produce blood

cells and hemoglobin. Hemoglobin is dissolved

in plasma, not inside the cells and blood cells
are phagocytic in function.
Nervous system: A dorsally located ganglion at
the anterior end above the oesophagus, and a
nerve ring around the oesophagus forms the
brain. From the brain there leads a ventral erve
cord with segmentaly placed ganglia. Ganglion
is a mass of nerve cells. Sense organs are
epidermal and bucal sense organs and poorly
developed
photoereceptors.Opening
of
spermatheacae: Spermathacae are specialized
sacs for storage of sperm after mating. Four
pairs of spermathecae openings lies at the
grooves between 5 &6, 6&7, 7&8 and 8&9t
segments.
Reproductive system:Earth
hermaphrodite or bisexual.

worm

is

There are two pairs of testes present in the 10 th

and
11th segments their ducts vas deferens run up to
the
18th segment where they join the prostatic duct.
Accessory glands are present on the ventral
sides., of the 17'h and 19th segments. The
common prostate and spermatic duct opens to
the exterior by a pair of male genital pores on
the ventro lateral sides of 18'" segment. Four
pairs of sac like structures called spermatheca
are present one on each of the 6-9th segments.
On pair of ovaries are attached on the inter
segmental septum of the 12 and 131'. segments.
Ovarian funnels are present beneath the ovaries
which continue in to oviduct, join together and
open on the ventral side as a single female
genital pore on the 14th segment. Development
is direct. there is no larval forms.
During mating two earthworms mutually
exchange the sperms and they are collected in
spermathecae, and later released in to the soil
along with ovum, so as to results in external
fertilisation.
Though
earthworms
are
hermaphrodites
there
promotes
cross
fertilisation. The secretions from the clitellum
forms a covering called cocoon in which the
fertilized eggs undergo development and
hatches in to young worms within 3 weeks.
Interaction with mankind:
1.Referred as 'nature's ploughman' and 'friend of
farmer', because it makes small burrows in the

27

soil, which promotes respiration and penetration

of roots.
2.increase fertility of soil by adding their
nitrogenous wastes along with excreted soil.
This is referred as vermicornposting.
3.Used as food in certain countries like China,
japan, Myanmar, Australia etc

Abdomen: in both sexes are formed of

10segments, In females the ventral plates of 71"
81" and 9th segments together forms the brood
pouch and the tenth segement bears a pair of
jointed filamentous structure called anal cerci,
and only in males the 9Th segment bears a pair
of shod thread like anal styles.
INTERNAL MORPHOLOGY

4.Some tribes use them as a cure for bladder

stone, jaundice. piles etc.

Digestive system

5.Used as bait for game fishing.

The alimentary canal present in the body cavity

is divided in to three regions-foregut, midgut and
hindgut.

6.Forms a part of food chain.

7.Negatively affects by causing damage to
tender roots of plants
8.By burrowing, promotes erosion of soil at
slopes.
COCKROACH
Periplaneta americana belongs to class insecta
of phylum arthropoda.
The dorsoventrally flattened body is covered by
hard chitinous exoskeleton. The body is
devisible into head, thorax and abdomen. The
head is hypognathus and formed by the fusion
of six segmens.
Head: Head bears a pair of senssile compound
eyes. A pair of thread like antennae, anterior end
of head bears the mouth, which is provided with
appendages collectively called moutiparts, which
are used in chewing, cutting and swallowing.
The mouth parts consists of a pair of mandibles
(cutting plates) and maxillae, labium forming
lowerlip and labrum forming upper lip, There
is a median flexible lobe called hypopharynx
which acts like a tongue,
Thorax: The thorax consists of three segments,
prothorax, mesothorax, and methathorax,
All
thoracic segments bears a pair of walking legs,
and meso and metathorax bears a pair of
folodable wings. The fore-wings in the
mesothorax called tegmina is hard which cover
and
protects
themetathoraciswing
(hindwings)which
ismembraneous
and
helps for flight. The leg possess five distance
segments called (a) short and broad COXA
(b)triangular short androdlike TROCHANTER (c)
long spiny FEMUR (d) the largest segment
TIBIA (e) a long TARSUS.

Fore-gut: The mouth opens to a short tubular

pharynx which passes in to a tubular
oesophagus. Oesophagus opens to a sac like
structure, crop. The crop is followed by a gizzard
or proventriculus. It has an outer thick layer of
circular muscles and a thick inner cuticle forming
six highly chitinous plates called teeth, which
helps for grinding of the food by movements of
the muscular wall.
Mid-gut:
narrow

The mid-gut or messenteron is a

tube of uniform diameter without inner lining of

cuticle. A ring of blind caeca called hepatic
caeca (eight in number) secretes digestive
enzymes, is present at the junction of fore-gut
and mid-gut. At the junction of foregut and hind
gut there is a ring of about 150 malpighian
tubules, which helps in excretion.
Hind gut:comprises colon and rectum, and
broader than midgut and internally lined by
cuticle. Rectum opens out by anus.Digestive
juices are secreted by 1. Salivary glands which
opens to buccal cavity. 2..Walls of mesenteron.
3. Eight hepatic caecae.
Circulatory system: It is open type in
cockroach, with poorly developed blood vessels,
which opens to spaces instead of branching into
capillaries. All the visceral organs are bathed in
blood, also referred as hemolymph.Haemolymph
is composed of colourless plasma and many
corpuscles
called
hemocytes. As
their
respiratory organs are finely branched tubules
called tracheolar system it can transport oxygen
and carbon dioxide directly between air and
tissues,
the
respiratory
pigments
for
transportation of oxygen and carbon dioxide are
absent in blood. So blood is colourless.

28

The heart is dorsal and tubular with thireen

funnel shaped chambers. At the lateral sides of
each chamber, two pores, ostia are present.
Ostia are provided with valves to regulate flow of
blood from hemocoel to the heart.

glands are a pair of branched glands called

collateral glands Spermatheca in pair is present
in the sixth segment.

Respiratory system: Respiratory system

consists of a network of trachea. which opens
out by opening called spiracles, mesa thorax,
meta thorax and first eight abdominal segments
bears a pair of spigradies. Theese openings are
guarded by sphincters (circular muscles). The
tracheal tubules are sub devided in to tracheoies
which branch within the tissues. Air reaches up
to tracheoles and the body fluid in the
tracheoules exchanges 02 and CO 2 with the
cells.

Rana tigrina (Indian bull frog)

Excretory system: Excretion is performed by

Ivlalpighian tubules. Each tubule is lined with
glandular ciliated cells with microvilli. They
absorb nitrogenous waste products and convert
it into uric acid which is excreted through hind
gut. As it excretes uric acid, is termed as
uricotelic.
Nervous system:
The
main
nervous
system consists of a series of segmentally
placed ganglia joined by paired longitudinal
connectives on the ventral side. Three ganglia
lie in the thorax and six in abdomen. In the head
region the brain is represented by a supra
oesophageal ganglion which supplies nerves to
antenne and compund eyes. It joins suboesophageal
ganglion
by
two
circumoesphageal
commissures.
Each
compound eye consists of about 2000 omatidia
with the help of several omatide a cockroach
can receive several images of an object. Such a
pattern of vision is known as Mosaic vision,
efficient in defecting movement of the object.
Reproductive system: Male reproductive
system consists of a pair of trilobed testes, from
each testis arises a thin tube called vas deferens
which opens in to ejaculating duc*. through the
seminal vesicle ejaculatory duct opens to male
gonopore.A mushroom shaped gland is present
as an accessory reproductive gland. External
genitalia is the phallomere or gonaphysis. The
sperms are stored in the seminal vesicle and are
glued together in the form of bundles called
spermatophores.
Female reproductive system consists of a pair of
ovaries, formed of 8 ovarian tubules or
ovarioles. Oviduct from each ovary unit to form
the median oviduct; or vagina, which opens to
the genital chamber. Accessory reproductive

FROG

Phylum :chordate; subphylum : vertebrate;

Superclass :Class ; class : amphibian Male and
female frocs can be distinguished only during
breeding season, when the males develop
nuptial pads in the thumb, and vocal sacs
produce louder sound than female.
Frogs are poikilothermic (cold blooded) and
undergo aestivation in summer and hibernation
in winter.
EXTERNAL MORPHOLOGY
Body is soft, moist, scale less and covered with
slimy skin. Skin is composed of epidermis and
dermis, in which dermis is provided kaith mucus
secreting glands and their ducts open to the
exterior. Skin is vascular and pigmented.
Body is divisible in to head and trunk, a neck is
absent, The trunk is provided wth a pair of
forelimb and hind limbs. Forelimbs are tetra
digital and hind limb is penta digital. Hind limbs
are longer than fore limbs and helps for hopping.
Eyes are provided with nictitating membrane
which is the transparent third eyelid. A
tympanum or eardrum is present below eyes but
external ear and ear bones are absent.
INTERNAL MORPHOLOGY
Digestive system
Alimentary canal
Frogs are carnivorous, so their alimentary canal
is short. Mouth opens to a Buccopharyngeal
cavity; which contains numerous maxillary teeth
arranged along the margin of upper jaw. They
also possess vomerine teeth. The lower jaw is
toothless. and muscular tongue is bilobed at the
tip and free from behind. It is sticky and
protrusible which helps for predation.Gullet
opens to oesophagus which
continues to stomach, stomach has distinct
cardiac and pyloric stomach, t secretes gastric
juice containing HCI and proteolytic enzymes.
Stomach is followed by a coiled intestine.
Intestinal wall has numerous finger like folds
called villi and microvilli, inorder to increase the

29

absorptive surface area. The first part of

intestine lying parallel to stomach is called
duodenum, and the second part is ileum.
Intestine continues in to wider rectum which
opens to cloaca.

Three types of blood corpuscles are present in

blood, they are RBC, WBC and Platelets
(thrombocytes).Lymph is the fluid filtered from
blood through capillary wail, and it is different
from blood by absence of proteins and RBCs.

Digestive glands

Nervous system

In addition to gastric glands and intestinal

glands, the important glands associated with
alimentary canal is liver and pancreas.

Nervous system is organized into Central

Nervous System (brain and spinal cord) and
Peripheral Nervous System (cranial nerves and
spinal nerves) Autonomous Nervous System
(sympathetic and parasympathetic chain of
ganglia)

Liver: Secretes bile which is temporarily stored

in gall bladder, it releases to the duodenum, Bile
helps in digestion of food by providing alkaline
medium for the action of intestinal enzymes,Bile
helps for emulsification of fat.
Pancreas: is an irregular elongated gland
situated in the mesentery and lies parallel to the
stomach. It secretes pancreatic juice containing
digestive enzymes like trypsin and amylotrypsin.
Respiratory system
Frogs can respire both it water and land,
respiration by means of lungs is called
pulmonary respiration and that with skin is called
cutaneous respiration. Lungs are paired,
elongated pear shaped and pink sac like
structures located in the thoracic cavity.
During periods of aestivation and hibernation it
can respire through skin.

There are ten pairs of cranial nerves and two

occipital condyles in skull to articulate with the
first vertenra. Brain has distinct
1.Fore brain: consists of olfactory lobes cerebral
hemispheres and unpaired diencephalons
2.Midbrain: constitute paired optic lobes and
3.Hind brain: has cerebellum and medulla
oblongata The medulla oblongata continues into
spinal cord, which passes out from skull through
an opening called foramen magnum and spinal
cord is enclosed in vertebral column.
Sense organs
Frog has five types of sense organs.
1.Organs of touch sensory papillae
2.Taste buds.

Circulatory system

3. Olfactory receptors- nasal epithelium

Circulatory system of frog consists of blood

vascular system and lymphatic system.

4, Photoreceptor eyes (three layered called

sclera, choroid and sensory layer called retina).

The blood vascular system comprises three

chambered heart, blood vessels and blood.
Heart is covered by a thin membrane called
pericardium. Heart has two upper chamber
called auricles which open separately in to a
common ventrice.A conical structure called
conus arteriosus is present in the ventral side of
heart at the right auricle and dorsal side has a
triangular structure called sinus venosus, in to
which all the three main venacava open.

5. Auditory receptor- tympanum and internal ear.

Middle ear called tympanic cavity is filled with
air, which passes vibrations to internal ear.
Internal ear or membraneous labrynth is present
in the fluid filled otic or auditory capsule.The ear
functions for hearing and balancing.

Frogs possess three portal systems hepatic

portal system, hypophyseal portal system and
renal portal system. Blood vessels from the wall
of alimentary canal transports blood into liver
(hepatic portal vein) and to kidney (renal portal
vein) instead of transporting it directly to heart.

Excretory system
The main organs for excretion is a pair of
kidneys, composed of uriniferous tubules or
nephrons. The frog excretes Urea (ureotelic) and
i: is carried by blood into the kidney. Ureter
emerging from kidney as urinogenital duct. A
common ureter opens to the cloaca, A thin
walled urnary bladder is present ventral to the
rectum also opens to cloaca.
Endocrine glands

30

Chemical coordination is effected by secretions

of endocrine glands found in frog. They are
mainly
Pituitary
gland,
thyroid
glands,
parathyroid, thymus pineal body, Pancreatic
islets, adrenals and gonads,

[a]a defence mechanism

Reproductive system

[d]an infold of the intestine

Male reproductive system consists of a pair of

yellowish ovoid testes, which are found adhered
to the upper part of kidneys, by a double fold of
peritoneum called mesorchiurn. The ducts from
testes are 10 to 12 in number named vase
efferentia, which run through the mesorchium
and reaches the kidneys of their side. In kidneys
these open in to Bidders canal which
communicate with urinogenital duct, that comes
out of the kidney and opens to cloaca.

[e] a glandular secretory grid

Female reproductive system comprises a pair of

ovaries situated near the kidneys. A pair of
oviducts opens in to cloaca separately. A mature
female can lay 2500-3000 unfertilised eggs at a
time, and fertilisaion is external. Development is
indirect which involves a larval stage called
tadpole.

Man excretory organ

[c]a part of the circulatory system

05 .What is correct about nephria of pheretima

[a]There are only one type of nephridia
[b]A11 are exonephric
acid

[c]They

excrete

uric

[d]They are protonephridia

[e]Pharyngeal nephridia are fewer in number
06. Nephridia of earthworm are analogous to
[a]tracheae of insects [b]gills of prawn [c]flame
cells of planaria
[d]Nematoblasts of Hydra
[e]Choanocytes of sponges
07. Typhlosole of pheretima is useful for

ENTRANCE ORIENTED QUESTIONS

01. The glandular belt in Phetetima is called
[a] Peristomium [b] Citellum [c] Pygidium

[a]pumping of blood

[b]excretion

[c]osmoregulation

[d]absorption

[e] grinding of food

[e] Typhlosole

08.In pheretima ovary is found in the

02. Which one is incorrect about earthworm

[a] First segment is prostomium

"[a] 12th and ,13th segment

[b]17th 18th `egment

[b] There is a glandular clitellum occupying 14

-16 segments

[c]14th segment [d] Last segment

[c] It is a hermaphorodite

[e]14 -16th segment

[d] Female genital aperyurea are on

segment

the 14 th

09. The female genital aperture in pheretima is

[a]Paired

[e]. Male genetal aperture is in the 18th segment

[b]Situated anteror to male geretal aperture

03. Find out the wrong statement about

Pheretima posthuma

[c]Situated in the postclitellar region

[a] It performs locomotion with the help of

parapodia and body muscles
[b]Paired Spermathecae are located in the 5/6,
6/7 7/8,8/9,segments
04. What is typhlosole of earthworm

[d]Located in the 18th segment

[e]Opens to cloaca
10. What is correct about pheretima
[a] Cocoon is secreted by the prostate gland rtij
Hemoglobin is present in RBC

31

[c] Fertilisation occurs in the oviduct

[d] sperms from one worm are transferred into
the spermathecae of another worm and vice
versa.
[e] They are monoecious

[c]Contractility

adhered

to

kidney

with

16.Identify the true statements and find out the

correct combination
(i) Spermatheca is present in male cockroach
(ii)There are 10 pairs of spiracles in cockroach

11. Which is not a feature of neural tissue

[a] Excitability

[e]Testes are
mesorchium

[b] Conductivity

(iii)
frog

[d] both a and b

Renal portal vein starts from kidney of

(iv)
Male gonapophysis is an asymmetric
structure in cockroach

12. The PCT of kidney tubles are lined with

[a] Columunar epithelium
[b] cuboidal cells
with microvilli [c] simple squampus
[d] Simple
squamous

[all, and iii

[D]i,ii and iii

[d]i and ii

[e]all of these

13. Which among

paurometabolous

17. Which organ in earthworm cannot occur in

6th segment of earth worm

[a] Earth worm

[c] Frog

the

following

[b] Cockroach

[a]Blood gland [b]Spermatheca

[d] Both a and b

[c]Pharyngeal nephridia

[e] Both b and c

Heterotrophic

are

[d] Gizzard
eukaryotic,

multicellular

[c]ii and iv

[e]lnegumentary nephridia

organisms lacking a cell wall are included in

18. The organs and segmental position in earth

worm is given. find out the mismatching item
[a]Blood glands - 4. 5 and 6

[a] Monera

[b] Protista

[b] Accessory male reproductive gland -17&19

[d] Animalia

[e] Plantae

[c] Plantae

[c]Spermathecae

- 6-9

14. Which is/are not feature's of cockroach

[d]Testis

(i) monoeciousness (ii)Ureotelism

[e] Intestinal caecae

(iii),nternal ferilization

19. Which is not an amphibian feature

(iv)Open circulatory system

[a]Heart is three chambered

(v) Colourless blood

[b]body is covered with scales

[a]i, and iii

[b]i,ii and iii

[dJi and ii

[e]all of these

[c]ii and iv

15.Select the false statement about frog

[a]Forelimb is tetra digital in frog
[b]Hind limb is tetradigital in frog
[c]There are 12 pairs of cranial nerves
[d]SKin is glandular

-10 and 11
-15

[c]Cloaca is present [d]Fertilization is external

[e]Development is indirect
20. The organs and their position in abdominal
segment of cockroach is given, find out the
mismatching item
[a]Testes

- 4 to 6

[b]Accessory male reproductive gland - 17&19

[c]Spermatheca - 10
[d]Ovaries

-2-6

32

[e]Mushroom shaped gland - 6 - 7

[e]

21. Setae are found in all body segments of

earthworm except

27. Spermathecae in earthworm are found in

segment

[a]last segment [b]first segment

[a] 6.7,8,9

[b] 4.5,6,7

[c]cliteliar segments [d]first last and clitellar

segments [e]prostomium and peristomium

[d] 3,4,5,6

[e] 14, 15, 16, 17

22A skeleton like function during locomoticn is

performed in earthworms by

[c] 5,6,7,8

Testis sacs lie in

[a]10th and 11 segments

[b]l lth and 12' segments

[a] alimentary canal laden with mud

[c] 12' and 13" segments

[b]setae[c]blood
[d]clitellum

28.

single, dorsal, solid

[d]ile ad 14th segments.

[e] coelomic fluid

[e]18" segment

23. Which of he following is the correct matching

set?
[a]

Pharynx

grinding food

[b]

Clitellum

copulation

[c]

Blood glands ...... ...respiration

[d]

Coelomic fluid ..hydraulic skeleton

[e]

gizzarc absorption

29.
Fertilization
occurs in

in

pheretima

[a] spermathecae [b] cocoon

posthuma

[c] coelom

[d] seminal vesicles [e] oviduct

30. cocoon is secreted by
[a] clitellar glands

[b] prostrate glands

[c] glands of body well [d] egg itself

[e] oviduct

24. Chloragogen cells of

analogous to vertebrate
[a] kidney

earthworms are

[e] Heart

25. In earthworm the

nitrogenous wastes from

Inner lining of fallopian tube is formed by

epithelium

[b] gut

[c] liver [d] lungs

31.
the

nepnridia

collect

[a] squamous

[b] ciliated

[c] cubical

[d] columnar

[e]columnar with microvilli

32. Cells of which tissue are embedded in

[a] skin [b] blood [c] alimentary canal

lacunae

blood vessels and coelomic fluid.

[a] Striated muscle

[e] coelomic Fluid

[c] cartilage [d] cardiac muscle

26. Nerve cord in earthworm is

[e] both [b] and [c]

[a]

single, ventral, solid

33.which is a unicellular gland

[b]

Single , dorsal, hollow

[a] goblet cells of alimentary canal

[c]

double, ventral, solid

[b] Pancreas

[d] salivary gland

[d]

double, dorsal, hollow

[d] tear gland

[e] intestinal gland

[b] bone

33

34. Destruction of microbes by phagocytosis is

carried out by

[d] columnar

[e]clumnar with microvilli

[a] Macrophages [b] Fibroblasts

43.
with

[c] Mast cells

[a] squamous [b] ciliated[c] cubical

[d] Plasma cells[e] Adipocy.e

35. inflammation producing substances are

stored in
a] Macrophages [b] Fibroblasts
[c] Mast cells

[d] columnar

[e]columnar with microvilli

44. Muscle fibres of heart are

[a] voluntaty and striated [b] voluntary smooth

[d] Plasma cells

[e] Adipocyte
36. Synthesis storage and metabolism of fat is
done by
[a] white tissues[b] Adipose tissues
[c] Areolar tissues

Inner wall of respiratory tract is lined

[d] mast cells

[c]

involuntary and striated

[d]

Involuntary smooth

[e]

Involuntary and spindle shaped 45,

Select the true statements

[a]Fallopian tube is lined with brushboardered

epithelium
[b] PCT is lined with

[e] Collagen

brushboarcered cuboidal epithelium

37. Bones at joints are connected by

[c]Intestine is lined with ciliated columnar

epithelium

[a]Tendon

[b] Ligament [c] white tissue

[d] Adipocytes [e] Muscles

[d] Microvilli causes movement of particles over

the surface
[e] Cells with microvilli are

38,

present in trachea and bronchi

Component cells of Cartilage is

[a] Adipocytes [b] Osteocytes

[c] Fibroblasts [d] Chondrocytes

46.
Take the odd feature for a particular type
of muscle cell
[a]Cylindrical

[e]Choanocytes
39. The lateral openings in the heart of
cockroach is called
[a] spiracles

[b] cerci [c] typhlosole

[d] Ostia

[e] Clitellum

[b]multinucleated

[c]Cross bridges

[d]Voluntary in action

[e]Striated
47.
The segment(s) play highest role in
locomotion in cockroach islare

40, Anal style in cockroach is present in the [a]

rsegment
[b] 8th segment

[a] Prothoracic

[b] Mesothoracic

[c] Metathoraoic

[d] First abdominal

[c] 9th segment [d] 10th segment

[e] a, b and c

[a] in 9th and 10th segments

48. Select the odd one

41. intercalated disc is a feature of

[a] Adipose tissue

[a] cardiac muscle fibres [b] Osteocytes [c]

Fibroblasts [d] Chondrocytes [e]smooth muscle
42.

Inner wall of intestine is lined with

[a] squamous

[b] ciliated

[c] cubical

[c] tendon

[b] Areolar tissue

[d] Bone

[e] ligament
49. Which organ of alimentary canal y

34

He published his scheme of classification

in his book "S pe c i e s P l a nt a r um " i n
1 7 5 3 . T he te r m "systematic" is derived
from
the
Latinised
Greek
word
"systemma". This word was used by
Carolus Linnaeus in naming his book
"Systema Naturae" in 1758. He
classified about 5.900 species of plants in
the Species Plantarum and about 4,200
species of animals in the S ystemma
Naturae. He introduced the binomial
system of nomenclature for the first time.
BIOLOGICAL CLASSIFICATION
Father of Biology ARISTOTLE
Father of Ayurveda CHARAKA
Book written
samhitha

by

CHARAKA

Charaka

Father of Botany : Theophrastus

Two
kidom
Classification
suggested by Karl Linnnaeus

was

Five-kingdom classification

Five kingdom classification

suggested by R.H. Whittaker

was

In 1969, R.H. Whittaker proposed the

five-kingdom classification. He classified
the living organisms into

The arrangement of anything into groups is called

classification Aristolte was the earliest to attemt a
more scientific base for classification
Aristotle's classification was based
on simple morphological characters. He
classified plants into 3 groups -trees,
shrubs, and herbs. He classified animals
into 2 groups -red-blooded and non redblooded.

five kingdoms.
The criteria used by Whittaker are given below
1.
Cell
Eukaryotic)

structure(Prokaryotic

or

2. Thallus organization(Uni cellular or Multi

cellular )
3. Mode of nutrition(Autotrophic
heterotrophic)

or

4. Reproduction( Sexual Asexual or

vegetative)
5. Phylogenetic relationships (Based
on the evotionary relationship )
Two-kingdom classification
The two-kingdom classification was introduced
by Carolus Linnaeus. He classified all
living
organisms into two large
groups
Kingdom Plantae (plant
kingdom) and Kingdom, Animalia (animal
kingdom). This system of classification
was used till very recently.
He formulated an acceptable classification, and
so he is regarded as the 'Father of Taxonomy'.

(Evolutionary history of an organism

is called Phylogeny)
(Artificial system of classification was
suggested
by
Linnaeus
and
Theophrastus;
Natural System of
classification
was
suggested
by
Bentham and Hooker; Phylogenetic
classification
was
suggested
by
Eichler.)

35

The five kingdoms of living organisms

are 1.Kindom Monera (Kindom of
prokaryotes)
2.
Kingdom
Protista
unicellular Eukaryotes )

(Kingdom

of

3. Kingdom Fungi (Kingdom of multi

cellular
non
pigmented
Eukariotic
heterotrophs)
4.Kingdom Plantae (Kingdom of multi
cellular Eukaryotic Autotrophs)

without cell wall. They directly or indirectly

depend on plants for their food. They digest the
food in an internal cavity (alimentary canal) and
store it as glycogen or fat.
They have a definte growth pattern, They
grow into ?duits with a definite shape and
size They are holozoic and mobile They
exhibit
heterotrophic
mode
of
nutrition.The members have welldeveloped
control
and
co-ordination
mechanisms. Sexual reproduction is by
copulation of male and female followed by
embryo development.

5.Kingdom Animalia (Kingdom of multi

cellular Eukaryotic heterotrophs -)
1.Kingdom
Monera
(The
kingdom
of
prokaryotes) All prokaryotic organisms are
included in the Kingdom Monera.They
are
microscopic
organisms.
True
nucleus and other membrane-bound
cell organelles are absent in these
organisms
2.Kingdom Protista
unicellular eukaryotes)

(The

kingdom

of

The
Kingdom
Protista
(protistc-primary)
includes primarily unicellular aquatic eukaryotic
organisms. The cells of protists have true
nucleus and other membrane-bound
organelles
and
non-membraneous
organelles.
3.Kingdom Fungi (The
multicellular decomposers)

kingdom

of

The kingdom Fungi included eukaryotic,

multicellular, heterotrophic organisms. Yeast is
an exceptional fungus which is unicellular.
4.Kingdom Plantae (The kingdom of
multicellular producers). The Kingdom
Plantae
(plants)
includes
multicellulaechlorophyll-containing
organisms
except some algae such as diatoms,
dinoflagellates and other members of
Monera,
Protista,
and
Fungi. These
multicelluar and photosynthetic forms are called
green plants. They include green algae, brown
algae, red
algae, mosses,
ferns,
gymnospersm, and flowering plarts.
5.Kingdom Animalia(The kindom of
multicellular consumers).The Kingdom
Animalia
includes
multicellular
heterotrophic eukaryotes. The cells are

Kingdom Monera
The Kingdom Monera includes all
prokaryotic
organisms
like
bacteria,
actinomycetes and blue green algae. The
organisms which come under this kingdom
are commonly called monerans.Monerans
are
classified
into
3
groupsarchaebacteria,
eubacteria,
and
mycoplasrna. I.Archaebacteria.
They are an ancient group of primitive
prokaryotes
found in places like deep
ocean floor, hot deserts hot springs and
even inside other organisms. They are able
to survive in extreme environments like
high temperature (upto 80C), high salt
concentrations,
acidic
pH,
etc.
Archaebacteria are considered as the
primitive form of life.
The cell structure of archaebacteria is
similar to those of bacteria. Archaebacterial
differ from other bacteria in having a
different cell wall. Their cell wall is
composed
of
proteins
and
polysaccharides(Murein). This feature is
responsible for their survival in extreme
conditions.
Archaebacteria are considered as "living
fossils" because they still retain their
adaptions for living under the conditions of
the primitive earth. Archaebacteria are
divided into 3 groups methanogens,
halophiles and thermo acidophiles.

36

1. Methanogens
They
are
methane-producing
archaebacteria. They are anaerobes and
live mainly in marshy areas. Some of the
methanogens live in the guts of ruminant
animals like cows arm buffaloes. These
archaebacteria help these animals in the
fermentation (digestion) of cellulose in the
alimentary canal. Methanogens are also
responsible for the production of methane
in "biogas fermenters" (gobar gas plants)
from
the
dung
of
animals.
eg.:
methariobacterium
2.Halophiles
They are salt-loving archaebacteria.They
live in extreme salty areas or salt solutions
(marine solutions). eg. Halo bacterium

Leeuwen hoek is regarded as the "Father

of Microbiology". He also reported on the
compound eyes of insects and many other
animal structures.
Types of Bacteria
Based on their shape, bacteria are grouped
into 4 categories- Coccus, Bacillus, Vibrium
and Spirillum.
1. Coccus (pl: cocci)- Spherical shaped
bacterium. It may occur singly (eg:
Monococcus) or in pairs (eg: Diplococcus)
or in groups
(eg: Staphylococcus) or in long chains
(eg: Streptococcus)

3.
Thermoacidophiles
They
are
temperature and acid-loving bacteria live in
hot sulphur springs.eg.:- Thermoplasrna

2. Bacillus (pl: bacilli)bacterium. It may occur

Bacillus) or in pairs

II. Eubacteria

(eg: Diplobacillus)
Streptobacillus)

Eubacteria are true bacteria which include

bacteria, actnomycetes, and cyanobacteria.
1. Bacteria
Bacteria
(singular:
bacterium)
are
unicellular (single- celled) microscopic
monerans. They are extremely small.
Infact, they are the smallest of all known
cellular organisms. They measure from
0.75 to 15,u (microns) in length.
Escherichia coli (E. coli,) is a small rodshaped bacterium common in the intestine
of man and other animals. Bacteria first
discovered by a Dutch cloth merchant,
Anton Van Leeuwenhoek on June 10, 1675
in pond water.

or

in

Rod-shaped
singly (eg:

groups

(eg:

3.Vibrium (pl:vibrio) Comma-Shaped

bacterium. eg: Vibrio comma.
4.Spirillum(pl:
spirilla)

Spiral-shaped bacterium_.It is spirally

twisted cr highly coiled like a cork screw.
eg: Spirochetaes.
Nutrition of bacteria
Bacteria show a most extensive metabolic
diversity. They may be autotrophic or
heterotrophic in their mode of nutrition.
Accordingly, they may be classified into 2
groups
autotrophic
bacteria
and
heterotrophic bacteria
1. Autotrophic bacteria

Louis Pasteur in 1864 and Koch in 1876

reported that these micro-organisms could
cause disease. Louis Pasteur is considered
as the "Father of Bacteriology".

They synthesis their own food from

inorganic substances. Based on the energy
obtained needed for the synthesis of food,

37

bacteria may be divided into 2 types

photosynthetic autotrophic bacteria and
chemosynthetic autotrophic bacteria

During
favourable
conditions,
bacterium cell divides into 2
daughter cells.

[a]Photosynthetic
bacteria

2.Sporulation

autotrophic

They prepare their own food from inorganic

materials in the presence of light. The
enegy needed for this process is obtained
from light. Eg: Purple sulphur bacteria and
Green sulphur bacteria
[b]
Chemosynthtic
bacteria

autotrophic

They prepare their own food from inorganic

materials in the presence of chemicals. The
required energy is obtained from the
oxidation of chemicals. Eg: Nitrifying
bacteria, Sulphur bacteria, Iron bacteria,
etc
2. Heterotrohic bacteria
They do not synthesis their own food but
depend on other organisms or on dead
organic matter for food. Most of the
bacteria are heterotrophic in nutition.
Heterotrophic bacteria may be of 3 types,
parasitic bacteria, saprophytic bacteria,
and symbiotic bacteria.
Parasitic bacteria: they absorb food from
the host and cause diseases on the host.
Eg: Salmonella. Saprophytic bacteria:
They live on the dead matters and absorb
food from them. They are most primitive.
Symbiotic bacteria: They form mutually
beneficial association with other organisms.
Eg: Rhizobium
Bacterial reproduction
Bacteria reproduce by 3 methods binary
fission,
sporulation,
and
sexual
reproduction.
1.Binary fission

each
equal

During unfavourable conditions, gram

positive bacteria produce endospores.
3.Sexual reproduction
In sexual reproduction, meiosis. and
crossing over are absent in bacteria. But,
sometimes the exchange of genetic
material (DNA) takes place. This process is
called genetic recombination or gene
recombination.
Genetic
recombination
(DNA transfer) in bacteria is of a primitive
type.
In
bacteria,
DNA
transfer
(genetic
recombination) takes place by 3 ways
conjugation,
transduction,
and
transformation.
2.

Actinornycetes

They are gram positive bacteria forming

elongated cells. They have a definite
tendency to branch. Cells are rigid and
may grow into mycelium-like branched
structure producing chains of conidia giving
the colonies a superficial resemblance to
fungal colonies. They grow in the form of
radiating colonies in cultures. So. they are
commonly called "ray fungi". Many of the
actinomycetes produce antibiotics eg:
Streptomyces produces streptomycin.

3.

Cyanobacteria

They are also called blue-green algae They

are
gram
negative
photosynthetic
prokaryotes. Most of them are fresh water
and some of them are terrestrial or marine
They may be single-celled (eg: Spirulina) ,
colonial (eg: Nostoc) or filamentous (eg:

38

Oscillatoria-seen in fresh water) Colonial

forms of cyanobacteria are generally
surrounded by a mucilaginous sheath
(Gelatinous sheath). It prevents drying of
the cells during dessication. Eg: Nostoc,
These colonial forms often form blooms
(profuse growth) in Polluted water bodies.
In certain cyanobacteria, one or more cells
may be modified into barrel-shaped, thickwalled specialized cells for nitrogen
fixation,
called
heterocysts.
These
heterocysts have the capacity to fix
atmospheric nitrogen into nitrogenous
compound due to the presence of
nitroginase enzyme. Eg: Nostoc Anabaena,
etc

The Kingdom Protista includes the simple

and the most primitive eukaryotic microorganisms. They are predominantly waterdwelling (primarily aquatic) and unicellular
(single-celled). The boundaries of the
Kingdom Protista are not well-defired'
The internal structure of a protist cell is
similar to that of a eukaryotic cell. To carry
out functions, the body protoplasm is
differentiated into specialized parts called
organelles.
Membrane-bound
organelles such as nucleous. endoplasmic
reticulum, mitochondria, golgi bodies are
present. The non-membranous organelle
called ribosome is also seen. In addition
to these organelles, chloroplast also occurs
in photosynthetic protists. Locornotory
organs such as cilia or flagella or
pseudopodia are seen in most of the
protists. The photosynthetic protists have
cell wall. The various types of life styles
found in other kingdoms are reflected in
different groups of kingdom protista.

Cyanobacteria have cell wall composed of

cellulose and pectin. The cell wall contains
peptidoglycan. Chlorophyll-a found in
thylakoids are similar to green plants. DNA
is circular which resembles bacterial
chromosome.Cyanobacteria
are
photosynthetic autotrophs which can
synthesise their own food in the presence
of light. They evolve oxygen during
photosynthesis.

Protists reproduce asexually and sexually.

Asexual reproduction takes place by
mitosis. Sexual reproduction involves
cell fusion and zygote formation.

Cyanobacteria play a great role in recycling

neutrients like nitrogen, phosphorous,
iron and sulphur

The Kingdom Protista is classified into 5

groups chrysophytes, dinoflagellates,
euglenoids, slime moulds, and protozoans

III. Mycoplasmas
They are smallest known prokaryotes.
They
are
commonly
called
pleuropneumonia-like organism or PPLO.
The cells of PPLC ate non-motile. They are
capable of autonomous growth and
reproduction. They are resistant to
penicillin.
They are completely lack a cell wall
and can survive without oxygen. Many
of them are pathogenic which cause
diseases in plants and animals.
1. Chrysophytes
Kingdom Protista

They
are
microscopic
unicellular
eukaryotes. They are fresh water or
28

39

marine and float passively in water

currents. Most of them are photosynthetic.
This group of protista includes diatoms
and desmids.

They are also called golden algae. eg:

Cosmarium, Closterium, etc.
2.

Dinoflagellates

(1). Diatoms
Are seen in fresh water and sea, diatoms
constitute an important planktonic flora
(unicellular microscopic organisms are
called plankton).
They have cel ulose cell wall. The cell
wall is silicified. The silicified cell wall is
called frustules. The frustule consists of
two halves called the valves, which
overlap each other and fit together like
the two halves of a soap 'box. The older one
is the epitheca while the younger one is
called
hypotheca. The
presence
of
sculptures on the walls of the diatoms is
a feature of special interest. It is on
account of these designs that diatoms
are regarded as objects of great beauty.
Diatoms are called "Jewels of the plant
world" due to their beautifully designed wall
markings. Diatoms are popularly called
''grasses of sea" because they act as
chief "producers" in the oceans.The
silicified cell wall of diatoms does not decay
(indestructible).The
diatom
shells
accumulate at the bottom of the sea and
form rocklike deposits (gritty soil) over
billons
of
years.
This
is
called
"diatomaceous
earth".
The
diatomaceous earth formed by fossil
diatoms has great industrial value.
Uses of diatomaceous earth
1.
etc.

It is used in polishes, varnishes,

2.

It is used in filtration of oils and

syrups.

3.

It is used in making tooth pastes

and face powders.

They are biflagellated protists. They are

mostly marine and photosynthetic. Based
on
the
main
pigment
present
in
dinoflagellaes, they appear red, blue,
brown, green or yellow. The cell wall is
divided into armour-like stiff plates on the
outer surface. The armoured appearance is
a characteristic feature of dinoflagellates.
Each dinoflagellate has two long flagella.
One flagellum is free and longitudinal. The
other is transverse and lies in the groove
(furrow) between the wall plates. The
appearance and position of flagella are also
characteristic features of

Dinoflagellate Gonyaulax
Some dinoflagellates are phosphorescent_
They make the surface of sea glow in dark.
Dinoflagellates reproduce asexually only.
Sexual reproduction is absent
A common type of dinoflagellate is
Gonyaulax. it forms the so-called "red
tide". It has an immense reproductive
potential. In an optimal environment, they
may multiply (reproduce) several times a
day leading to population explosions. The
sudden increase in their numbers at the
surface of the sea makes the appear red.
Gonyaulax releases a toxin into the sea.
This toxin has the capacity to kill other
marine animals like fishes.

(II) Desmids

40

3.

Euglenoids

They are wall-less flagellated protists. Most

of them are fresh water forms found in
stagnant water. Cell wall is absent. The
body has an elastic protein-rich covering
called pellicle which makes its body
flexible.Cytoplasm
has
chloroplasts
with chlorophyll. It has two flagella a short
and long one.ln the presence of sun light,
euglenoids are photosynthetic and in the
absence of sun light they are heterotrophs.
As heterotrophs. they predate on other
small organisms. The common example of
an euglenoid is Euglena.It is the only
Autotrophic animal

5. Protozoans
They are heterotrophic protists which
live as parasites or predators. Protozoans
are classified into 4 groups amoeboid
protozoans,flagellated protozoanns ,
ciliated protozoans, andsporozoans.
(i) Amoeboid protozoans
They are predatory protozoans and are also
called sarcodines. They I ve in fresh water. sea
water or moist soil. Eg. Amoeba, Entamoeba,
etc.

4. Slime moulds
They
are
saprophytic
protists.
Eg:
Physarum. The body of slime moulds moves
(glides) on decaying leaves or logs and
engulfs (captures) the food particles and
bacteria.
During favourable (suitable) conditions,
the moving strands of protoplasm form
an aggregation called plasmodium. It
grows and spreads many feet over the
substratum.
Under unfavouraole (unsuitable) conditions,
the Plasmodium forms fruiting bodie s
calle d
sporangia. Each sporangium
bears many spores, Each spore has a
thick wall. Spore wall is extremely
resistant and thus the spore survives
for many years even under unsuitable
(adverse) conditions. The spores are
dispersed by air. Slime moulds are of two
types- the acellular slime moulds and
cellular slime moulds.

They
produce
body
extensions.
These body projections are called false
feet
or
pseudopodia.
They
use
pseudopodia
for
locomotion
(movement)
and
for
engulfing
(capturing) their prey.
Marine
amoeboid
protozoans
have
silica shells with shell pores on their
surface.They extend their pseudopodia
through these shell pores. eg: Radiblaria.
Entamoeba is a parasitic amoeboid
protozoan found in the alimentary canal of
animals
(ii) Flagellated protozoans
They are wall-less protozoans with flagella.
They are free-living or parasitic. The
parasitic forms cause diseases like sleeping
sickness. eg: Trypanosoma, Leishmania.
etc. Trypanosome is a blood parasite
(haemoflagellate) of vertebrate animal

41

The branch of botany which deal with the study

of fungi is called 'mycology'. The scientist
who is concerned with the study of fungi is
called a `mycologist'.
P.A Micheli, an Italian botanist is
regarded as the "Father of Mycology".
In 1928, Alexander Fleming discovered the
great wonder drug (antibiotic drug) called
penicillin from a fungus Penicilliurn
notatum
Fungi show a great diversity in
structure
and
habitat.
They
are
cosmopolitan in distribution. They
occur in water. soil, air, and on dead
and living bodies (plants and animals).
They prefer to grow in humid and warm
places. The aquatic fungi are considered as
primitive, and terrestrial fungi are
considered as advanced.

(iii) Ciliated protozoans

They are cilia-covered, fast-swimming,
aquatic protozoans. eg: Paramoecium. On
the ventral surface, there is an oral grove
called peristome. It is lined with ciliaThe
peristome leads to a narrow tubular cavity
called gullet. The opening of the peristome
into the gullet is the mouth. The
coordinated movement of rows of cilia
causes the water flow along with food
particles into the gullet

Salient features of fungi

1.Fungi are chlorophyll-less thallophytes.
2.The vegetative
called mycelium.

body

of

fungus

is

3. The mycelium is composed of a

number of interwoven mass of long,
slender, thread-like structures called
hyphae.

(iv) Sporozoans
They are parasitic protozoans. they
appear like amoebae. At the time of
reproduction,
they
produce
haploid
reproductive cells called "spores".

4.the hyphase are septate (with cross

walls) or aseptate (without cross walls)

Eg: Plasmodium. It is commonly called

malarial parasite which causes malaria in
man. Malaria has a staggering effect on
human population.

5.Fungi
are
multicellular except yeast
(univellular). Many fungi are multinucleate. The
multinucleate condition is said to be
coeriocytic.

Kingdom Fungi

6.The cells are eukaryotic and

possess all cell organelles except the
plastids.

Fungi
are
chlorophyll-less
thallophytes. Fungus is a Latin word
which means 'mushrooms'. Fungi
include mushrooms, toad-stools, puf-balls,
moulds, mildews, rusts and smuts.

7.The cell wall is made up of chitin.

Chitin
is
a
nitrogen-containing
carbohydrate polysaccharide). it is also
called fungal cellulose.

42

30

8.Fungi are heterotrophic in nutrition. They

are either saprophytic (eg: Rhizopus-bread
mould, Agariucus edible mushroom) or
parasitic

cells become diploid (2n). meiosis

(reduction division) occurs only in the
fruiting bodies during the formation
of haploid spores.

(eg: Puccinia rust

fungus
Ustilago-smut fungus

Based
on
the
morphology
of
mycelium, mode of nutrition, mode of
spore formation and fruiting bodies,
the Kingdom Fungi is dividedinto
4classes

and

fungus). Saprophytes live on

dead
organic
matters and absorb food from them.
Parasites live on or in other living
organisms and absorb food from them the
saprophytic fungi are called saprobes.
9.Fungi are the chief decomposers in
the biosphere.They play an important role in
recycling of minerals. They help in
decomposition of organic matter such as
dead bodies of plants and animals_
Fungi
reproduce
vegetatively,
asexually, and sexually.
11.
Vegetative reproduction takes place by
fragmentation of hyphae, fission, and
budding. Asexual reproduction
occurs
through asexual spores like zoospores.
sporangiospores, and Co ni di a . S ex u al
re p ro d uc ti o n
t a ke s
p l a ce
by
oospores,
ascospores,
and
basidiospores.
These
various
s p o re s a re f o rm e d
indiferent
structures called fruiting bodies. eg:
ascocarp, basidiocarp, etc.The sexual
cycle of fungi has 3 steps.
1.Plasmogamy:
Fusion
of
protoplasm
between 2 motile or non-motile gametes
10.

2.Karyogamy: fusion of 2 nuclei.

3.Meiosis: Zygote undergoes meiosis
to form 4 haploid spores.
During sexual reproduction, 2 haploid
hyphae (n) of 2 opposite strains
(mating types) are attracted towards
each other. They come together and
fuse to form a diploid cell. Their
nuclei are also fused to form a diploid
necleus. (2n). In ascomycetes and
basidiomycetes, 2 hyphae meet and
their walls dissolve at the point of
contact. The 2 nuclei which come
together and pair (lie side by side and
do not fuse) in the fusion cell. This
condition s called dikaryon and this
phase is called dikaryophase. Later,
these 2 parental nuclei fuse and the

Phycomycetes (Conjugating fungus)

Ascomycetes, (sac fungus)
Basidiomycetes (club fungus)
Deuteromycetes. (Fungus imperfecti)
1.

Phycomycetes

They are called lower fungi. They

occur in water laquatic habitats), on
decaying wood and leaves in moist
and damp places. and also as
parasites on plants. Mycelium is
coenocytic
(multinucleated)
and
aseptate (without cross walls)
Asexual reproduction takes place by
zoospores (ciliated and motile) in
aquatic forms and aplanospores (nonciliated and non-motile) in terrestrial
forms,
both
being
produced
in
sporangia endogenously. Zoospores
are formed by fusion of gametes.
Sexual reproduction takes place by
isogamy or anisogamy or oogamy.
Common phycomycetes are Mucor,
Rhizopus,
(black
bread
mould),
Albugo (parasitic fungus on mustard),
etc.
2.

Ascomycetes

They are higher fungi. They are

characterized by a well-eveloped
thallus
and
the
production
of
ascospores within the sac-like ascus.
They are also called the sac fungi
(ascus = sac; mycete = fungus).
Some are cropophilous. (Growing on
dungs of animals)
Ascomycetes
are
unicellular
or
multicellular. Yeast (Saccharomyces)
is a unicellular ascomycete. The
mycelium is well- developed and
highly branched except in yeast. In

43

yeast, the mycelium is absent. The

hyphae are septate and each cell may
be uninucleate or multinucleate.

basidiospores. The fruiting body containing

basidia is a multicellular structure called
basidiocarp.

Ascomycetes reproduce asexually and

sexually. Asexual reproduction take
place by conidia which are produced
exogenously (outside sporangium) on
special mycelia called conidiophores
during the growing season. The
conidia may have dif erent colours
which,
give
the
fungi
their
characteristic appearance. Conidia
are germinated in to mycelia. Sexual
reproduction is initiated by the fusion
of two hyphae belonging to dif erent
mating types. The gametes (hyphae)
involved are non- motile and are
designated as ascocarb The fusion of
gametes is followed by meiosis
(reduction division). As a result,
haploid ascospores are formed within
sac-like

Common
basidiomycetes
are
edible
mushrooms (eg: Agaricus campestris) smut (eg:
Ustilage) rust
fungus (Puccinia)etc.

Agaricus

structure
called
ascus
(plural:asci)
endogenously. The asci aggregate to form
a fruiting body called ascocarp.
Common
ascomycetes
PendIlium,
Aspergillus,
Morchella, Neurosporaz, etc.

are
Yeast,
Claviceps,

Members of Morels and buffles are edible and

are considered as delicacies.
3. Basidiomvcetes
They are a large croup of higher fungi
which include about 15,000 species. They
grow in soil, on logs, and tree stumps
and as parasites in living bodies (eg: rusts
and smuts)
Vegetative
reproduction
takes
place
by
fragmentation. Asexually spores and sex organs
are absent. But, plasmogamy takes place by
fusion of 2 somatic (vegetative) cells of
different strains or genotypes. The
fusion product is a dikaryotic structure
which gives rise to basidium ultimately.
Mycelium is septate, multinucleated, and
branched. Each basidium is clubshaped reproductive structure which bears
4 spores at is tip. These spores are called
basidiospores,They
are
produced
exogenously), (outside the body). The
compatible nuclei fuse to form zygote. It
undergoes
meiosis
to
'orm
4

Basidium
4. Deuteromycetes They are also called
imperfect fungi or fungi imperfect. It is an
artificial group of fungi which includes
the fungi having only the asexual
reproduction. This artificial group of
ufngi includes all fungi in which sexual
stages (perfect stages) are absent. Hence,
their
life
cycles
are
incomplete
(imperfect) and therefore, they are called
imperfect fungi.
Fungi with asexual stage identifies are placed in
the class deuteromycetes. When sexual (perfect)
stage of the members of deuteromycetes
is discovered, t h e y w i l l b e p l a c e d i n
a s c o m y c e t e s o r basidiomycetes.
A majority of imperfect fungi are
haploid and possess a septate,
branched mycelium.They reproduce
asexually only
by
conidia.They are
parasites or saprophytes. They cause a variety
of diseases in plants, animals, and man

44

The important fungi coming under this

group
are
Cercospora,Alternaria,Fusarium,
Colletotrichum, Trichoderma, etc.
Economic importance of fungi
1.The great antibiotic drug (wonder
drug) penicillin is extracted from
Penicillium notatum.
2.Yeasts are used to make bread and
beer in brewing and baking industry
3.L.S.D (Lysergic acid diethylamide) is
obtained
from
ergot
(Claviceps
purpurea).
L.S.D
is
used
in
experimental psychiatry.

recognized
certain
microscopic
organisms
(microbes)
as
causal
organism of the mosaic disease of
tobacco. They were found to be smaller
than bacterial because they can be
filtered through bacteria-proof filters.
In 1898, M.W. Beijerinek demonstrated
that the extract of the infected tobacco
plants can cause infection on healthy
plants. He called the fluid as contagium
vivum fluidum (living infectious fluid).
In 1935, W.M. Stanely showed that
virus could be crystallized. These viral
crystals are called virions.

4.Parasitic fungi cause diseases in

plants and animals.eg: (a) Damping off
disease is caused by Pythium.
(b)
Smut
Ustilag.

disease

(c)
Wheat
Puccinia.

rust

5. Certain
food.

is
is

mushrooms

caused
caused
are

used

by
by
as

Eg: Agaricus campestris (a saprophytic

fungus)

Tobacco leaf infected by Tobacco Mosaic

Virus
(TMV)

6,Neurospora is extensively used in

biochemical
and
genetic
work,
(Neurospora of plant kingdom)
7.Many morels and buffles are edible
and are considered delicacies,
8. Many fungi are decomposers of litter
and help in mineral cycling
Viruses, Viroids, and Lichens
There is no mention of some acellular
organisms like viruses. viroids, and
lichens
in
the
five-kingdom
classification of Whittaker.
Virus
The name "virus" means venom or
poisonous fluid. The term "virus" was
given by Pasteur. In 1892. D.J.
lvanowsky disovered the virus. He

Ultrastructure of Tobacco Mosaic Virus

(TMV)
Viruses
are
electron
microscopic infective particles. They
are
neither
prokaryotes
nor
eukaryotes. They exhibit properties of both
living things and non-living things. They
consist of a genetic material (hereditary
material) and a protein coat. The genetic
material is either DNA or RNA

45

A virus is a nucleoprotein. The

genetic material (RN A or DN A) i s
i nfecti ous. The prote in coat is called
capsid. It protects the nucleic acid
(genetic material). The capsid is made up
on individual small structural subunits
called capsomers. These capsomers
are arranged in helical or polyhedral
geometric forms.
Viruses are non-cellular organisms. They
are inert outside the living cell. An inert
virus is called viron. If it infects a living
cell, it is able to reproduce (replicate)
inside the living host cell, using the
enzymes and other metabolic machinery of
the host cell and kill the host.
Viruses may be of 3 types plant virus,
animal virus, and bacteriophage.
1.

Plant virus
Virus which infects plant cell is called
plant virus. Eg: TMV (Tobacco Mosaic
Virus). Generally plant virus has a singlestranded RNA (ssRNA). The plant virus has
no envelope outside.
Viruses cause many diseases in plants.
The common symptoms of viral diseases
are mosaic formation, leaf rolling and
curling, yellowing and vein clearing, dwarfing
and stunted growth, etc.

2.

Animal virus
Virus which infects animal cell is called
animal virus. eg: HIV. Generally in animal
virus, the genetic material is a singlestranded RNA (ssRNA) or double stranded
RNA (dsRNA) or double-stranded DNA
(dsDNA). Animal virus has a loose covering
over the capsid, called envelope. Viruses
cause diseases like small pox, mumps,
herpes, influenza, AIDS. etc.

(dsDNA).The tail consists of a protein

sheath surrounding an empty space. The
tail terminates in an end plate with 6 tail
fibres and spices,

Viroids
They are infectious agents (infectious
nucleic acids) smaller than viruses and
cause
potato
spindle
tuber
disease(PST). They were discovered by
T.O. Diener in1971. Viroids are free
RNAs without protein coat. The RNA
has low molecular weight.
Lichens
They are formed by a symbiotic association
of an alga and a fungus in which both the
partners are mutually benefited. The algal
component is called phycobiont and the
fungal component is called mycobiont.
Phycobiont is autotrophic and mycobiont is
heterotrohic. In lichen, the mycobiont
absorbs water and mineral nutrients and
phycobiont synthesizes food form
CO 2 and water for fungi. The mycobiont
provides shelter to the other partner by its
structural covering around the partner. It fixes
the lichens to the substratum such as
rock, tree bark, leaves etc. It also absorbs
moisture from the atmosphere.
Economic importance of lichens

3.Bactriophage (bacterial virus)

1.Litmus is obtained from Rocella

montaignei_ Litmus is commonly used as
acid-base indicator in laboratories.

Virus which infects bacteria is called

bacteriophage. It was discovered by Twort in
1915. It has a tadpole shape and consists of 2
parts head and tail.

2. Lichens are used as pollution indicators.

They do not grow in polluted areas.

The head is hexagonal in outline. It

consists of a protein coat surrounding a
double stranded DNA

3.They are used in the preparation of usnic

acid.
ENTRANCE ORIENTED QUESTIONS

46

01. Fungi are mostly

[c] A(i), B (i),C(i), D(ii) [d] A(i), B (ii),C(i), D(i)

[a] Globular

08 Match the following

[b] Filamentous

[c] Unicellular [d] Cup shaped

02. Which of these are found in aquatic
habitat?

Column I
i.[d]J. Ivanowsky
ii.W.M. Stanley

[a] Ascomycetes [b] Algal fungi [c] Club

Fungi

iii.M.W. BeiLerneick

Column II
a] Termed 'Virus'
[b]
Contagium
vivum fluidurn
[c]
Crystallised
Viruses

[d] Sac Fungi [e] Both a and d

03 Select the correct one?

Iv. Paster

[a]Term virus was given by D.J. lwanowsky

[d]
Recongnition
ofmicrobes causing
Mosaic disease of
Tobacco

[b]
W.M. Stanley is associated with term
'contagium vivum fluidum'
[c]Virus infecting
stranded DNA
[d]Bacteriophage
DNA

plants
have

have

double

single

stranded

04. Odd one out

[a] Puccinia
[b]
Trichoderma-

Microsporum

[c]

[a] (i) B(ii) C(iii) D(iv) A

B(iv) A

[b] (i) D(ii) C(iii)

[c] (i) C(ii) D(iii) B(iv) A

A(iv) B

[d] (i) D(ii) C(iii)

9.

Odd one out

[d] Polytrichum [e] Colletotrichum

[a] Ustilago

[b] Bracket fungi

05. Consider the following statements and

choose the right ohes among them

[c] Puccinia

[d] Trichophyton

I.Large members of deuteromycetes are

decomposers

10.(i) Aspergillus

II.Lichen are pollution Indicators because

they are not found in polluted areas

(ii)Agaricus-

Basidimycentes

(iii)Puf balls -

III.In basidiornycetes sex organs are absent

but asexual spores are generally found in
them

[a] 1,111, V [b] I, 11, IV

[d] I, III. IV

[c] 1, 11, V

06. Odd one out

[a] Small pox [b] Influenza
[c] Tetanus

(v)Bracket fungi Basidiomycetes

[B]Ascomycetes
& Septate

Aseptate
iii)

&

Branched

[C]Basidiomycetes

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

[a]

[b]

[c]

[d]

[b] Diener

2. Virus

[c] Mycobiont -

3.Viroid

[d] Obligate Prasites-

4. Lichen

[a] a-1, b-3, c-4, d-2

[b] a-4, b-3, c-1, d-2

[c] a-2, b-3, c-1, d-4

[d] a-3. b-4, c-2, d-1

[e] a-4, b-2, c-3, d-1

[d] Deuteromycetes
[a] A(i), B (i),C(ii),D(ii) [b]
D(ii)

(i)

[a] Pollution indicator - 1. Fungi

07. Find the correct Match

(i)

Basidiomycetes

11. Match the following

[d] Mumps

[A] Phycomycetes
Coenocytic

Ascomycetes

(iv)Buffles -

IV.Plasmodium diferiates under favorable

conditions in slime moulds and forms
fruiting bodies with spores
V.Fission is carried out oy bacteria under
favorable conditions & spores under
unfavorable conditions.

Ascomycetes

A(i)

(ii),C(ii),

47

12. Which unicellular organisms have well

defined nucleus, and other membrare
bound organelles

[d]

Slime moulds and Protozoans

[e]

Chrysophytes and Slime mould

[a] Chyrsophytes

18, Plasmodium is a

[b] Holozic

[c] Euglenoids
[e] All

[d]

protozons

13. Hetrotropic eqkaryotic multicellular

organism lacking a cell wall are included in
[a] Monera
[d]Animalla

[b] Protista

[c] Plantae

14. Compare the organisms with mode of

nutrition
[a] Cyanobacteria

1. Holozoic

[b] Fungi

2. Autotorphic

[c] Animals

3. Heterotrophic

[d] Slime mould 4. Saprophytic

[a] a-1, b-3. c-4, d-2 [b] a-2, b-3. c-1, d-4
[c] a-3, b-1, c-2, d-4 [d] a-4, b-2, c-1, d-3
[e] a-3, b-2, c-1, d-4
15. Which one of the following are known as
photosynthetic protistan
[a]

Chrysophytes and Slime moulds

[b]

Dianoflagellates and Slime moulds

[c]

Protozoans and Chrysophytes

[d]

Chrysophytes and Dinoflagellates

[e]

Slime mould and Protozoans

16. Which one is true regarding PPLO

[a] They lack all wall
[b] They are smallest living all
[c] They can survive without oxygen
[d] They are pathogenic in animals and plants
[a] a & b only

[b) a, b and d [c] a, c and d

[d] a, b, c and d [e] a, b and c only

17. Two flagella are present in
[a]

Chrysophytes and Dinoflagellates

[b]

Dinoflagellates and Euglenoids

[c]

Euglenoids and Slime moulds

[a] sporozoa

[b] Slime mould

[c] Flagellated protozoa [d] Ciliated protozoa

[e] Diatoms
19. In basidiomycetes life cycle is completed by
[a]

Plasmogamy, karyogamy and Meiosis

[b]
Plasmogamy, Karyogarry, Dikaryophase
and Meiosis
[c]
Plasmogarny,
Meiosis

Dikaryophase

and

[d]
Plasmogamy, Dikaryophase, karyogamy
and Meiosis
[e]
Plasmogamy.
Dikaryophase

karyogamy

and

20. Fungi are divided in different classeS based

on
[a]
Morphology of mycelium,
nutrition and nature of fruiting body

mode

of

[b]
Morphology of mycelium, mode nutrition
and type of asexual reproduction
[c]
Morphology of the mycelium, mode of
spore formation and nature of fruiting body
[d]
Mode of nutrition, mode of
formation and fruiting bodies

spore

[e]
Mode of nutrition, method of cell division
and type of fruiting body
21. Mucor, Aspergillus and Agaricus are
[a]Ascompy::ete,
Basidiomycete
and
Dueteromycete
[b]Phycomycete,
Ascomycete

Basidiomycete

and

[c]Phycomycete,
Basidiomycete

Dueteromycete

and

[d]Phycomycete, Ascomycete and

Basidiomycete
[e] Dueteromycete, Phycomycete, Ascomycete

48

22. Capsomeres in virus are arranged

[a] Spiral or helical [b] Helical or Polyhedral
[c]

Spiral or helical

[d]

Helical or Polyhedral Geometric

[e]

Reticulate or Spiral or Helical

23. Which of the following are not a symptoms of

viral disease in alerts
[a] Mosaic formation [b] Leaf rolling and curling
[c] Yellowing and vein crerring [d] Necrosis
[e] Stunted growth
24. Animal virus have [a]Single stranded RNA
only

[a] Pasteur
[b] lwanowskv
[c] Biejernick
[d] Stanley

[p] Viroid
[q] Virus crystals
[r] Venom
[s] Prions

[e] Diener
[f] Prushner

[t] Infection of TMV

[U]Pathogen of Mosaic
disease

[a]

a - u, b - r, c - t, d - q, e - p, f - s

[b]

a - r, b - u. c - t, d - o, e - p, f - s

[c]

a - t, b - r, c - q, d - p, e - 5, f u

[d]

a - p, b - q. c - r, d - s, e - t, f - u

[e]

a - q, b - p, c - s. d r, e - t, f u

28. Recycling of nutrients are done by

[b]

Double stranded RNA only

[a]

Photosynthetic autotrophic bacteria

[c]

Doubled stranded DNA only

[b]

Chemosynthetic autotrophic bacteria

[c]

Archrebacteria [d] lyanobacteria

[e]

Mycoplasma

[d]
Single stranded RNA, Double stranded
RNA and double stranded DNA
[e]

Double stranded DNA only

25. Virus crystals consists largely of

[a] Proteins

[b] Nucleic acid

29. Bloom of polluted water is mainly

[a] Cyanobacteria

[b] Chrysophytes
[d]Pheophyceae

[c]

Both nucleic acid and proteins

[c]Rhodophyceae
[e]Chlorophyceae

[d]

Nucleoproteins [e] Lipid

30. The Phytoplanktons are

26. Which of the following statements are wrong

[a]

Chrysophytes & Dianoflagellates

[a] Viroid causes potato spindle tuber disease

[b]

Euglenoids and Slime moulds

[b] Lichens are pollution indicators

[c]

Protozoans and Mycoplasma

[c] Biejerineck demonstrated the infection of

virus in cotton plant

[d]

Archae bacteria and Virus

:d] The RNA of the viroid is of high molecular

weight

[e] Amoeboid protozoa and flagellated protozoa

31. Gut of ruminant animals contains

[e] lwanowsky discovered the pathogen of

Tobacco moss c disease

[a] Halophiles

[a] a & b only [b] c & d only

[c] methanogens
None

[d] c only

[c] d & e only

:e] a, b and c only

27. Match the following

Column I

[d]

All

the

above[e]

32. Heterocysts are concerned with

[a] Nutrition

Column ll

[b] Thermoacidoph les

[b] Nitrogen fixation

[c] Photosynthesis [d] Respiration

None

[e]

49

33. The chief producers of the ocean is

[c]

Plantae, Animalia, Animalia. Plantae

[a] Smile mould [b] Golden Algae

[d]
None

Protista, Animalia, Monera, Plantae [e]

[c] Golden Brown Algae [d] Blue green Algae [e]

Green Algae

38. Chlorophyll-a is found in

34. The planktons are

[a] Bacteria

[b]

Mycoplasma

[a] Amoeboids [b] Eugleniods [c] Slime moulds

[c] Arcnaebacteria [d] Cyanobacteria

[d] Chrysophytes[e] Protozoa

[e] All the above

35. Match the following

39. Heterocysts are found in

Column I

Column H

[a]

Chlorella and Chamydcmonas

[a] Zoospore
[b] n+n
[c] Yeast

P-Sporozoa
Q-ssRNA
R-Dikaryophase

[b]

Nostoc and Arabaena

[c]

Diatoms and Desmids

[d] TMV

S-Sac fungus

[d]

Gonyaulax and Euglena [e] Al the above

[e] Plasmodium

T- Aquatic fungus

40. Which one is true with mycoplasma

[a] a-T,
[b? a-P,

b-R,
b-T. c-R,

[c] a-R b-T,

[d] a-T,

c-S,

b-R, c-Q,

[e] a-P ,

They lack eel wall

[b]

They can survive without oxygen

[c]

Most of them are pathogenic

All the above

c-S,

d-Q,

d-S.

e-Q

[d]

d-Q,

e-P

41. Match the following

d-S,

e-P

a. Chryosophytes
b. Gonyaulax
c. Euglena
d. Slime mound

b-Q, c-R

d-S,

e-P

[a]

e-t

36. Match the name of fungus 'n column I with

the term is Column ll
Column I
[a] Puccinia
[b] Ustilago
[c] Calviceps
[d] LcIpolyporus
[a] a-1, b-3, c-4, d-2

Column II
1. Smut
2. Bracket fungi
3. Rust
4. Ergotism
[b] a-3, b-1, c-4, d-2

[c] a-3, b-4, c-1d-2

d-3

d] a-2, b-4, c-1,

1. Pellicle
2. Plasmodium
3. Diatoms
4.
Transverse
flagellum

[a] a-3, b-4, c-1, d-2

[b] a-4, b-3, c-1, d-2

[c] a-3, b-4, c-2, d-1

[d] a-3, b-1. c-4, d-2

[e] a-1. b-2, c-3 d-4

42. The protozoans found in freshwater, moist
soil and sea water is

[e] a-1, b-2, c-3, d-4

[a]

Amoeboid protozoans

37.

According
Whittaker,
Chlorella,
Amoeba, Mycoplasma and Gnetum
belongs to

[b]

Flagellated protozoans

[c]

Ciliated protozoans

[a]

Plantae, Animalia. Monera and Protista

[d]

Sporozoans

[b]

Protista, Protista , Monera and Plantae

43. A group of fungi found in aquatic habitat is

[e] All

50

[a] Phycomycetes [b] Asoomycetes

[c] Basidiomycetes. [d]Deuteromycetes [e] None

[b] Protista - Photosynthetic and heterotrophic

nutrition

44. Which is parasitic on mustard

[c] Fungi nutrition

[a] Puccinia

[d]Animalia- Defenite embryological

Pythium

[c] Albugo

Holozoic, ingestive mode of

[d] Claviceps [e] Neurospora

development

45. The fusion product of sexual reproduction in

Mucor is

[e] Plantae wall

[a] Zygospore [b] Ascospore

50. Who crystallized virus

[c] Basidiospore [d] Sporangiospore [e] Conidia

[a] Pasteur [b] lwanowsky [c] Beijerinek

46. Coprophilous fungi are usually

[d] Stanley

[a] Algal fungi [b] Sac fungi

51. Which of the following is not symptom of

plant virus infection
[a] Leaf rolling and
curling

[d] Furgi imperiectii

[c: Club fungi

[e] None

47. Match the following

a. Claviceps
b. Neurospora
c. Aspergillus
d. Pencillium
[a) a-s, b-p c-q , d-r
[c] a-s, b-p c-r , d-q
p , d-r

Autotrophic, multicellular with cell

[e] None

[lb] Yellowing and vein clearing

p. Genetics
q. Aflatoxin
r. Antibiotic
s. LSD
[b] a-p, b-s , c-q , d-r
[d] a-s, b-q , c-

[e] a-p, b-q , c-r , d-s

[c] Dwarfing and stunted growth

[d] Necrosis and wilting [e] None
52. Viroicis were discoved from
[al Tobacco mosaic disease
[bl Potato spindle tuber disease
[c]

Witches broom disease

[d]

Little leaf of brinjal

48. Baidiospores. Ascospores, Conidium and

Zoospores are

[e]

Root knot of Tobacco

[a] Exogenous, Endogenous, Exogenous and

endogenous

53.
Autotrophic,
eukaryotic
multicellular
organisms having a cell wall are included in the
kingdom

[b] Exogenous, endogenous. endogenous and

endogenous

[a] Plantae [b] Protista [c] Fungi [d] Animalia

[C] Endogenous, endogenous exogenous and

endogenous

54, The classification where characters are

processed by assiagning number and codes is
known as

[d]
First two endogenous and last two
exogenous

[a] Cytotaxonomy

[e]
First two exogenous and last two
endogenous

[b] Karyotaxonomy

[c] Chemotaxonomy [d] Numerical taxonomy

[e] Palynological taxonomy

49. Which kingdom is not correctly matched?

[a]Monera - Cell wall made up of polysaccharide
and aminoacid.

55. Bloom in polluted water bodies are

[a] Bacteria

[b] PPLO

51

[c] Protists

[d] Blue green Algae

64. In

eubacteria.a

cellular component that

56. Heterocysts are present in

resembles eukaryotic cell is:

[a] BGA [b] Myoplasma

[a] Nucleus

[b] Ribosomes

[c] Virus[d] Archaebacteria

[c] Cell wall

Plasma membrane

57. Bacteria survives adverse environmental

corchtions are

65. Which one of the following is wrongly

matched?

[a] Photosynthetic bacteria

[a] Puccinia - Smut

[b] Chemosynthetic bacteria

[b] Root - Exarch protoxylem

[c] Cyanobacteria

[c] Cassia - Imbricate aestivatioi

[d] kchaebacteria

[d] Root pressure - Guttation

58. The sexual reproduction in bacteria are

66 Which of the following is not a character of

protista?

[a] Transduction[b] Transformation

[c] Conjugation [d] Binary fission
59. The phytoplanktons are
[a] Slime mould [b] Golden Algae
[c] Golden brown Algae [d] Halophiles
[e] Both b &

[a] Protists are prokaryotic

[b]Some Protists have cell walls
[c] Mode of nutrition is both autoptropbic and
heterotrophic
[d]Body Organization is cellular armed RI
Membrane- inci organelles are present in cells

60. Bacteria present in hot sulphur spring is

67 Specialized cells caled heterocysts are

present in:

[a] Bacteria

[a] Dinoflagellates RilChrysophytes

[b] Cyanobacteria

[c] Thermoacidophils

[d] Halophils

[e] Methanogen
61. Which of the following is mainly produced by
the activity of anaerobic bacteria on sewage?

[c] Cyanobactena [el Archaebacteria

68 Which of the following is a flagellated
protozoan?
[a] Amoeba

[b] Entamoeba

[a] Propane

[b] Mustard gas

[c] Trypanosoma

[c] Marsh gas

[d] Laughing gas

69 Match Column I with Co umn II and choose

the right option:

62. Organisms called Methanogens are most

abundant in a:

[d] Paramiecium.

II

[a] Cattle yard [b] Polluted stream

a.Rhizopus

1 Ascomycetes

[c] Hot spring

b.Penicillium

2 Basidiomyeetes

c.Ust lago

3. Deutermycetes

d.Alternaria

4. Phycomycetes

[d] Sulphur rock

63. Which one of the following organisms is not

an example of eukaryotic cells?
[a] Escherichia coli

[b] Euglena viridis

[c] Ameoba proteus [d] Paramecium eaudatum

[a] a-4,b-3, c-1,d-2 [b] a-2,b-3,c-4,d-1

[c] a-4,b-1, c-2.d-3 [d) a-3,b-4,c-2,d-1

52

[e] a-2,b-1 c-4,d-3

[b]

Late blight of potato - Alternaria solani

70 Single - celled eukaryotes are included in

[c]

Black rust of wheat - Puccinia graminis

[a] P-otista [b] Fungi [c] Archaea [d] Monera

[d]

Loose smut of wheat - Ustilago nuda

71 Membrane - bound organelles are absent in:

78. Match the following and choose the correct

combination from the options given:

[a] Saccharomyces

[b] Steptococcus

[c] Chlamydornonas

[d] Plasmodium

72. Virus envelope is known as :

[a] Capsid

[b] Virion

[c] Nucleoprotein

[d] Core

73 Some hyperthermophilic organisms that grow

in
highly acidic [pH2] habitats belong to the two
groups:
[a]

Eubacteria and archaeabacteria

[b]

Cyanobacteria and diatoms

[c]

Protists and mosses

[d]

Liverworts and yeasts

Column I: Kingdom

Column II: Class

[a] Plantae
(1)Archaebacteria [b] Fun i
(2)Euglenoids
[c]Protista
(3)Phycomycetes [d] Mcnera
(4) Algae
[a]

a - 4.

b 3,

c - 2,

d-1

[b]

a - 1,

b - 2,

c - 3,

d-4

[c]

a - 3,

b - 4,

c -2,

d1

[d]

a - 4,

b 2,

c - 3,

d - 1,

[e]

a - 2,

b - 3,

c - 4,

d-1

79. Which of the following is an unicellular sac

fungus?

74, Carolus Linnaeus is associated with

[a] Claviceps

[b] Saccharomyces

[a]

Inheritance of acquired characters

[c] Penicillium

[d] Neurospora

[b]

Binominal nomenclature

[e] Aspergillus

[c]

Law of independent assortment

[d]

Law of limiting factors

80. Which of the following is not matched

correctly?
[a] Anabaena

Cyanobacteria

[b] Amoeba

Protozoa

specialized for nitrogen fixation are called

[c] Gonyaulax

Dinoflagellates

[a] Heterocysts [b] Mesosomes

[d] Thermocidophiles

Archaebacteria

[c] Volutin

[e] Albugo

Chrysophytes

75. Cells in some filamentous cyanobacteria that

are

[d] Phycobilisomes

76. T.O.Diener discovered a :

[a] Bacteriophage

[b] Free infectious RNA

81. Which one of the following is a characteristic

feature of Chrysophytes?

[c] Free infectious DNA [d] Infectious protein

[a] They are parasitic forms which cause

diseases in animals

77. Which one of the wrong pairing for the

disease and its causal organism ?

[b] They have a protein rich layer called pellicle

[a]
sp

Root- knot of vegetables - Meloidogyne

[c] They have indestructible wall layer deposited

with silica

53

[d] They are commonly called Dinoflagellates

[d]

a - 3, b - 4, c - 2, d 1

[e] They are saprophytic protista

[e]

a - 2. b -

82. Which of the following does not belong to the

kingdom Protista?

85. Infectious proteins are present in

[a] Chrysophytes

[b] Euglenoids

[c] Ascomycetes

[d] Dinoflagellates

c - 4, d - 3

[a] Gemini viruses

[a] Viroids

[b] Prions
[d] Satellite viruses

[e] Protozoans

86. Which of the following is not in a correc t

hierarchial order?

83. Find out the correct statement:

[a] Class, family, genus

[a]
In lichens, the algal component is called
phycobiont and fungal component is known as
mycobiont, which are heterotrophic and
autotrophic respectively.

[b] Phylum, order, family

[b]
Viroid contains RNA of low molecular
weight and protein coat.
[c]

A virus contains both RNA and DNA

[d]

Viruses are obligatory parasites.

[e]
Viruses that infect pants have double
stranded RNA

[c) Class, Order, Family

[d] Family, order, class
87. In the 5-kingdom classification, the kingdom
that
includes
the
bluegreen
algae
nitrogenfixing bacteria and methanogenic
archaebacteria, is
[a] Protista

[b] Monera

[c] Viruses

[d] All of the above

88. The lichens represent symbiotic relationship

between
84. Match Column 1 with Column II and choose
the right option:

II

[a] Morels

1. Deuteromycetes

[b] Smut

2. Ascomycetes

[c] Bread mold

3. Basidiomycetes

[d] Imperfect fungi

4. Phycomycetes

[a]

Algae and bacteria

[b]

Fungi and higher plants

[c]

Algae and fungi [d] Viruses and bacteria

89. Which of the following are commonly known

as impetrfect fungi
[a] Ascomycetes

[b] Basidiomycetes

[c] Deutromycetes

[d] Phycomycetes

90. Viroid can cause

[a]

a - 3, b - 4, c - 1, d -2

[a] Mosaic disease [b] Spindle tuber disease [c]

Citrus Canker [d] Dwarfing

[ b]

a - 2, b - 3, c - 4, d - 1

[e] All of these

[c]

a - 4, b - 1. c - 2 .d - 3

54

In this type of classification, plants are classified

on the basis of their evolutionary history
(phylogeny)
Eg: Eichler's classification (1883)
Numerical
Taxonomy
Taximetrics)

PLANT KINGDOM

All the classification systems, starting from that

of Aristotle to the 20th century, can be divided
into 3 types, artificial, natural, and phylogenetic.
1. Artificial classification systems
In this type of classification, the plants were
classified on the basis of few easy observable
morphological characters such as habit, colour,
number and shape of leaves. etc.
Eg: 1. Theophrastus's classification
2. Linnaeus's classification
Demerits
(drawbacks)
classification system

of

artificial

1,Clcsely related species were separated based

on a few characters and placed in separate
groups.
2. Differing plants were placed in the same
group.
3.Equal weightage was given to vegetative and
sexual characters.. This is not acceptable
because the vegetative characters are easily
affected by environment
2. Natural classification systems
In this type of classification, all the important
related characters were considered. This
system includes not only the external features
but
also
internal
features
like
ultrastructure,anatomy,erribryology,and
cytochemistry. Eg: Bentham and Hooker's
classification
3.Phylogenetic classification systems
(Cladistics)

(Phenetics

or

Taxonomy based on statistical methods is called

numerical taxonomy (phenetics or taximetrics). It
is a new approach since 1950, employing
numerical methods by using calculating
machines and computers for the evaluation of
similarities and differences between the different
species of organisms.
Biosysternatics
In 1940, Sir Julian Huxley considered systematic
as biosystematics. He introduced the term "new
systematic" for biosystematics.
Cytotaxononly
Taxonomy of organisms by the use of their
cytological characters is called cytotaxonomy. In
cytotaxonomy. the cytological features like
chromosomal number, structure and behavior of
chromosomes during meiosis are used for the
classification purpose. It is the use characters
like cell, chemicals etc. for the taxonomy.
Chemotaxonomy
Taxonomy, in which chemical constituents of
plants are used in the classification is called. It is
also called chemosystematics.
Algae
Study of Algae ia called Algology or
Phycology
Father of Indian Algology MOP.Iyangar
Algae are chlorophyll-bearing thalloid plants.
They are simple autotrophic plants. Algae are
widely distributed throughout the world. Usually
algae are aquatic plants occurring in the sea
(marine) as well as in fresh water. Marine algae
form a greater part of the sea vegetation. Some
of the algae are found in an association with
fungi. Such an association of algae with fungus
is called lichen. Some of the algae occur in
association with animals (eg: on sloth bear). The
form and size of algae is highly variable.
Trichophillus provides protective colouration to
the fur of sloth, a tree-dwelling mammal found
in'the rain forests of South America.

55

Salient features of algae

1. Algae
plants.

are

chlorophyll-bearing

thalloid

2. The plant body is not differentiated into roots

stem, and leaves called thallus.
3. The that us shows no tissue differentiation.
4. The thallus may be as unicellular flagellated
(eg:Chlamydomonas) or non-flagel ated (eg:
Chlorella), as colonial form (eg: Volvox), or as
multicellular filamentous form (eg: Ulothrix and
Spirogyra).
5. Algae may be free-floating or attached forms.

The algae are classified into 3 main classeschlorophyceae,

phaeophycea,
and
rhodophyceae.
Class chlorophyceae (green algae)
General characters of green algae
1, The plant body is unicellular (eg:
Chlamydomonas)
colonial(eg:Volvox)
or
filamentous form (eg:Spirogyra).

7. Chlorophyll a, b, c, fucoxanthin, and

phycoerythrin
are
the
photosynthetic
pigments in algae.

2. Chloroplasts have various shapes. Eg:

ribbon-shaped and spiral in Spirogyra, girdleshaped in Ulothrix, cup-shaped(satellate) in
Chlamydomonas. star-shaped (stelate) in
Zygnema, disc-shaped (discoid) in Caulerpa,
reticulate (network) in Oedogonium, etc.

8. Algae reproduce vegetatively or asexually

or sexually.

3, Chlorophyll a and b are the photosynthetic

pigments

9. Vegetative reproduction takes place by

fragmentation

4. They store food in the form of starch. Some of

the green algae stare food in the form of oil
droplets.

6. Algae are autotrophic in nutrition.

10.Asexual reproduction occurs through different

types of spores (eg: zoospores)
11. Sexual reproduction takes place by the
fusion of 2 gametes. These gametes may be
flagellated or non-flagellated. The fusion may be
isogamous, anisogamous or oogamous.
[a] Isogamy:Fusion of morphologically and
physiologically
similar
gametes.
Eg:
Chlamydomonas
(flagellated
and
motile
gametes), Spirogyra (non-flagellated and nonmotile gametes). etc
[b] Anisogamy: Fusion of morphologically
dissimilar and physiologically dissimilar
gametes.
Eg: Chlamydomans.
[c]Oogamy: Fusion of morphologically and
physiologically dissimilar gametes. Male
gamete is small and motile whereas female
gamete is large and non-motile. Eg: Volvox,
Fucus, etc.
12,The life cycle has two distinct phases
(haploid phase and diploid phase)

5. Chloroplast of most green algae has 1 or

more storage bodies called pyrenoids Pyrenoid
is a protein core surrounded by starch layers.
Function of pyrenoid is storage of starch.
6. They have a rigid cell wall made up of an
inner layer of cellulose and an outer layer of
pectose.
7. Vegetative reproduction
takes place
by fragmentation. Asexual reproduction occurs
through flagellated zoospores (motile) produced
in zoosporangia. Sexual reproduction takes
place by isogamy or anisogamy or oogamy.
Eg: Chlamydomonas, Chlorella, Volvox, Ulothrix,
Spirogyra, Chara, etc. Like plants, green algae
have cellulose cell wall and they store starch as
reserve food. So, green algae are believed to be
ancestors of land plants.'
Phaeophycea (Brown alqe).
1. Brown algae are all marine.
2 They are simple, branched, and filamentous
(eg: Ectocarpus) or flat and ribbon-shaped.The
giant brown algae called kelps (about 100 m
height).

56

Eg: Macrocystis, Sargassum

3. The plant body (thallus) is differentiated into 3
parts-holdfast (anchoring structure). stipe (stalk),
and frond (leaf-like photosynthetic organ)
4. Chlorophyll a, c, Carotenoids, and
Xanthophylls are the photosynthetic pigments.
5. Food is stored in the form of complex
carbohydrates such as laminarin and mannitol.

Biflagellate Zoospore in Brown algae

phycoerythrin
(red
pigment)
photosynthetic pigments.

are

the

5.Rect colour of the thallus is due to the

predominance of the red pigment called rphycoerythriri.
6.The food is stored in the form of floridean
starch It is very similar to arnylopectin and
glycogen in Structure.
7 Vegetative reproduction takes place by
fragmentation, Asexual reproduction takes place
by non-motile spores, and sexual reproduction
by aogamy. Red algae has complex post
fertilization developments_ Eg. Polysiphonia,
Porphyra,
Gracilaria,
Geildium,
batrachospermum, etc.

6. They have the cellulose cell wall. Cell wall is

covered on the outside by a gelatinous coating
of a substance called algin. It is a phycocollold
which prevents the thallus from drying in lowtide.

Economic importance of algae

7.Each cell has a centrally-located vacuole in

addition to other cell organelles, Vacuole helps
the thallus to float (buoyance).

2.About half of the total CO 2 fixation on earth is

carried out by algae through photosynthesis.
This increases the level of dissolved 0 2 in
environment. 3.About 70 species of marine
algae are used as food. Eg: Porphyra (laver).
Laminaria, Sargassum_ &Protein-rich unicellular
algae like Morella and unicellular BGA like
Spirulina are used as food supplements by
space travelers.

8. Brown algae reproduce vegetatively or

asexually or sexually.
9. Vegetative reproduction takes place by
fragmentation,
10.Asexual reproduction takes place by
biflagellate zoospores. They are pear-shaped
and have 2 unequal laterally attached flagella
11.Sexual reproduction takes place by the fusion
of gametes. It may be isogamous or
anisogarnous or oogarnous. The gametes are
pear-shaped (pyriform) and have 2 laterally
attached flagella. Union of gametes may take
place in water or within the oogonium (oogmous
species) eg; Ectocarpus, Dictyota, Larninaria,
Sargassum, Fucus, etc Rhodophycae (red
algae)
1 Red lagae are mostly marine and rarely fresh
water. (eg: Batrachospermum)
2.They occur, both in well-lighted regions close
to the surface of water and also in the depths of
oceans where relatively little light penetrates.
3.The thallus is multicellular
and
may
be heterothrichous with prostrate and
errect filaments. &Chlorophyll a, d, and

1.Algae are the primary producers of energy-rich

compounds in the food chain. So, they form the
basis of the food cycles of all aquatic animals_

5.Hydrocolloids (Water-holding substances) like

algin obtained from brown algae and
Carrageen obtained from red algae are used
commercially. They are used as emulsifier in ice
creams, tooth pastes, chocolates, cosmetics,
etc.
6.Agar is obtained from Gelidium and Gracilaria.
It is a jelly-like non-nitrogenous product. It is
used to grow micro-organisms (microbes). It is
used in the preparation of culture media in
pathological and tissue culture experiments. It is
also used as stabilizer or thickner in the
preparation of jellies. ice creams, puddings,
etc.
Bryophytes
Bryophytes are the simplest non-vascular land
plants with undifferentiated plant body. They are
more advanced than aquatic algae. They are
generally believed to have evolved from algae.
The vegetative structures are well-adapted to
live on land. Bryophytes live in soil but depend

57

on water for sexual reproduction, Since they

exhibit this amphibious habitat, the bryophytes
are known as "Amphibians of the plant
kingdom". They usually grow in dense patches
on the moist (humid) shady places such as
walls, damp soil, tree trunks, etc.
Salient features of bryophytes
1. The plant body is thallus-like and prostrate
(eg: Riccia,
Anthoceros, Marchantia, etc.) or
erect (eg: moss).
2.The plant body is more differentiated than that
of algae.
3. The thallus is attached to the substratum by
rhizoids. They help in the absorption of water.
4. In mosses the plant body is differentiated into
stem-like and leaf-like structures. The leaf-like
structures are spirally arranged on stem-like
structures.
5.Vegetative
reproduction
takes
by fragmentation and gemmae.

place

6.The plant body of bryophytes is a

gametophyte which produces haploid gametes
in gametangia.
7.The sex organs are multicellular. They are
antheridia (male sex organs ) and archegonia
(female sex organs)
8.Antheridium
produces
biflagellate
antherozooids. Archegoniurn is flask-shaped
and produces a single egg (female gamete).
9.The antherozoids are released into water
where they come in contact with archegonium.
antherozoids. fuses with the egg to produce the
zygote.
1O.The sporophyte is not free-living and it gets
nourishment
from
the
photosynthetic
gametophyte.The haploid spores are produced
in the sporophyte after rneiosis. The spore
germinates into a garnetophyte.
12.Bryophytes exhibit the phenomenon of
alternation of generations. Based on the nature
of the gametophyte, bryophytes are grouped into
liverworts and mosses.

2.The thallus is attached to the soil by means of

unicellular hair like structures called rhizoids.
3.Vegetative reproduction takes place by
fragmentation of the thalli. eg. Riccia and
Marchantia. In some bryophytes, it takes place
by the formation of specialised structures called
gemmae.Gemmae are green, multicellular,
asexual buds, which develop in small
receptacles called gemma cups. The gemrnae
become detached from the parent plant body
and germinate into new thalli. Eg; Marchantia.
4.During sexual reproduction, the sex organs
such as antheridia and archegonia are
developed
either
on
the
same
thallus(monoecious. Eg: Riccia) or in different
thalli (dioecious. Eg:Marchantia).
5.The sporophyte (vegetative plant body) is
differentiated into 3 parts-foot, seta, and
capsule. As a result of meiosis, haploid spores
are produced within the capsule. On liberation,
these spores germinate into free-living thalloid
gametophytes.
Mosses
General characters of mosses
1. Mosses are higher bryophytes and advanced
than liverworts.
2.The leafy plant body of a moss plant is better
adapted to live on land than that of liverworts.
3.The moss gametophyte consists of two
stages-protonema and leafy stage
4.Protonema is a filamentous, branched,
creeping, green structure directly developed
from a spore Protonema bears branched
rhizoids and lateral buds.
5.Leafy stage is the so-called moss plant which
is developed from the secondary protonerna as
a lateral bud.
6.The so-called moss plant is differentiated into
'root-like' 'stem-like' and 'leaf-like' structures.
Eg:Funaria . The rhizoids are multicellular and
branched. Leafy stage bears sex organs.

L iverworts

7.Vegetative reproduction takes place by

fragmentation and budding in the secondary
protonema.

1.The plant body is a green, flat dorsiventral

thallus which is closely appressed to the
substratum eg: Riccia, Marchantia, etc.

8.The sporophyte is more elaborate than that of

liverworts.
Eg:Funaria,Polytrichum,
Sphagnum, etc.

58

Economic importance of bryophytes

1 Bryophytes play an important role in plant
succession on bare rocks or soil.
2.Sphagnum is used to keep seedlings in
gardens and cut plant parts moist during
transportation and propagation (transhipment of
living material). It acts as a packing material.
Dried moss Sphagnum is known as peat which
is used as fuel.
3.Bryophytes form dense mat over the soil and
prevent soil erosion.
Pteridophytes
Pteridophytes are most advanced cryptogams
(flowerless and seedless plants). They are
vascular land plants without seeds. They
include horsetails and ferns.
A typical pteridophyte is represented by fern.
Pteridophytes form the largest living group of
primitive vascular plants. Pteridophytes grow in
humid and tropical climates. They usually grow
on soil, rocks, in ponds and as epiphytes on
other plants. They are also raised in pots as
ornamentals in gardens.
Salient features
1.Pteridophytes are vascular cryptogams.

8.The sporangium contains spores. The spores

are haploid and are formed by meiosis of spore
mother cells.
9.The mature sporangia break open and spores
are liberated. These spores germinate on moist
soil to form prothallus.
10.Prothallus
is
inconspicuous,
small,
multicellular,free-living, thalloid gametophyte,
11.The male sex organs (antheridia) and female
sex organs (archegonia) develop on the ventral
surface of the prothallus.
12.Anthericlium produces antherozoids
archegonium produces a single egg.

and

13.Water is required for transfer of antherozoids

to archegonium. So, pteridophytes are restricted
to narrow geographical regions.
14.Antherozoid fuses with egg to form zygote.
15.Zygote germinates into a multicellular welldifferentiated sporophyte.lt is the vegetative
plant body of (dominant phase) of the
pteridophyte. 16.Pteridophytes exhibit an
alternation of generations.with the gametropic
generation(prothallus) .Most of pteridophytes
produce one type of spores. Such plants are
called homosporous and this condition is called
homospory. Eg: Lycopodiurn

2.The plant body is a sporophyte which is

differentiated into root, stem, and leaves.
3.The stem is underground and is called
rhizome. It helps the plant to regenerate if the
aerial parts with are destroyed by fire or animals.
4.The
leaves
are
of
two
types
microphylls(small leaves. eg: Selaginella)and
macrophylls (large leaves, eg: ferns).
5.Young leaves are coiled like a spring and this
condition is said to be circinate vernation.
Eg:ferns
6.The spores are developed inside special
structures called sporangia. The sporangia
arise on the lower side of the fertile leaves as
yellow or brown spots, arranged like pearls.
The sporangium-bearing (or spore-bearing)
leaves are called sporophylls. The sporangia
occur in groups called sori.
7.1n some pteridophytes, the sporophylls form
compact structures called cones or strobili
(singular strobilus) Eg: Selaginella Equisetum.

Some pteridophytes produce 2 types of spores

macrospores (large spores) and microspores
(small spores). Such plants are called
heterosporous and this condition is called
heterospory. Eg: Selaginella. Salvinia. etc.
The megaspore germinates into female
gametophyte which produces archegonia.
In heterosporous plants, female gametophyte
is retained on the parent sporophyte for variable
periods. The development of the zygote into
embryo takes place within the female
garnetophyte. This event is a precursor to the
seed habit in plants. This is an important step in

59

evolution. So, seed plants were originated from

the heterosporous pteridophytes.
Pteridophytes is further divided into 4 classes.
They are the following.
1.Psilopsida

eg: Psilotum

2.Lycopsida
etc.

eg:Lycopodium,

Selaginella

3.Sphenopsida eg: Equisetum

4.Pteropsida eg:Nephrolepis.
Dryopteris B etc

Pteris,

Economic importance of pteridophytes

1.Pteridophytes are used for medicinal purposes
eg: rhizomes and petioles of Dryopteris yield a
vermifuge drug
2.They are used as soil-binders.
3.They are grown as ornamental plants because
of their graceful foliage.
4.Certain tribes use sporocarps of Marselia as
food.
Gymnosperms

.3.The roots are tap roots. In some

gymnosperms,
the
roots
have
fungal
association.The symbiotic association of
fungus with the roots is called mycorrhiza. Such
roots are called mycorrhizat roots. Eg: Pinus. In
some plants, certain lateral roots grow towards
the surface of the soil(negatively geotropic) and
which contain Nitrogen fixing cyanobacteria.
Such roots are called corolloid roots. Eg: Cycas.
The function of corolloid roots is nitrogen
fixation.
4. Stem is branched (eg:Pinus, Cedrus) or
unbranched (eg;Cycas).
5. Leaves are simple or compound. In Gyms,
leaves are pinnately compound and persistent.
6. The leaves are well-adapted to overcome
(withstand) extremes of temperature, humidity,
and wind. For example, the leaves of conifers
are needle-like which reduce the surface area
Eg: Pinus. The thick cuticle and sunken stomata
help to reduce water loss.
7.
Gymnosperms have a well-developed
vascular system So, they grow successfully. The
xylem is without vessels and phloem is without
companion cells.

Gymnosperms (Gk. Gymnos = naked: sperma

= seeds) are naked-seeded plants. The seeds
are not enclosed in fruits. The ovules are not
enclosed by ovary wall and remain exposed
(both before and after fertilization). Thus. the
seeds are not covered, ie, they are naked.
They are seed-bearing, vascular plants without
flowers. They are the most primitive
spermatophytes (seed bearing plants). They are
shrubs or trees. The giant red wood tree
called Sequoiadendron gigantia (sequoia),
belongs to the gymnosperms
The gymnosperms which belong to coniferales
(an order) are called conifers(cone-bearing
plants). Conifers form the dominant vast wood
lands in cooler regions of the worId.
Gymnosperms grow in cool climate of hills.
However, some cycads and members of
gnetales live in warm dry climate. Araucaria is
an ornamental evergreen conifer. Ephedra and
Gnetum are climbing shrub-like gymnosperms.

8 They are flowerless plants

9. They are seed-bearing plants
10.The plant body is a diploid sporophyte(2n).
11.The spores are developed inside the
sporangia. The sporangia are formed on special
leaf-like structures called sporophylls. The
sporophylls are of two types. They are
megasporophylls and microsporophylls.

1.They are "naked-seeded plants"

12.The reproductive structures are called lax or

cones or strobili. The male cone consists of
microsporophylls and female cone consists of
megasporophylls.However. in
Cycas
the
megasporophylls are not organized indefinite
cones.

2.The plant body is differentiated into roots,

stem, and leaves.

13.Microspordphyll
bears
microsporangia
(pollen sacs) which contains pollen grains

Salient features of gymnosperms

60

rnicrospores).
Megasporophyll
bears
megasporangia ovules). Ovule produces
megaspore within it.The megaspore germinates
into a multicellular female gametophyte which
produce egg. The pollen grains germinates into
male gametophyte which is highly reduced and
consists of a limited number of cells. The male
gametcphyte produces antherozoids within the
pollen grain. The pollen grains are carried by
wind and eventually reach the ovules. Pollen
grain develops a pollen tube and releases the
antherozoids (male gametes) to the mouth of the
archegonium through it.

2.Pinus is a source of turpentine. The major

portion of world's turpentine is produced from
Pinus palutris.

14.The male gamete fuses with egg to form a

diploid zygote, After fertilization, the Zygote
develops into an embryo within the ovule and
the ovule ripens into a seed.These seeds are
not covered (naked). The female gametophyte is
retained within ovule(megasporangium).

Angiosperms
(Gk.
Angion-hidden:
sperma=seeds) are flowering and seed-bearing
vascular plants. Pollen grains and ovules are
developed in specialized structures called
flowers. Seeds are protected within a fruit, They
are well-adapted to the terrestrial life and are the
most advanced plants in the world. They occur
in diverse habitats like cold Tundra to hot
tropical and desert areas. They also live in
aquatic habitats. Based on the habit,
angiosperms are divided into trees, shrubs, and
herbs.

15.Since gymnosperms produce two types of

spores (megaspores and microspores),theyare
heterosporous.
16. The gymnosperms exhibit a distinct
alternation of generations. The saprophytic
generation (plant body) alternates with the
gametophytic generation. The gametophyte is
very
short
and
considerably
reduced.
Gymnosperms is further divided into 3 classes
on the basis of nature of leaves, wood, vascular
system. and reproductive structures. They are
the following: 1.Cycadopsida eg: Cycas
2.Coniferopsida eg:Pirius. Cedrus. Ginkgo, etc.
3.Gnetopsida eg:Gnetum,Ephedra. Welwitchia

3.Pine seeds are edible. Eg: Pinus geradiana

4.A drug called ephedrineis extracted from
Ephedra. It is used fo the relief of asthma and
other respiratory ailments.
5.Pine tree is a good avenue tree.
Angiosperms

Salient features of angiosperms

1. Angiosperms are seed-bearing plants.
2. The plant body is well-drferentiated into root,
stem, leaves and flowers.
3. Angiosperms have a highly developed
vascular tissue system. The xylem is with
vessels and phloem is with companion cells.
4, They are flowering plants. Flowers are the
reproductive structures of angiosperms.
5. The stamens are male sex organs which are
equivalent to microsporophylis, and carpels are
female sex organs which are equivalent to
megasporophylls of gymnosperms.
6. Each stamen consists of a filament and an
anther. The anther produces pollen grains (male
gametophyte) after meiosis.
7.
Carpel (pistil) consists of 3 parts-ovary,
style and stigma. Each ovary has 1 to many
ovules (megasporangia).

Economic importance of gymnosperms

1.Many conifers are used as timber for furniture
known as soft wood.

8.
Each ovule has a highly reduced female
gametophyte called embryo sac inside it.
Embryo sac is a 7-celled structure which
consists of an egg apparatus (one egg cell and
2 synergids),3 antipodals and 2 polar nuclei.
Embryo sac is haploid (n) because it is formed

61

by meiosis. The polar nuclei eventually fuse to

form a diploid secondary nucleus(2n).

types of plant bodieshaploid plant body (n)

and diploid plant body(2n).

9.Pollination is a characteristic feature of

angiosperms. It is the transfer of pollen grains
from stamen to the stigma of the carpel
Pollination takes place by wind, water, insects,
birds, and other animals including man.
10.After pollination, the pollen grain germinates
into pollen tube on the stigma. The pollen tube
grows through the tissues of stigma and style,
and reach the ovule. The pollen tube enters the
embryo sac where 2 male gametes are
discharged.
11.0ne of the male gametes (n) fuses with the
egg (n) cell to form a zygote(2n). (Process of
fusion is called syngamy) The other male
gamete (n) fuses with the diploid secondary
nucleus (2n) to form the triploid primary
endosperm nucleus (PEN) (3n). Since 2 fusions
are involved in this fertilization. the event is said
to be double fertilization. It is an unique feature
of angiosperms.
12.Zygote develops into an embryo with 1 or 2
cotyledons) and PEN develops into endosperm
3n). Endosperm provides nourishment to the
developing embryo. The synergids and
antipodals degenerate ater fertilization.
13.The fertilized ovules mature into the seeds,
and the ovary matures into the fruit.
14.Angiosperms are dominant green flowering
plants of the present day vegetation_
Angiospermes are further divided into 2 classes
based on the nature of embryo in the seed. They
are the following_
1. Dicotyledons (with 2 cotyledons).
mustard, pea, sunflower, mango tree, etc.

eg:

2. Monocotyledons (with a single cotyledon)

eg: maize, paddy etc.
Plants having well-developed vascular system
are commonly called tracheophytes. They
resemble wind pipe of animals. Tracheophytes
include pteridophytes, gymnosperms, and
angiosperms.
Plant life cycles
generations

and

alternation

of

In plants, these are 2 types of cells-haploid cell

and diploid cell. Both these cells can divide by
mitosis. This ability leads to the formation of 2

.The haploid plant body produces gametes(n) by

mitosis. The gamete producing plant body is
called gametophyte(n). The gametes fuse to
form zygote (2n). The zygote formed after
fertilization divides by mitosis to produce a
diploid sporophyte (2n). This sporophytic plant
body produces haploid plant body (n) by
meiosis. The haploid spores give rise to haploid
plant body (n) once again. Thus, there is
alternation of generations between gamete
producing haploid gametophyte (n) and spore
producing diploid sporophyte (2n) in the life
cycle of any sexually-reproducing plant.
However, different plant groups complete their
life cycles in 3 different patter haplontic,
diplontic and haplo-diplontic.
Haplontic life cycle: In this type, the dominant,
photosynthetic
phase
is
a
free-living
gametophyte produced by haploid spores. The
gametophyte produces gametes by mitosis. The
gametes fuse to form a diplo d zygote. This onecelled
zygotes
represents
sporophytic
generation. There is no free-living sporophytes,
Zygote undergoes meiosis to form haploid
spores. Haplontic life cycle commonly seen in
many algae such as Volvox, Spirogyra and
some species of Chlamydomonas,
2. Diplontic life cycle: this type. the diploid
sporophyte is the dominant photosynthetic
independent phase of the plant. The
gametophytic phase is represented by 1 to fewcelled haploid gametophyte.Diplontic life cycle is
commonly seen in all seed-bearing plants like
gymnosperms and angiosperms.

62

3. Haplo-diplontic life cycle:In this type, both

haploid and diploid phases are multicellular and
often free-living. Haplo-diplontic life cycle is seen
in bryophytes and pteridophytes.

[d] Both gametophyte and sporophyte are free

living

In bryophytes, the dominant photosynthetic

thalloid or erect plant body represents the
haploid gametophytic phase, and it alternates
with short-lived multicellular sporophyte totally or
partially dependent on the gametophyte for its
anchorage (fixation) and nutrition.

I Chlamydomonas

A Diplontic

II Gymnosperm

B Haplodiplontic

III Mosses

C Haplontic

In pteridophytes, the diploid sporophyte is

represented by a dominant independent
photosynthetic vascular plant body. It alternates
with multicellular, autotrophic or saprophytic,
independent
but
short-lived
haploid
gametophyte.
Although, most algal genera show haplontic life
cycle. Some of them such as Ectocarpus.,
Polysiphonia: kelps etc. exhibit haplo-diplontic
life cycle. Fucus ( a brown alga) exhibits
diplontic life cycle.
ENTRANCE ORIENTED QUESTIONS

05. Match the following

IV Fucus
V Kelps
[a] I-b 11-a III-b 1V-b V-c
[b] 1-c 11-a 111-b IV-a V-b
[c] I-a II-a III-c IV-a V-b
[d] 1-c II-a III-c IV-a V-b
6. Gametes of chalmydomonas are
[a] Isogomous [b] Anisogamous
[c] Oogamous [d] 'a' and 'b'

01. Rhodophyceae have

[e] 'a,b and 'c'

[a] Motile spores and non motile gametes

7.

[b] Both motile spores and gametes

Match the following

Class

[e] Both monomotile spores and gametes

[d] Monomotile gametes motile spores
02. In mosses which stages bears sex organs

Nature of Flagella

[i] Green algae

[a] Absent

[ii] Brown Algae

[b] 2-8, equal,apical

[iii] Rec algae

[c] 2, unequal, lateral

[a] Primary protonoma [b] Secondary protonoma

[c] Sporo phyte stage [d] Leafy stage

[a] i-b ii-c iii-a

03. Which one of the following bear cones

[a]

Selaginella and Equisetum

[b]

Selaginella and Salvinia

[c]

Selaginella Salvinia and Equisetum

[d]

Equisetum and Salvinia

[c] i-a ii-b

and

sporophyte

iii-c

[d]i-b ii-a iii-c

[e] i-c ii-b iii-a

08. Lamina-in and Ivianitol are stored food in

04. In gymnosperms
[a]Gametophyte
independent

[b] i-c ii-a iii-b

are

[a]

Ectocarpus and kelps

[b]

Ectocarpus & Volvox

[c]

Kelps and Gracilaria

[d]

Kelps and Polysiphonia

[b] Gametophyte is dependent on sporophyte

[d] Sporophyte is dependent on gametophyte

09. Choose correct combination

63

a) Bryophytes
b)
Pteridophyte
c)
Gynosperms
d)
Gymnosperm
d

Sporophyte
Gametphyte
Gametphyte

Free living
Not free living
Free living

[a]

(ii), (iii) & (v) are true, (i) & (iv) false

[b]

(I), (ii) &(iii) true. (iv)& (v) false

Sporophyte
Gametphyte

Not free living

Free liing

true

Sporophyte
Gametphyte

Free living
Not free living

Sporophyte

Free living

[a] Microphylls [b] Macrophylls

[c] Both [d] None
11. Sphenopsida includes [a] Equisetum [b]
Adiantum [c] Lycopodium

12.
living

[e] Pteris

Coralloid roots associated with RJ2-

bacteria are found in

[a] Cycas [b] Punius [c] Sequoia [d] Ginkgo
13.
Stem is branched it [a] Cyacas [b] Pinus
[c] Cedrus
[d] a & b

[e] b & c

14. Polysiphonia is a
[a] Haplontic algae

16. State whether true or false

(i)
Cell wall of Red algae
exclusively of pectin & cellulose

is

made

(ii)
Cell wall of brown algae made cf
cellulose& alg in exclusively

(iv)
Pyrencids composed of mainly starch &
some proteins too
(v)

Fragmentation is seen in liverworts,

mosses& algae
[a]

(i), (ii) (iii)&(iv) true,

(v) false

[b]

(i),

[c]

(ii), (iii), (iv)& (v) true, (i) false

[d]

(i),(iii), (iv) & (v) true, (ii) =arse

& (v) true, (iv) false

17. Odd one out in terms of life cycle

[a] ChIamydomonas
[c] Kelps

[b] Volvox

[d] Larninaria

18. Match the followinc aotarooriately

[b] Diplontic algae

[c] Haplo-diplontic algae [d] Not an algae

I Column I

Column II

[a] Cedrus

[a] Branched

15. State whether true or false

(i)
Red algae are seen mostly in deepest
water also most of it is seen in fresh water
(ii)

All

(iii)
Cell wall of green algae made of
cellulose exclusively.

10. Ferns have

[d] Psiloturn

(1). (ii)& (iv) true, (iii) & (v false [d]

[b] Unbranched
[b] Equisetum

[b] Lycopsida

Brown algae rarely seen in fresh water

(iii)
Post fertilization events of red algae is
complex
(iv)
Green algae have a rigid cell wall inner
layer of pectose & outer .layer of cellulose .
(v)
Green, Red & brown algae are seen in
all the habitats such as fresh water, brackish
water & salt water

[a] Sphenoosida

[c] N2 fixing BGA

[a]Coralloid root
[b] Mycorhiza

[d] Carrageen

[a] Brown algae

[biRed algae

[a]

[a][a], [b][b], [c][a], [d][a]

64

[b]

[a][a], [b][a], [c][a],

[d][b]

[c]

[a][b]

[d][a]

[d]

[b]-[a] , [c] [a]

[a][a], [ b]-[a],

[c][b],

[d][a]

19. Fill up:

(I) In Gymnosperms the
gametophytes.......................

male & female

existence

(i.)..........
&...,................ come under the
class Lycopsida
(iii) The cones bearing megasporophyll with
ovules are called
[a] (i) Do not have independent free living
(ii)

Selaginella, Lycopodium

(iii)Macrosporoangiate

different groups of algae and select the correct

options given:
[a]
In chcrophyceae the stored food
material is starch and the major pigments are
chlorophyll-a and d
[b]
In Phaeophyceae, laminarin is the
stored food and major pigments are chlorophylla and b
[c]
In Rhodophyceae. floridean starch is the
stored food and the major pigments are
chlorophyll-a, d and phycoerythrin
[a]

[a] is correct, but [b] and [c] are wrong

[b]

[a] and [b] are correct, but [c] is wrong

[c]
[a] and [c] are correct, but [b] is wrong .
[d} [b] is correct, but [a] and [c] are wrong
[e] [c] is correct, but [a] and [b] are wrong.

[b] (i) Independent

(ii) Selaginella, Lycopodium
(iii) Megasporangiate

23. Which of the following correctly represents

the type of life cycle patterns from the options
given?

[c] (i) Dependent

(ii)

Equisetum, Lycopodium

(iii) Female strobili

[d] (i) Independent
(ii)

Equisetum, Lycopodium

(iii)

Female strobili

20. Identify the pteridophyte with the following

charecters
(I) Small Leaves

(ii) Bearing strobili

[a] 1- Diplontic

2. Haplodiplontic 3. Haplontic

[b] 1- Haplodiplontic 2. Haplontic

Diplontic

3.

(iii) Heterosporous

[c] 1. Haplontic 2. Diplontic 3. Haplodiplontic

[a] Equisetum

[d] 1. Diplontic 2. Haplontic 3. Haplodiplontic

[b] Salvinia

[c] Seleginella [id] Ferns

[e] 1.Haplontic

21. "Wolfia' which is almost microscopic belongs

to

24. Choose the wrong pair:

[a] Algae

[b] Bryophytes

[c] Fteridophytes [d] Angiosperms

22. Consider the following statements regarding
the major pigments and stored food in the

2. Haplodiplontic 3. Diplontic

[a] hepaticopsida

Marchantia

[b] Lycopsida

Selaginella

[c] Bryopsida

Anthoceros

[d] Pteropsida

dryopteris

[e] Sphenopsida

Equisetum

65

25.
From which of the following algae, agar
is commercially extracted?
a) Gracilaria
Sargassum

b) Fucus

c)

d) Gelidium

e) Turbinaria

[a] c anc e

[b] b and c

[d] a and b

[e] a and d

26.
Match ColumnI with Column-II and
select the correct o tion
Column II

(Type of Chloroplast) (Algae)

[a] Cup shaped

1. Ulothrix

[b] Gircle shaped

2. Oedogonium

[c] Stelate

3. Chlamydomonas

[d

4. Zygnema

Reticulate

[a] a-2,

[b] a-2, b-4, c-3, d-1

[c] a-2, b-3, c-1, d-4

[d] a-3, b-1, c-4, d-2

[e) a-3, tr-2, c-4

29. Which of the following statements are
true/false?

[c] d and e

Column I

[a] a-1, b-2, c-4, c-3

b-4, c-3, d-1[b] a-3, b-1, c-4, d-2

[a] Trimercus condition of

characteristic of dicotyledons

floral whorl is

[b] Seleginella and Salvinia are heterosporous

[c] In gymnosperms the vascular system
consists of xylem without vessels and phloem
with companion cells
[d] Ricca and Marchantia are liver worts
[a]

a- and b- are true and c and d- are false

[b]

a- and c- are true and b and d- are false

[c]

a- and d- are true and b and c- are false

[d]

b- and d- are true and a and c- are false

[e]

b- and c- are true and a and d- are false

[c] a-3 b-4, c-2, d-1 [d] a-4, b-3, c-1, d-2

30. The pigment Phycocyanin and Phycoerythrin

are present in:

[e] a-3,

[a] Bacil ariophyceae

b-4, c-1, d-2

27. Which of the following is not correctly

matched?
[a]
Chlamydomonas
flagellated
[b] Laminaria
thallus

[c] Chlorella
flagellated

[d] Spirogyra

Unicellu'ar
Flattened-leaf like

[c] Eubacteria

[e] Volvox
flagel ated

Filamentous structure
Colonial form non

31..Match
the
combination:

followinci

with

correct

Column II

[a] Anthoceros 1. Alca

[b] Equiseturri

2.

Hornwort

[C] Porphyry

3.

Gametophyte

Prothallus
_[d]

28. Match the following

[d] Cyanobacteria

[e] Chlorophyceae

Column I
Unicellular non

[b] Archebacteria

4.

Ginkgo

[a]

Red algae

1. Marchantia

[e] Dwarf shoot 5.

[b]

Liver wort

2. Pinus

[a]a-2, b-5. c-1, d-3, e-4

[c]

Walking fern

3. Polyslphonia

[b] a-5,b-4,c-3,d-2,e-1

[d]

Gymnosperm 4. Adiantum

Horse tail

[c] a-5,b-1,c-2,d-4,e-3

66

[d] a-3,b-2,c-1,d-5,e-4

Seaginella and Equisetum

Equisetum and Lycopodium
[ e]
P te ris an d S e la g ine lla
39. Thick cuticle and sunken stomata are
characters of leaves in
[a] Funaria & Selaginella
[b] Riccia and selaginella
[c]Pinus only
[d] Adiantum
[e] Funaria only
40. Independent free living male and
female gametophyte is absent in
[a] Marchantia
[b] Lycopodium
[c] Sphagnum
[d] Ginkgo [e] Selaginella
41 Normally the life cycles of algae are
Haplontic But diplontic life cycle is found in
[a] Ectocarpus
[b] Polpysiphonia
[c] Fucus
[d] Spirogyra
[e] Kelps
[c]
[d]

[e] a-1,b-4,c-3,e-2
[d]
[e]

a-3, b-2, c-1, d-5, e-4

a-1, b-4, c-3, d-5, e-2
32 Protonema is the juvenile filamentous
stage in the life cycle of:
[a] Funaria [b] Riccia
[c] Marchantia
[d] Laminaria [e] Cladophora
33. Double fertilization is characteristic of:
[a] Gymnosperms[b] Pteridophytes
[c] Angiosperms [d] Bryophytes [e]
Thallophytes
34. Observe the diagram given below and
identify A, B and C in the figure

42. Match the

combinations

A Antheridium, B Archegonium,
CRhizoids
[b]
A Rhizoids, BAntheridium,
C- Archegonium
[a] Antheridium, B Rhizoids,
C Archegonium
[a]
AArchegonium. BAntheridium,
CRhizoids
[a]

[d]
4.Gymnosperm

Column 1
[a] Equisetum
[b] Adiantum
[c] Sargassum
[d] Prothallus
[e] P.[e]N

with

correct

Column 11
1. Walking form
2. Fucoxanthin
3. Gametophyte
4. Gymnosperms
5.Horse tails
6.Endosperm

[a] a-5, b-1, c-2, d-3, e-4

b] a-4, b-1, c-2, d-3, e-6
[c]a-5.b-1,c-2, d-3, e-6
[d]a-5,b-1,c-2, d-6, e-3

35. Match the following

[a] Chlamydomonas
[b] Cycas
[c] Selaginella

following

[e]a-6, b-5, c-4, d-3, e-2

1. Moss
2. Pteridophyte
3.Alga
Sphagnum

[a] a-4, b-3, c-1, d-2

[b] a-3, b-1, c-4
d-2
[c] a-1, b-2, c-4, d-3
[d] a-3, b-4, c-2,
d-1
[e] a-2, b-3, c-4, d-1
36. Which can live in soil but are dependent
on water for sexual reproduction
[a] Polysiphonia
[b] Chlamydomonas
[c] Chara
[d] Volvox
[e] None
37. The plant body is differentiated into
hold fast, stipe and frond in
[a] Chara
[b] Laminaria
[c] Spirogyra
[d] Volvox
[e] Nostoc
38. Strobili are present in
[a]
Dryopteris and Pteris
[b]
Adiantum and Selaginella

43. Rhizophora contains

[a] Prop root [b] Still root [c] Pneumatophore
[d] Fiberous root

[e] Parasitic root

44. Match the following

[ajEpizoic algae
[b]Anisoga my
[c]hlonflagellated
isogamy
[d]Oogamy

1 .Chla myd omonas

2.Spirogyra
3.Sloth bear
4.Volvox

5. Fucus
[a]a-3&5 , b-1 , c 2 d 4
[b] a 3 , b 1 , c 2 ,d 4 &5
[c] a 1 b 3 , c 2 ,d 4 & 5
[d] a 3 b 1 c 2&4 ,d 5
[e] a 1 , b 2 , c 3 ,d 4
45. Which is wrongly matched?
[a] Microscopic unicellular

-Chlamydomonas

[b] Colonial

- Olvox & Chlorella

[c] Filamentous

- Ulothrix

67

[d] Massive forms

- Kelps

[e] sBloom

- BGA

46. Which one is red algae

[a] Chara

[b] Lamiaria

[c] Dictyota

[d] Porphyra

[e] Ulothrix

47. Match the following

[a]Laminaria & Sargassum (P) SCP
[b]Gelidium & Gracilaria

(Q) Edible algae

[c]Chlorella &-Spirulina

(R) Agar

[d]Carrageer

(S) BrownAlgae

[e]Algin

(T) Red Algae

[a] a Q ,b) b R,c) c- P d) d S e)e T

[b] a Q , b) b R, c) c P d) d Te)eS
[c]a R , b)b Q,c)c P d) d Te)eS
[d]a Q b) b
S

c) c P d) d S e) e-

[e]a P , b) b 0, c) c Rd)d S e)e- T

48. Biflagellate zoospores with two unequal
laterally attached flagella are found is
[a] Ectocarpus
[c] Chara

[b] Polysiphonia

[d] Oedogonium

[e]Spirogyra

49. The algae predominant at great depths in

oceans where relatively little light penetrates is
[a] Red Algae

[b] Brown algae

[c]
green algae

Green Algae

[a]
erosion

They

[b]
succession

The

[c]
herbaceous animals

They provide food for

[d]
edible

Most

[e]
peat

Sphagnum

causes

of

plant

species

are

provides

[a] Gemmae

[b] Fragmentation

[c]

Secondary protonema

[d]
c

Both 'a' and

[e] a, b and

56. Match the following

a)
Lycopodium

Microphylls

b)

Horsetail

c)

Water fern

3) Equisetum

d)
fern

Club moss

4) Walking

e)

Adiantum 5) Selaginella

1)
2) Salvinia

[a] a 5 b 4 , c 2 , d 1

e3

[b] a 3 ,b 5,

d 1 ,

e 4

,c 2 , d 4 ,

e 1

[d] a 5 ,

c 2

b 3 , c 2 ,

[e] a 1 , b 2 , c 3
5

[e] Golden brown algae

soil

55. Vegetative reproduction of liverworts takes

place by

[c] a 5 , b 3
[d] Blue

reduce

d 1 ,

e 4

d 4,

50. which of the following algae with complex

body

57. Male and female cones found in

[a] Selaginella

[b] Cycas

organization

[a] Chlamydomonas

[d] All of these

[e] None

[b] Ectocarpus

[c] Polysiphonia

58. Dwarf shoot and long shoot is found in

[d]

Laminaria

[a] Adiantum

[b] Dryopteris [c] Cycas

[d] Ginkgo

[e) Equisetum

[e] Chlorella

51. The algae reproduce asexually by nonmotile spore and sexually by non-motile
gamete is
[a] Brown algae

[b] Red Algae

[c] Green Algae

[d] Golden Algae

52. The group plant responsible for plant

succession is
[a] Algae

[b] Liverwort

[c] Ferns

[d] Moss

53. Not free living sporophyte is found in

[a] Ferns
Conifers

[b] Mosses [c] Dicot [d]

54. Which is not true about mosses?

[c] Pinus

59. Male and female gametohytes are

[a]Free living in bryophytes and pteridophytes
[b]Free
living
in
Gymnosperms
and
angiosperms
[c]Free living in bryophytes and independent
pteridophytes
and
Gymnosperms
[d]Independent
in
Gymnosperms
and
angiosperms
[e] None
60. Endosperm is
[a]
Haploid
gymnosperms produced before fertilization

in

[b]
Triploid
in
gymnosperms produced after is Fertilization

68

[c]
Haploid
gymnosperms produced after fertilization

in

combination

[d]
Diploid in gymnosperms
produced after fertilization
[e] None

Column-I

61. Biggest angiosperm is

[a] Anthoceros

[a] Sequoia

[b] Wolfia

[c] Lernna

[d] Eucalyptus

[e] Victoria

Column-II

[b] Adiantum
[c] Sargassum

62. Peat moss is

[d] Prothallus

[a] Funaria

[b] Sphagnum

[c] polytrichum

[d] Marchantia

63. The
structures

asexual
of

[e] Asterales

reproductive

1, Walking fern
2. Alga

liverworts are
[a] Antherozoids

[b] Zoospores

[c] Gemmae

[d] Fragments

3. Inferae
4. Gametophyte
5. Hornwort

64. The first stage of gametophyte in Moss is

[a] Protonema

6 Liverwort

[b] Leafy stage

[c] Capsule stage [d] Antheridium stage

65. The first terrestrial plants with xylem and
phloem are
[a] Gymnosperms [b] Monocot
[c] Dicot

[d] Pteridophytes

66. Heterosporus pteridophytes caused seed

habit is
[a]

Pteris 8. Adiantum

[b]
Lycopodium

Selaginella

[c]
[d]

[a]
[b]
[c]
[d]

a 6, b 5, c 1, d 3, e-4
a 5, b 4, c 3, d 2, e-1
a 5, b 1 , c 2, d 4, e-3
a 3, b 2, c 1, d 5, e-4
in [e] a 1, b 4. c 3, d 5, e-2
71 Match Column - I with Column - II and select
the
Column II ast

Al ae

[a] Cup shaped

1. Ulothrix

Selaginella & Salvinia

[b] Girdle shaped

2. Cedogonium

Dryopteris & Selaginella

[d] All

[c] Stellate

3. Chlamydomonas

[d] Reticulate

4. Zygnema

&

67. Which one of the following is matched

incorrectly

[a] a-2, b-4, c-3, d-1 [b] a-3, b-1, c-4, d-2

[a]

Pinus

[b]

Sequoia : Tap roots

[e] a-3, b-4, c-1, d-2

[c]
stem

Cycas

[d]

Cedrus : Branched stem

: Corraloid roots
:

Unbranched

68. The main sources of bio-fertilizers are

[a] Bacteria

[b] Cyanobacteria

[c] Fungi

[d] All the above

69. From which of the following algae, agar is

commercially extracted?
a) Gracilaria

b) Fucus c) Sargassum

d) Gelidium

e) Trubinaria

[d] a and b [e] a and d

Match

the

following

with

72 Which of the following gymnosperm is a

bushy trailing shrub?
[a] Ephedra

[b] Cycas

[d] Araucaria

[e] Cedrus

[c] Pinus

73. Selaginella and Salvinia are considered to

represent a significant step toward evolution of
seed habit because:
[a] Female gametophyte lacks archegonia
[b]
Megaspores
possess
endosperm and embryo surrounded ty seed
coat.
[c]
Embryo develops n
female gametophyte which is retained on
parent sporophyte

[a] c and e [b] b and c [c] d and e

70.

[c] a-3, b-4, c-2, d-1 [d] a-4, b-3, c-1, d-2

correct

69

[d] Female gametophyte

is free and gets dispersed like seeds.
74. The gametophyte is not an independent,
free living generation in:
[a] Adiantum

[b] Marchantia

[c] Pinus

[d] Polytrichum
[b] Adiantum

[c] Funaria

[d] Marchantia

[d] Moss is a gametophyte which consist of two

stages namely, protonema stage and lefy stage
[e] Evolutionary , pteridophytes are are the first
terrestrial plants to possess xylem and phloem
79. In the diagram given above,some of the
algae have been labelled as 'a','Ici',1c',1c11,
and 'e'. The algare are respectively identified
as:

75. Archegoniophore is present in:

[a] Chara

chlorophyll a, c,carotenoids and xanthophylls

76. In bryophytes, the dominant phase in the

life cycle is the gametophytic plant. However in
pteridophytes, angiosperms and algae the
main plant body is
[a]
Sporophytes,
gametophytes & sporophytes
[b]
Sporophytes,
sporophytes & gametophytes
[c]
three groups

Gametophytes

in

all

[d]
groups

Sporophytes in all three

le] Gametophytes. sporophytes and

sporophytes
77. Consider
regarding

the

following

statements

[a] Spirogyra

[b] Chlamydomonas

fc] Fucus
Ectocarpus

[d]

Volvox

[e]

81. Which of the following pteridophyte is

heterosporous in nature?
[a] Psilotum
Equisetum

[b]

Adiantum

[d] Salvinia

[e] Lycopodium

[c]

82. Which one of the following has haplontic

life cycle?

gymnosperms and choose the correct option.

[a] Wheat [b] Funaria [c] Polytrichum [d]

Ustilago

(a)
In gymnosperms, the
male and female gametophytes have an
independent existence.

83. Which one of the following is a vascular

cryptogarn?

(b)
The multicellular female
gametophyte is retained with in the
megaporangium statements

[a] Cactus

[b] Equisetum

[c]

Ginkgo

(c)
The gymnosperms are
heterosporous Of the statement

[c] Marchantia

84. Which one of the following is considered

important in the development of seed habit ?
[a]
gametophyte

Free

living

[b]

Dependent sporophyte

[c]
Haplontic life cycle

Heterospory

[a]
[c] is false

[a] and [b] are true but

[b]
[b] is false

[a] and [c] are true but

[c]
[a] is true

[b] and [c] are false but

85. Which of the following plant species you

would select for the production of bio ethanol?

[d]
[b] is true

[a] and [c] are false but

[a] Jatropha

[b] Brassica

[e]

[b] and [c] are true but

[a] is false

[c] Zea mays

[d] Pongamia

78. Pick out the wrong statement:

[a]
Double fertilization is
unique to gymnosperms and monocotyledons
[b]
Sequoia, a gymnosperm
is one of the tallest trees
[c]

Phaeophyceae

members

possess

[d]

86. Phylogenetic system of classification is

based on:
[a]

Floral characters

[b]
constituents

Evolutionary

[c]

Morphological features

[d]

Chemical constituents

70

87. Mannitol is the stored food in I

[b]They show symbiosis

[a] Gracillaria

[b] Chara

[c]They are terrestrial

[c] Porphyra

[d] Fucus

[d]They lack membrane bound organelles

88. Protein rich algae is

[e]They have no distinct sexual reproduction

[a] Polysiphonia

[b] Porphyrin

96. Identify the diagram?

[c] Gelidium

[d] Spirulina

89. In angiosperms , functional megaspore

develops into
[a] Ovule

[b] Endosperm

[c] Pollen sac

[d] Embryo sac

90. Identify the alga which exhibits diplontic life

cycl[e]
[a] Spirogyra

[b] Chlamydomonas

[c] Fucus

[d] Volvox [e] Ectocarpu

91 Which of the following pteridophyte is

heterosporousin nature?
[a] Psilotum

[b] Adiantum [c]Equisetum

[d] Salvinia

[e] Lycopodium

92. Red algae differ from the green algae and

brown algae in giving
[a] No chlorophyll a
cells

[b]

No

[c]
their life cycle

No flagellated stages in

[d]
their cells

Haemoglobin

Chlamydomonas
Vol vo x
Spirogyra
Chlorella
Acetabularia
97,
In
phaeophyceae
photosynthetic

differentiated

the

chief

pigments are --------------- but the characteristic

brown colour may be due to ----------------. Reserve

within

93. Select the correctly matched ones:

[a] Phaeophyceae

Mannitol

[b] Rhodophyceae

Dictyota

[c] Chlorophyceae

Non - motile gametes

[d]Rhodophyceae

r -Phycoerythrin

[a] a, b and c only

[c] a and c only

[a]
[ b]
[c]
[d]
[e]

[b] b, c and d only

[d] c and d only

[e] a and d only

94. Which of the following Pteridophytes
belongs to Class Pteropsida?

food material present in these group

o f organisms are-----[a]
[b]
[c]
[d]
[e]
98.

Chlorophyll a and c, xanthophyll, starch

Chlorophyll a and b, fucoxanthin, floridean
Starch
Chlorophyll a and b. fucoxanthin, pyrenoid
Chlorophyll a and d, fucoxanthin, floridean
starch
Chlorophyll a and c, fucoxanthin, laminarin
and mannitol
Odd one out
[a] Dictyota [b] Laminaria
[c] Fucus
[d] Gelidium [e] Ectocarpus

[a]Equistum and Psilotum

[b]Lycopodium and Adiantum
[c] Seiaginella and Pteris

Identify A and B from

the
following

[d] Pteris and Adiantum

[e] Dryopteris and Psilotum
95, Blue green algae are not included along
with algae because
[a]They are mostly nitrogen fixing

71

[e]

Tretraspore, monospore, phaeophyceae

101 .Following are some important features of
a group of organism. To which group this
features are approximated:
1 ) G am e to ph yt e is n on va scu la r an d
sporophyte is vascular.
2 )Gametophyte

and

sporophyte

are

independent or free living.

3)
[a]

A-Chondrus,
B- -Laminaria

[b]
Porphyra,
B-Laminaria

A-

[c]
AGellidium,
B-Gracillaria
[d]
AEctocarpus.
B-Volvo
[e]
A-Porphyra,
B-Polysiphonia
100.
Asexual
motile spores of
algae are called
as---and
an
example for non
motile spores are
called
and motile
biflagellated
reniform spores are
found in

Spore develops into gametophyte and

gamete grows into sporophyte.
4)
Evolutionary trend of these organism is
reduction in body size.
[a] Algae [b] Bryophytes [c] Pteridophytes
[d] Gymnosperms

[e] Angiosperms.

102. Given below are a few algae. Sort them

out
according
to
isogamous,
anisogamous and oogamous type of
reproduction.

[a]
Zoospore,
aplanospore,
phaeophyceae
103. Match the following

[a]

Zoospore, aplanospore, rhodophyceae

[c] Hyphospore, zoospore,
chlorophyceae

[d]

Palmella
rhodophyceae

stage,

zoospore,

Column I

Column II

Hornworts

5 Equisetum

72

104.

108. Multicellu ar sporophyte gets nourishment

from photosynthetic gametophyte in some cells
of sporophyte on meiosis produces
[a] bryophyte. gametes [b] Pteridophyte, spore
[c] Bryophyte, spore

[d] Algae, gametes

[e] None of these

The above shown life cycle stands :or

MORPHOLOGY OF FLOWERING PLANTS

and it is shown by an organism known as

[a]

Diplontic, bryophyte

[b]

Haplontic, pteridophyte

[c]

Haplontic and pteridophyte

[d]

Haplo - diplontt and pteridophyte

[e]

Haplontic, thallophytes

105. A plant with 24 chromosomes in microspore

mother cell
shall
have
number ofchromosomesin

its

endosperm (angiosperm)
[a] 24

[b] 12

[d] 48

e] 60

[c] 36

106. Unlike vascular plants in bryophytes the

Morphology is a branch of botany which deals

with the study of the external form and structure
of plants. The plant body of angiosperm is
differentiated into roots, stem, leaves and
flowers. The roots, stern and leaves of plants
have vascular tissues. Angiosperms produce
seeds. The seeds are enclosed within fruits.
Flowering plants show a great variety in shape,
size and form. The size ranges from 0.5 mm
(Wolffia) to about 100 m (Eucalyptus). There is
an enormous variation in habit, life span, habitat
and mode of nutrition of flowering plants.
Based on the general habit. flowering plants are
classified into 3 groups - herbs, shrubs and
trees. The life span of flowering plants is highly
variable. Based on the life span, flowering plants
are cl-assiled into annuals, biennials and
perennials.
Parts of a flowering plant

[b] Gametophyte, sporophyte

In angiosperm plant, the plant body is

differentiated into 4 parts, roots, stem, leaves
and flowers. Of these, roots, stem and leaves
are considered as vegetative organs whereas
flowers are considered as reproductive organs.

[c] Spore, gamete

Root

is usually larger than

[a] Sporophyte, gametophyte

[d] Gamete, spore

[e] gametes

107. The main plant bocy of bryophyte is....., and

it is a gamete producing phase known as

The root is the non-green underground part of

the plant. It develops from tne radicle of the
embryo and is the descending axis of the
plant.Radicle is the first formed bud of a
germinating seed which grows geotropically
downwards and later becomes the root system.

ja] Diploid, sporophyte [b] Haploid, sporophyte

[c) Haploid, gametophyte

Regions of the root

[d]

Diploid, gametophyte

A typical growing root has 4 distinct regions.

They are the following,

[e]

None of these

1.
Root cap: The tip of the root is protected
by a thimble-like cap called root cap. It is

73

composed of many layers of cells. The function

is protection.

However, it is short-lived, and therefore, it does

not produce tap root.

2.
Region of meristematic activity: This is
the growing tip of the root which extends to a
length of a few millimeters. The cells of this
region are very small, thin-walled with dense
protoplasm and undergo repeated divisions.

Functions of the root system

3.
Region of elongation: Just above the
region of meristematic activity there is the region
of elongation. The cells of this region undergo
rapid elongation and enlargement. This region is
responsible for growth of the root in length.
4. Region of maturation: Higher up the region of
elongation is the region of maturation. The cells
of this region undergo maturation and
differentiation into various kinds of tissues.
Secondary roots (lateral roots) are produced
here. In the region of maturation, immediately
behind the region of elongation, root produces a
cluster (group) of fine, delicate, thread-like
structures known as root hairs. These root hairs
are mainly concerned with absorption of water
and mineral nutrients from the soil.
Root system
There are 3 types of root systems - tap root
system, fibrous root system and adventitious
root system.
1. Tap root system: Tap root system consists of a
main root called primary root or tap root. It is the
direct elongation of the radical. Tap root grows
inside the soi . It develops numerous lateral
branches called secondary roots or lateral roots.
The secondary roots are further branched into
tertiary roots. This type of root system is called
tap root system. Tap root system is the
characteristic of dicots eg: mustard, pea etc.
2. Fibrous root system: In monocots, the radicle
does rot produce the tap root. The radicle after a
short period of life, stops its growth. Then
several fibre-like roots arise from the base of the
plant. All the fibrous roots are thin. They do not
grow into the deep soil. Fibrous root system is
the characteristic of monocots. Eg: paddy, wheat
etc.
3. Adventitious root system: The roots which
originate from any part of the plant body other
than the radicle are known as adventitious roots.
Banyan tree, mangroves, grasses (eg:
Monstera) and Hydrocotyle. The plants having
adventitious root system develop primary root
from radicle.

1. Anchorage (fixation) of plant to the soil.

2 Absorption of water and nutrients from the soil

Modification of root
In some plants, the tap root or the adventitious
roots are modified to perform different special
functions (functions other than absorption and
conduction of water and minerals). Such roots
change their shape and structure to do the
special function ,
Root modifications
1.Tap root modification
modification

2.Adventitious

root

(for storage of food).Underground storage part is

called tuber.If the storage part is root it is called
root tubers.If in the tap root, called tap tubers
and if in the adventitious root it is called
adventitious tubers
In carrot, beetroot and radish tap tubers
present but in tapioca, sweet potato, asparagus
etc adventitious tubers present
In parasitic plants like loranthus,
cuscutta etc parasitic root (haustoria) present
The root that perform the function of respiration
is
called
respiratory
root
or
pneumatophores,eg: Rhizophora;prop root
present in banyan tree and stilt root present in
maize
Stem
The stern is generally the aerial part of a plant.
The stem develops from the plumule of the
embryo of a germinating seed, and is the
ascending axis. The stem bears branches,
leaves, buds, flowers and fruits. The point on the
stem from which the leaf arises is called node.
The portion of the stem between two successive
nodes is known as internode. The bud seen at
the axil of the leaf is called axillary bud. The
axillary bud develops into a branch or a flower.
The bud found at the tip of the branches is
known as the terminal bud (apical bud). Stem is
generally green when young. Later, it may
become woody and dark brown.

74

Functions of the stem

1.Stem acts as a support for the branches that
bear leaves. flowers and fruits and expose them
to light.
2.It helps in the conduction of water and
minerals absorbed by the roots to the leaves
and
the
transport
of
prepared
food
(photosynthates) from the leaves to the various
parts of the plant,
Stem modifications
In some plants, the stem gets modified to
perform other functions such as perennation and
vegetative propagation. Both the underground
stem and the aerial stem get modified.
(Rhizome in ginger and banana; bulb in
onion,garlic;stem tuber in potato;corm in
amorphophallus;tendrils in grapes;thorns in
citrus
and
bougainvilla;
cladode
in
asparagus;offset in Eichornia (water hyacinth),
pistia;runner in oxalis;stolen in mint; sucker in
chrysanthimum etc are some modifications and
examples)

side of the leaf base, are called the stipules. In

leguminous plants (bean family), the leaf base is
swollen and is called pulvinus. Such leaves are
called pulvinate.
Petiole (mesopodium) : The stalk of the leaf is
called the petiole. The main stalk of the
compound leaf is known as the rachis. On the
rachis, the leaflets are arranged.
The green expanded part of the leaf with veins
and veinlets is called the lamina or leaf blade.
The lamina varies in shape, size and form. The
petiole enters the lamina as the midrib. The
midrib produces branches on its either side.
They are called the veins. The veins branch and
re-branch to form the skeleton of the lamina
(reticulate venation).
Veins function as channels for the transport of
water, minerals and food materials. Veins also
provide rigidity to the lamina. The tip of the leaf
is called the leaf apex. The leaf apex has various
shapes. The edge of the lamina is known as the
leaf margin. The motocot leaf differs from a dicot
leaf in some respects. The monocot leaf has a
sheathing leaf base. The leaf sheath encircles
the stem partially or completely. The lamina has
parallel venation. Eg: paddy, Dracaena. banana
etc.
Types of leaves
Leaves are of 2 types, simple leaves and
compound leaves.
Simple leaves: A leaf with a simple lamina is
said to be simple leaf. Eg:.Hibiscus, Tapioca, .

Leaf
The leaf is a flattened lateral outgrowth
produced from the stem at a node. Each leaf
has a bud in its axil called axillary bud. Later it
develops into a branch.
Parts of a leaf
A typical dicot leaf consists of 3 parts, leaf base,
petiole and lamina.
Leaf base : The basal part of the leaf that
connects it with the stem is called leaf base. The
small lateral outgrowths developed on either

A leaf with 2 or more lamina is called a

compound lead. In a compound leaf, each
lamina is known as the leaflet (pinna). The
common stalk of the leaf is said to be the
rachis. There are 2 types of compound leaves,
pinnately compound leaf and palmately
compound leaf. In pinnately compound leaf, the
leaflets are arranged along the two sides of the
rachis wheras in palmately compound leaf the
leaflet are arising from the tip of the rachis
Venation
The mode of arrangement of the veins and the
veinlets in the lamina of leaf is said to be
venation. Venation is of 2 kinds, reticulate
venation and parallel venation.
In reticulate venation, the veins are repeatedly
branched to form a network, (reticulum). It is a

75

characteristic feature of dicot plants. Eg: Peepal,

Hibiscus etc.
In parallel venation, the veins run parallel to one
another from the base to the apex or from the
midrib to the margins. It is a characteristic
feature of rnonocot plants. Eg: Grasses, Lilies,
Banana, Bamboo.
Phyllotaxy
The mode of arrangement of leaves on the stem
or branch is called phyllotaxy. It may vary in
different plants.
Three Principal types of phyllotaxy are noticed in
plants. They are alternate, opposite and
whorled.
Alternate phyllotaxy:
When a single leaf is produced at a node, the
phyllotaxy is said to be alternate. In this case,
the leaves are seen to be spirally arranged
around the stem. Eg: Hibiscus (China Rose),
Mustard, Sun flower etc.
Opposite phyllotaxy:
When 2 leaves areproduced at each node
standing opposite to each other, the phyllotaxy is
known as opposite Eg:Calotropis, Guava
(Psidium guava).
Whorled phyllotaxy:
When more than 2 leaves produ ced at
each node, the phyllo ta xy is ca lled
whorled, In this case, the leaves are seen to
be in a c i r c l e o r w h o r l a r o u n d t h e s t e m .
E g : N e r i u m , Alstonia.
Functions of leaf
1.

The green foliage leaves synthesise food with the

help of sunlight and chlorophyll. This process is
called photosynthesis.
2.
The loss of water in the form of water
vapour through the stomata is called
transpiration. It takes place through the
leaves.
3.
Respiration is another process where oxygen
is taken in and CO2 is given out.
Leaf modifications
In some plants, it addition to the normal functions
(other than photosynthesis), the leaves are
modified to perform special functions of
climbing,
defence
(protection),
and
heterotrophic nutrition.

Leaf tendrils
T h e l e a ve s o f s o m e w e a k - s t e m m e d
p l a n t s a r e modified into slender, wiry
and coiled structures called leaf tendrils.
These are sensitive to contact and help the plant
in climbing on the support. Eg: Pe[a] In pea
(Pisum), the terminal leaflets modified into
tendrils. They help the plant to climb on the
support.
Leaf spine
in some p lants, the comp lete le aves o r
pa rt s of leaves become modified for
defensive purposes (protection) into sharp
and pointed structures called leaf spines. Leaf
spines are the characteristics of xerophytes. Eg:
Cacti (Opuntia).
Leaf scale
In certain plants, the leaves are modified into thin,
stalkless, membraneous structures called
the leaf scales. In onion and garlic, the
scale leaves are fl e s h y d u e t o t h e
s to ra ge of wa t e r a n d f o o d materials. Here,
the stem is underground and is very much reduced
Leaf pitcher
In insectivorous plants (carnivorous plants),
the leaves are modified to capture (trap)
insects eg: Pitcher plant (Nepenthes) Venus
fly-trap
(Dionaea).
In
pitcher
plant
(Nepenthes) , the lamina becomes modified
into a flask-shaped structure called pitcher
to capture insects. The basal part of the petiole is
flattened like a leaf. Photosynthesis is carried on by
this wing-like basal part of the petiole. The upper
part of the petiole coils like a tendril holding the
pitcher vertical. The mouth of pitcher is
covered by a lid which arises as an
outgrowth of leaf tip. The p it ch e r an d th e
lid a re co lou re d to a ttra c t th e insects. The
glands inside the pitcher just below its mouth
secrete a honey-like liquid. Digestive
enzymes are also secreted inside the pitcher. The
function of the pitcher is to capture (trap) and
digest insects.
Phyllode

76

In Australian acacia, leaf is reduced into a

bipinnately compound leaf but soon falls off.
Rachis (petiole) becomes flattened into a leaflike structure, It is called the phyllode. The
function of photosynthesis is carried on by these
green expanded structures. Transpiration is
checked since this is a xerophytic adaptation

Cymose inflorescence
In cymose inflorescence, the peduncle
terminates in a flower. Hence, peduncle is
limited in growth. Further growth is due to the
formation of lateral branches that also end in a
flower. The terminal flower is the oldest and the
younger flowers are arranged laterally towards
the base. This type of d e v e l o p m e n t i s
termed as basipetal

Inflorescence
In angiosperms, the flowers occur singly or in
groups. When a flower. arises singly, it is called
a solitary flower (eg: Hibiscus or shoe
flower). A floral axis (branch) bearing a
cluster
of
flowers
is
called
the
inflorescence
eg:
Caesalpinia.
The
inflorescence has a common axis of
t h e inflorescence is called the peduncle. The
flowers may arise from the axis of a leaf-like
structure called the bract. Based on the nature
of the peduncle and the mode of arrangement of
flowers, inflorescence may be divided into 2
main groups, racemose and cymose

succession.eg: Jasmine
Flower
The flower is the characteristic reproductive
unit in the angiosperms. They are concerned
with the sexual reproduction of angiosperms
resulting in the formation of seeds and then the
development of fruits. Flowers exhibit wide
variation in size, shape, colour and arrangement of
floral parts. However, all flowers have the same
basic plan.

Racemose infloresence
In racemose inflorescence, the peduncle does
not terminate in a flower. It continues to grow
and produces flowers laterally in an
acropetal succession. The peduncle bears
the younger flowers near the tip and older
flowers at the base. This type development of
flowers is termed as the a c r o p e t a l
succession.Itisalsocalled
indeterminate or
indefinite
inflorescence. eg:Crotalaria, Caesalpinia etc

Parts of a flower
The flower has a stalk. The stalk of the flower is
known as the pedicel. The outgrowth of the
pedicel is called bracteole. A flower having
bracteole is called bracteolate and if without
bracteole, it is called ebracteolate.
The swollen tip of the pedicel is called the
thalamus (torus of receptacle). The floral parts
are arranged on the thalamus. A typical flower
has 4 whorls of floral parts-calyx, corolla,
androecium and gynoecium. The two outer
whorls, calyx and corolla are
sterile
appendages and are said to be accessory
organs (non-essential whorls). A flower w i t h
both calyx and corolla is known as

77

52

dichlamydeous. Eg: ixora. If a flower has

either calyx or corolla and there is no
differentiation into c a l y x a n d c o r o l l a , i t
i s s a i d t o b e monochlamydeous. Eg:
Cocos. A flower without both calyx and corolla is
called achlamydeous. Eg:Euphorbia,

number is ignored), the isomerous

flowers are classified into 4 types,
bimerous, trimerous, tetramerous, and
pentamerous.
A flower with 2 or multiple of 2 floral
parts in each whorl is called bimerous
flower (eg,Brass)ca), 3 or multiple of 3 in
each whorl is called trimerous flower
(eg:Asphodelus), 4 or multiple of 4 in
each whorl is called pentamerous flower
(eg: Hibiscus).

In some flowers, the calyx and corolla are not

distinct and are termed as perianth. It is
composed of tepals. Eg: Lilly. When tepals
are free, the perianth is said to be
polyphyllous and when they are fused, it is
called gamophyllous. The two inner whorls,
androecium and gynoecium are the fertile
appendages and are said to be reproductive
organs of a flower. A flower with both androecium
and gynoecium is known as bisexual
flower (intersexual flower or hermaphrodite).
Eg: Hibiscus. If a flower has either androecium or
gynoecium, it is called unisexual flower.
Eg:Cocos. An unisexual flower having the
androecium alcne is called the male flower
(staminate flower). An unisexual flower with the
gynoecium alone is known as the female flower
(pistillate flower). A flower in which all the 4 whorls
are present is said to be a complete flower
and the flower in which one or more
whorls are absent, is known as an
incomplete flower.

Trimerous flowers are the characteristic feature

of monocot plants, whereas pentamerous
flowers are of divot plants. When the number
of members of different whorls is irregular, the
flower is said to be heteromerous. Eg:Opium
Position of the floral leaves on the thalamu s
Based on the mode of arrangement of floral
parts on the thalamus, the flowers are of
3 types, hypogynous, perigynous and
epigynous. Hvpogynous flower
The hypogynous (below the gynoecium)
flowers have convex or elongated thalamus. The
gynoecium is developed at the top of the
thalamus. The other floral whorls such as
the calyx, corolla, and androecium arise
below the gynoecium on the thalamus. In this
case, the position of ovary is said to be
superior.eg: Mustard. China rose, Brinjal etc.
Perigynous flower

Symmetry of the flower

A flower in which the floral parts in a
particular whorl are of the same size and
shape, is described as regular. When the
members of calyx or corolla are
dissimilar, the flower is said to be
irregular. A flower which can be divided
into two equal halves through any
vertical
plane;
is
said
to
be
actinomorphic (radial symmetry). Eg:
Hibiscus,
Mustard,
Datura.
Chilli
(Capsicum) etc. A flower which is
divisible into 2 equal halves through a
single
vertical
plane,
is
called
zygomorphic
(bilateral
symmetry).
Eg:Leucas, Pea, Bean, Gulmohur, Cassia
fistula etc.Some irregular flowers cannot
be divided into two equal halves through
any vertical plane and such flowers are
said to be asymmetrical. Eg:Canna.

In perigynous (around the gynoecium) flowers,

the thalamus grows upwards around the base of
the ovary to form a thalamus cup. The
thalamt..s cup is free from the ovary. The
gynoecium is developed at the middle of the
thalamus cup. The other whorls of the flower
such as he calyx, corolla and androecium are
arranged at the rim of the thalamus cup around
the ovary almost at the same level. In this case, the
position of the ovary is said to be half inferior
or half superior. Eg: Rose, Plum, Peach etc.
Epigynous flower
In epigynous (above the gynoecium) flowers,
the thalamus forms a deep cup. The thalamus
cup is fused with the ovary of the gynoecium,
The other whorls such as the calyx, corolla and
androecium are developed from above the
gynoecium. Thus. the ovary becomes inferior in
position. Eg: Cucumber, Ray florets of sunflower,
Guava.

Isomery and heteromery

W hen each whorl has an equal number of
parts or its multiple; the flower is said to
be isomerous. This phenomenon is called
isomery. Based on the basic number
offloral members in each whorl (carpel

calyx

78

G2

It is the outer most whorl of a flower. It is

composed of sepals. Sepals are green in
colour. When the sepals are free, the calyx is
called polysepalous and when the sepals are
fused, it is called gamosepalaous. The role of
the calyx is to protect the inner floral whorls
during the buc formation.
Corolla
It is the second whorl of a flower inner to the
calyx. It is composed of petals, The petals are
brightly coloured and help in attracting the
insects for pollination. When the petals are free,
the corolla is said to be polypetalous, eg:
Hibiscus. When the petals are united the
corolla is known as gamopetalous. Eg:
Leucas.
When the petals in a flower are similar in size
and shape, the corolla is known as regular
as in Hibiscus, Datura, etc. or when they are
dissimilar. the corolla is called irregular as in
Pisurn, Leucas etc. The shape and colour of
corolla are greatly varied in different plants.
The important types of corolla are tubular,
bell-shaped (companulate)

called standard petal or vexillum, 2 lateral

petals called wing petals or alae, and 2 small
anterior petals called keel petals or caring.
The keel petals are fused to form a boatshaped structure.The
standard petal overlaps the 2 wing petals which
in turn overlap the 2 keel petals. Eg: Pea, Bean.
Androecium
It is the third inner whorl of a flower. It is
composed of stamens. The stamen is the male
reproductive organ of the flower. Each stamen
consists of a filament, and an anther. The
slender stalk of the stamen is called filament
which bears a two-lobed (bilobed) head called
the anther. Each lobe has 2 chambers, called
pollen sacs. The two lobes of the anter are
connected with each other by a sterile tissue
called the connective.

Each anther has 4 microsporangia.

Different type of corolla
Aestivation
The mode of arrangement of sepals or
petals
in
a
flower bud is called aestivation. It may be of
4 types. They are valvate, twisted,
imbricate, and vexillary.
1.

Valvate: When the margins of sepals or

petals just meet one another without
overlapping, the aestivation is known as
valvate. Eg: Cafotropis,
2.
Twisted: When the margins of sepals or
petals overlap regularly, where one margin
of each membe r is overlapped wh ile the
othe r is overlapping, the aestivation is said to
be twisted (contorted). Eg: corolla of China rose
(Hibiscus), Lady's finger, Cotton etc.
3.
Imbricate: When the margins of sepals or
petals overlap irregularly, the aestivation is
called imbricate. Eg:Cassia, Gulmohur, etc.
Vexillary(papilionaceous
or
descentingly
imbricate): In vexillary aestivation, there are 5
petals, of which one is very large and posterior

Pollen grains (microspores) are produced in

pollen sacs. A sterile stamen is called
staminode.
There are some flowers in which the length of
filaments within a flower is variable. Two such
conditions have been noticed.
1.
Didynamous (2+2): There are 4
stamens. Out of them, 2 are large and 2 are
small in size. Eg: Salvia
2.
Tetradynamous (4 +2): There are 6
stamens. Out of them, 4 are larger and 2 are
smaller in size. Eg: Mustard (Brasica).
Cohesion of stamens
Fusion of the members of the similar whorls is
called cohesion. Stamens of the flower may be
free or united. When free or united it may be so
partly or completely. If all the stamens in a flower
are free, the androecium is said to be
polyandrous. Eg: Caesalpinia. If the stamens are
united, the androecium is known as synandrous.
Eg:Cucurbita, Cucumis, etc.

79

In many cases, the anthers of the stamens are

free and the filaments are fused to form a tube
called staminal tube around the ovary. This is
called adelphous. The adelphous condition may
be of 3 types,monadelphous, diadelphous, and
plyadelphous.
Monadelphous: When all the filaments of
stamens are fused to form a single bundle, it is
said to be monadelphous. Eg: Hibiscus (China
rose).
2. Diadelphous: When the filaments of staments
ae fused to form two bundles, it is said to be
diadelphous. Eg: Pea.
3.
Polyadelphous: When the filaments of
stamens are fused to form many bundles, it is
called polyadephous. Eg: Citrus.
Adhesion of stamens
Fusion of the members of the dissimilar whorls
is called adhesion. Stamens may be fused
with the other whorls such as calyx, ccrolla or
gynoecium. 1,Episepalous: Stamens are
fused with sepals. Eg: Quisqualis
2.

Epipetalous: Stamens are fused with

petals. Eg: Brinjal
3.
Epiphyllous: Stamens are fused with the
tepals (perianth). Eg: lily
Gynoecium (Pistil)
The gynoecium is the inner most whorl of a
flower. It is the female reproductive part of the
flower. It is also called pistil. A gynoecium is
composed of carpels. Each carpel has 3 parts,
ovary, style and stigma. The basal enlarged
(swollen) part of the carpel is called the
ovary, the long or short middle tubular part is
the style and the apical portion is the stigma
(tip of the style). The stigma acts as a
receptive surface for the pollen grains.
If the carpels in a gynoecium are free. it is said to
be apocarpous. Eg: Rose, Lotus etc. If the
carpels are fused to form a single ovary, the
gynoecium in known as syncarpous. Eg:
Tomato, Mustard etc.
The ovary bears ovules inside it. After
fertilization, the ovules develop into seeds
and the ovary matures into a fruit.
Placentation
The ovules are developed on a cua. The mode
of arrangement of ovules on the placenta within
the ovary is known as placentation. There are

different types of placentation. Some of them

are given below.
1.

Marginal: The ovules are developed on the

placenta along the ventral suture. Eg: Pea
2.
Axile: It occurs in syncarpous ovary. The
ovules are developed on the placenta at the
central axis of the septa. Eg: China rose, Lemon,
Tomato etc.
3.
Free-central: It occurs in syncarpous pistil
with one-chambered ovary. The ovules on the
placenta are developed on a central axis.
Septa are absent. Eg: Dianthus. primrose.
4.
Parietal: The ovules on the placenta
are originated at the point of fusior of the margins
of the carpels on the inner surface of the ovary.
Eg: Argemone, Mustard.
5.

Basal: Only a single ovule on the placenta is

developed from the base of the ovary.
Eg: Sunflower, Marigold.
Fruit
The fruit is a ripened ovary in which the
seeds are enclose[d] The fruit is the
characteristic feature o f t h e f lo we r in g
p la n t s
a n gi o sp e r sm s ), I n
angiosperms,
pollination and fertilization stimulate the
formation of fruit. After fertilization, the ovule
becomes seed and ovary becomes fruit. During
the development of ovary into the fruit, the ovary
wall becomes the fruit wall. The fruit wall is
called pericarp. The pericarp encloses and
protects the seeds.
In coconut, the mesocarp is fibrous. So,
such
a
fruit is called fibrous drupe. Air is filled in
the
mesocarp. In many fruits, the divison of
pericarp
may not be clearly visible. In dry fruits, the
pericarp is papery or woody and is not
differentiated into different layers. Sometimes,
fruits are developed without fertilization of the
ovary. Such fruits are said to be parthenocarpic
fruits.
Seed
The seed is a mature ovule containing an
embryo. It is the characteristic structure of the
angiosperms. After fertilization, a series of
changes takes place in the ovule and as a
result, the seed is formed. The integuments of
the ovule become the seed coat. The outer
layer is called the testa and the inner layer is
known as the tegmen. It is difficult to

80

separate tegmen from the testa. The micropyle

of the ovule is retained in the seed as a small
pore. The stalk of the ovule (funiculus) is
attached to the seed at the region called the
hilum. The hilum appears as a scar after the
detachment of seed from the funiculus.The
zygote develops into the embryo. The embryo is
the most important part of the seed. The
embryo has a slid embryonal axis and 1 or 2
cotyledons. The embryonal axis of the embryo
is called tigellum. The basal part of
embryonal axis is called the radicle and the
upper part of it is called the plumule.The food
materials for the nourishment of embryo are
stored in the endosperm. It is formed as a
result of double fertilization. A seed with
endosperm
is
called
endospermous
(albuminous) seed. In such a case, the
endosperm persists as a source of food for the
embryo at germination. Eg: Castor

called caryopsis. The seed coat (testa) and the

fruit wall (pericarp) are fused. The massive
(bulky) starchy endosperm forms the major
portion of the grain. It

A seed without endosperm is called the nonendospermous(exendospermous

or
exalbuminous) seed. In this case, the
endosperm is completely used by the
developing embryo. The food for the embryo at
germination is stored in the cotyledons. Eg:
Bean, Pea, Gram. On the basis of the number of
cotyledons, seeds are divided into two types,
dicot seeds and monocotseeds.

Semi-technical description
flowering plant

st o re s
t he
f oo d
m at e ria ls
Th e
e nd o sp e rm is surrounded by a sheath of
special tissue called aleurone layer. The cells
of aleurone layer contain proteins and play an
important role in germination. The embryo is
very small and lies on one side towards the
base of the grain.
The embryo consists of a single plate-like
cotyledon called scutellum and a short axis.
The upper part of axis is called the plumule
and the lower part is the radical. The plumule
is protected by a sheath called the coleoptiles.
The radicle is protected by a sheath called the
coleorhizae.

Bean seed (Dolichos labiab) is an example

for a non-endospermous dicot seed. In bean,
the seed coat consists of two layers, testa and
tegmen. The funiculus is attached to the seed
by the hilum. The embryo lying within the
seed consists of the radicle, the plumule
and 2 cotyledons. The food materials for the
embryo at germination are stored in the
cotyledons. Hence, the cotyledons are thick
and fleshy.
Structure of a monocotyledonous seed
The

monocot

seeds

are

divided

into

endospermous seeds eg: Paddy. Wheat etc.)

and non-endospermous seeds (eg:
orchids and Sagittaria).
Maize (Zee Mays) seed is ar example for a
endospermous monocot seed. The maize grain
is small, one seeded, dry, indehiscent fruit

typical

A flowering plant can be described in a

proper sequence by using scientific terms
of their morphological characters. Morphological
description (vegetative characters and floral
characters) help in identifying and placing a
flowering plant to its appropriate taxonomic
position.

S t ru ct u re of a d ico t yle do no u s se ed
The
dicot
seeds
are
divided
into
endospermous seeds (eg: Castor and
Custard apple) and nonendospermous
seeds(eg: Pea and Bean).

of

The morphological characters, which are to

be described are given below.
1.
2.

Habit
Vegetative characters: roots, stem and
leaves
3.
Floral characters: Inflorescence and flower
parts After describing the above morphological
features, the
floal
feature
can
be
represented in the summarised from as
floral diagram and floral formula.
Floral diagram
The diagrammatic representation of floral parts
in a flower bud is called floral diagram.
In a floral diagram of dicot flowers, except for the
family Leguminosae, the odd sepal is
posterior and odd petal is anterior, whereas
in the floral diagram of monocot flowers and
the family Leguminosae, the odd petal is
posterior and odd sepal is anterior.
The position of the mother plant axis with
respect to the flower is represented by a large
dot on the top of the floral diagram,

81

A floral diagram gives information about the

number of parts of a flower, their arrangement,
and the relation they have with an another.
Floral formula
The representation of floral parts with their
appropriate symbols is called floral formula.
The Symbols are the following:

polyandrous, tetradynamous (244) in 2 whorls

one with 2 and other with 4, carpels 2,
syncarpous, superior ovary)
Description of some import families
I. FABACEAE
(Papiiionaceae or pea family)

Fusion is indicated by enclosing the figure

within
bracket and adhesion by a line drawn above
the
symbols of the floral parts (eg: C A )
The floral diagram and floral formula of
mustard flower (Brassica belongs to family,
Brassicaceae) are given below.
Floral diagram with floral formula
(Characters
of
Actinomorphic,

the

mustard

flower:

bisexual, sepals 4, polysepalous, in 2 whorls

(rows)
of 2 each (2+2), Petals 4, polypetabus,
stamens 6,

Class

Dicotyledonae

Sub-class

Polypetalae

Series

Calyciflorae

Order

Rosales

Family

Fabaceae

in Benthem and Hooker's classification.

Fabaceae is one of the 3 sub-families of the
main family, Leguminosae. They divided the
Leguminosae
in:o
3.sub-families
Papitionoideae,
Caesaipinioideae,
and
Mimosoideae, Hutchinson raised these sunfamilies into the rank of main families. Of these
3 families, Fabaceae (Papilionaceae) is the
largest and most advanced family.
Vegetative characters

Habit: Plants mostly herbs (eg: Cicer), shrubs

(eg:
Cajanus.
Crotalaria)
trees
(eg:Dalbergia and Pterocarpus) of climbers
(eg:Pisum). The roots bear root nodules
containing symbiotic nitrogen-fixing bacteria
like Rhizobium and Bacillus radicicola.
Stem : Erect or climber
Leaves:
Usually
compound,
trifoliate,
alternate, stipulate, pulvinate (having pulvinus),
entire margin with reticulate venation. The
swollen base of the leaf is called pulvinus.
Floral characters

82

Infloresence: Racemose, axillary or

terminal Flower bracteate , bracteolate
,pedicellate
dichlamydeous,bisexual,cornplete,irregular
.
zygomorphic,pentamerous,cyclic,perigyno
us, large and showy.

Edible oil-yielding plants --Ediole oil is obtained from the seeds.

1.
2.

Glycine max (Soya bean)

Arachis hypogea (Ground nut or pea nut)
Timber-yielding plants
1. Dalbergia latifolial(lndian rose
wood)
2.Dalbergia
sissoo
(St7isharn)

3.

Pterocrpus marsupiurn (Red sandal

wood) Fibre-yielding plants
1. Crotalaria juncea: The fibres extracted from
the phloem and pericycle (stem) are known as
"sunn hemp". It is used for making ropes, mats,
bags, canvas. nets, sacks etc.

Calyx:Sepals 5,gamosepalous with imbricate

aestivation.
Corolla:Petals
5,
polypetalous
with
vexillary aestivation, The corolla is butterflyshaped and is called papilionaceous corolla.
The pailionaceous corolla has a large
posterior odd petal called standard petal or
vexillum. It encloses two lateral petals called
wing petals or alae. The anterior pair of
petals, is called keel petals or carina. The keep
petals are fused to form a coat-shaped structure.
Androecium: Stamens 10, monadelphous or
diadefphous. In monadelphous, the filaments of
the 10 stamens are fused to form a stamina!
tube.
Eg: Crotalaria, Zornia, Pongamia. etc. In
diadelphous, the filaments of the nine stamens
are fused to form a stamina tube around the
ovary and the posterior one is free (9+1) eg:
Pea,
Gynoecium: Carpel 1 (monocarpellary). Half
superior or half inferior, unilocular ovary with
many ovules on marginal placentation. Style
long, curved and hairy. Stigma simple.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Ornamental plants
1.
2.
3.

Clitoria ternatea
Lathyrus odoratus (sweet pea or wild pea)
Lupinus (Lupin)
Medicinal plants
1.Abrus precatorius (ratti): The fresh juice of
leaves is used in leucoderrna
(Glycirrhiza glabra) It is a medicinally
useful plant
3,Butea
monosperma.lt
medicinally useful gum

produces

Dye-yielding plants

Fruit: Legume.

1.Indigofera tinctoria. Blue dye called Neel

or indigo is obtained from leaves

Seed: 1 to many, non-endospermous.

Fodder plant
1.

Trifollum alexandrium (barseem)

2.

Sesbania grandiflora (agast)

Economic importance

2. SOLANACEAE (Potato family)

The seeds are rich in proteins. The seeds in

pea plants are commonly called pulses or
grams. Pulse-yielding plants

Class

Dicotyledonae

Sub-class

Gamopetalae

Pisum sativum (Sweet pea)

Cicer arietinum(Gram or Bengal gram or
Chick pea:
Cajanus cajan (Arhar or Red g-am or Pigeon
pea or Dhal)
Phaseolus aureus (Moong or Mung or Green
gram)
Phaseolus mungo(Black gram)
Dolichos lablab (Sem or beans)

Series

Bicarpellate

Order

Polernoniales

Family

Solanaceae

Vegetative characters

83

Habit: Pants are usually herbs or shrubs

and rarely small trees
Stem: Herbaceous, erect, cylindrical,
branched, hairy or glabrous, mostly aerial
rarely underground stem (eg. potatoSolanum ruberosum). Leaves:Simple,
alternate,
rarely pinnately,
compound, exstipulae with reticulate
venation. Floral characters Inflorescence:
Cymose, rarely solitary (eg:Datura),
Axillary
or
extra-axillary,
Flower:Dichlamydeous,
bisexual,
complete, regular, actinomorphic, and
hypogynous.
Calyx: Sepals 5, gamosepalous, persistent
with valvate aestivation.
Corolla: Petals 5,
valvate aestivation

gamopetalous

with

Androecium: Starnesn 5, polyandrous, and

epipetalous.
Gynoecium:Carpels
(bicarpellary)

2
and

syncarpous. Ovary is superior and

bilocular, many ovules in both the
chambers with exile placentation. Placenta
are swollen.

Seeds: Numerous and ensopermous

,K(5), Ctloy4G{2).

Economic importance
Edible plants
1.Solanum tuberosum (potato)- Stem tuber
is used as food throughout the world
2.Solanum melongena (egg plant
bringal) -Fruits are used as vegetable

or

3.Lycopersicum esculanturn (love apple or

tomato). - Fruits are used in salad and as
vegetable Spice plants
1. Capsicum annum (Red pepper, chilli) Fruits are used in condiments
Medicinal plants

2.Withania somnifera: Leaves are used in

fever and skin diseases.
3.Datura alba: The minute doses of seeds,
leaves, and roots are given for cerebral
complications. The high doses of seeds
are poisonous.
Fumigatory plants
1.Nlcotiana tobacum: The leaves are used
as tambaku.
Ornamental plants
1. Petunia violacea
2.Cestrum nocternum-Rath ki Rani(Night
Jasmine) 3. LILIACEAE (Lily family)
Class

Monocotyledonae

Series

Coronarieae

Family

Liliaceae

Vegetative characters
Habit: Plants are mostly perennial herbs
perennating with the help of rhizomes or
corms or bulbs, rarely woody shrubs (eg:
Dracaena- and Yucca)

Fruits: Berry or capsule

Floral Formula: e,

1
Atropa
belladonna
(belladonna)
:Atropinextracted from roots is used in the
preparation of belladonna plaster.

Leaves: Mostly basal, simple, sessile or

petiolate with sheathing base, alternate,
linear, exslipulate with parallel venation.
Inflorescence: Cymose or solitary (eg:
Gloriosa) Flower: Bracteate, pedicellate,
diohlamydeous,
bisexual,
complete,
actinomorphic, trimerous, cyclic, and
hypogynous.
Perianth: Tepais 6, arranged in 2 whorls of
3 each (3+3) gamophyllous (oftern united
into a tube), with valvate aestivation.
Androecium: Stamens 6, and are
arranged in 2 whorls of 3 each (3+3),
polyandrous. may be epiphyllous and
opposite
to
perianth
segments.
Gynoecium: Carpels 3 (tricarpellary),
syncarpous. Superior and trilocular ovary.
Many ovules in each chamber with exile
placentation. Style long and stigma
trilobed.

84

Fruit

: Capsule or rarely berry.

Seed : Endospermous

Ornamental
6. Gloriosa superba (Malabar glor), lily):
Tubers used in promoting labour pains in
women_ It is a good ornamental plant.)

Floral Formula:

7.

Tulipa species Tulip

01. A bud is not present in

[b]

Twisted -

Cotton

[a]

Axil of leaflet of compound leaf

[c]

Imbricate

Pea

[b]

Axil of petiole of simple leaves

[d]

Vexillary

Cassia

[c]

Axil of petiole of compound leaves

[d]

Both a and e

04. Which among the following is non

endospermic [a] Wheat [b] Rice [c] Orchid
[d] Banana 05, Which one is not character
of pea?

Economic importance
Vegetables
1.Allium cepa (onion): The bulb of onion is
used as a vegetable
2.Allium sativurn (garlic) : The bulb of
garlic is edible and has medicinal value.
3.
Aspargus officinalis (shatavari):
the roots have high medicinal value. The
plants are also used as ornamental plants.
medicine
4. Aloe vera: Medicated oil is prepared
from the fleshy leaves. A purgative called
aloin is obtained from this plant.
Mutaden
5.Colchicum autumnale : The corms of this
plant yield a mutagen called colchicine
which is used to induce polyploidy in
plants.
ENTRANCE ORIENTED QEUSTIONS

02. When shoot tip transforms into flower

tip it is

[a] imbricate aestivation[b] Legume Fruit

[a] Racemose [b] Solitary

[c] Cymose

[d] B and C

03. Select the correct matched pair

[a]

Valvate -

Lady's finger

[c]

Cymose inflo-escence

[d]
and d

Style in hooked at end [e] Both c

85

6.

Choose odd one

[a]

[b]

[c]

7. Choose correct option

[d]

[a] Commellina has parallel wentaion

11. Developing seeds are attached to fruit

by

[a] Gloriosa

[b] Muliathi

[c] Aloe [d] Belladona

[b] Quiscalis has parallel mentat on

[a] Scar called hilum [b] Pore called hilum

[:3] Both 'a' and 'b'[d] Neither 'a' nor 'b'

[c] Micropyle

08. Choose wrong option

[a] Asparagusstorage

Root

modification

for

09.Match the following

[i] Mustard , Brinjal

[a] Epigynous

[ii] Peach, Plum

[b]Hypogynous

[iii] Guava and Cucumber [c] Perigynous

[a]

i-c

li-a

[b]

i-P ii-a iii-c

[c]

i-c

ii-b

[d]

b ii-c

iii-a

[a]

Muliathi Solanaceae

Medicine

[b]

Arhar Fabaceae

Pulse

[c]

Petunia Liliaceae

Ornamentals

iii-a

Vegetables -

[a] 'a' and 'c'

[b] 'c' and 'd'

[c] 'b' and d

(d] 'b' and 'a'

13. Foliaceous stipule is present in

[c]

Colichicum autumnale

[d]

Atropa belladorna

14. Label the diagram

[i]China rose

---Moncadelphous

[ii]Pea ---

Poiyadelphous

[iii]Citrus

---- Diadelphous
ii

[d]
Allium cepa Liliaceae

[a] Pillium cepa [b] Pisum sativam

10. Sate true or false

[e] None

12. Choose correct combination

[b] Ginger- Stem modification for storage

[c] Rhizophora- Pneutophore for water
absorption
[d] None

[d] Funicle

iii

[a] a- Seed coat. b- Endosperm, cCotyledons, d - H i l i u m , e - C a r u n c l e

[b] a- Seed coat, b- Cotyledon, c- Endosperm, dCaruncle, e-Hilium

[c] a- Endosperm . b- Seed coat, Ccotyledam, d- Hilium. e- Plumulea

[d] a. - Endosperm, b. Seed coat.
Cotyledoru,d- Hilium, e- Radicle

c-

15. Match the following

86

Column I
i.Pea
ii. Orange
iii. Cactus
iv. Watermelon

Column II
a) Spines
b) Tendrils
c) Thorns
d) Leaf modification
e) Stem modification

a) (i) (b) [d] ii)-[b]-[e] iii)-[c]-[e] iv [a] [d]

b) [i] [b] ii]-[c] [e] iii)[b] [d] iv [a] [e]
c) i)-[a]-[e] ii)[b]-[e] iii)-[c]-[d] iv [c] [d]
d) i) [b] [d] ii) [c] [e] iii-[a] =[d] iv [b]
[e]
16. Read the statements and choose the
correct ones:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)

Leaves develops at the node & it

develops from primary meristems
'Quiscalis' shows retizulate venation
'Bougainvillea' shows opposite phyllotaxy
Lawsonia' exhibit Pinnately compound Leaves
'Commellina benghalensis' Shows reticulate
venation
[a] (i), (ii) & (iii)
[b] (i),(ii),& (iv)
[c] (ii), (iii) & (iv)

[d] (i), (ii) & (v)

[a] Petunia [b] Tulip [c] Aloe

21.
eea-) This mode of arrangement of
sepals
or petals is seen in
[a] Calotropis

[b] Pea

[c] Cassia

[d] Cotton

22. (1) Polyadelphous Salvia

(ii)

Syncarpous Tomato

(iii)

Hypogynous Guava flower

(iv)

Perigynous

in the figure is
[a] Acropetal
[c] Centripetal

[b] Basipetal
[d] Can be any of these

18. I have a superior Ovary, which is one .

chambered but becomes two chambered by
a false septum. My carpels are fused too'
Who am I?

(i i)
(iii)
(iv)

[a] Tomato

[b] Mustard

[c] Primrcse

[d] Brinjal

Rose

Find out the correct & wrong Matches

[a]

(i), (HO true but Oh (iv) false

[b]

(ii), (iv) true but (i),(iii) false

[c]

(i), (ii)-true but (iii), (iv) false

[d]

(ii), (ill) true but (i), (iv) false

23. In plants like

The order of succession shown

[d] Lupin

the lateral branch

originate from basal & underground

portion
of
main
stem,
grow
horizontally beneath the soi and come
out obliquely"
Fill in the above blank
[a] Grass & Strawberry [b] Banana &
Pineapple
[c] Mint & Jasmine [d]
Eichhornia

Pistia

&

24. The part of the root, actively

involved in water and mineral
absorption:

19. (I) Persistent calyx Solanaceae

[a] Branching and conducting reg'on

A nt ip h yl iou s
Liliaceae
Foliacious stipule Liliaceae
Berry fruit
Solanaceae
Choose the Correct Matches
[a] (i), (ii)& (iv)
[b] (ii), (iii)& (iv)

[b] Region of maturation

[c] (ii),(iii)& (iv)

25. Choose the plant in which the tap

roots gets swollen and store food:

20.odd one out

[d] (i)& (iv) only

[c]Region of elongation
[d] Region of meristematic activity

87

[a] Carrot
potato

[b]

Turnips

[c]

Sweet

[d] Asparagus[e] Both a and b

26. In Monocotyledonous plants, the
primary root is short lived and is
replaced by a large number of roots.
These roots originate from the base of
the stem and constitute:

32. In plants like Bougainvillea and Citrus, the

axillary buds get modified into woody, straight
and pointed structures called:
[a] Thorns

[d] Hooks - Cat's nail

[c] Prickles

[e] Stinging hairs

33. In Silk cotton, the leaflets are attached at a

common point, ie at the tip of the petiole, such a
leaf is called:

[a] Fasciculated roots [b] Stilt roots

[a] Reduced

[c] Prop roots

[c]

[d] Fibrous root system

[b] Spines

[b] Simple

Pinnately compounc - Neem

[e] Tap root system

[d]
Palmately compound
Decompound

27. The root modification found in Banyan tree:

[a] Aerial roots [b] Prop roots [c] Buttress roots Kapok [d] Supporting roots

34. Select the set of plants in which the

phyilotaxy is whorled:

[e] Aerial supporting roots

[a]

China rose, Mustard, Sunflower

28 The stems of Maize and Sugarcane have

supporting roots coming out of the lower nodes,
called

[b]

Calotropis, Eupatorium

[c]

Guava, Quisqualis

[a] Stilt roots

[d]
Poiyathia, Annona
Alstonia

[b] Prop roots

[c] Velamen roots [d] Photosynthetic roots

[e] Haustoria
29.
In some plants like Rhizophora and
Heritiera growing in swampy areas, many roots
come out of the ground and grow vertically
upwards, such roots are called:
[a] Pneumatophores [b] Pneumatoihodes [c]
Haustoria [d] Assimilatory roots [e] Tubercu'ar
roots

[e]

[e]

Nerium,

35. The ovary is inferior in:

[a]
Hypogynous flower - China rose &
Bringjal
[b]
Perigynous flower
Peach

- Plum, Rose,

[c]
Epigynous flower
Cucumber

Guava,

[d]

Achiamydeous flower - Piper

30.
In which of the following plants, fcod
materials are stored in the underground stems:

[e]

Intersexual flower

[a]

Ginger and Turmeric

36. Calyx, which is retained along with the fruit

as in members of Solanaceae :

[b]

Zamikand and Colocasia

[c]

Potato [d] Sugarcane [e] All except d

31. Green photosynthetic stems of unlimited

growth with many nodes and internodes, as
found in Casuarina (Cylindrical). Opuntia
(Flattened) and Euphorbia are called:

[a] Pappus

[b] Persistent [c] Accrescent

[d] Deciduous [e] Caducous

37. Observe the diagram and point out the type
of aestivation of petals in Fabaceae

[a] Phylloclades [b] Cladodes

[c] Phyllodes

[d] Succulents [e] Stolons

[a] Valvate

[b] Twisted

88

[c] Imbricate

[d] Vexillary

38. Scrutinize the diagram and point out the

placentation (the arrangement of ovules within
the ovary) fournd in China rose, Tomato and
Lemon.

[a] Marginal
[c]
[d]
[e]

Eg. Pea

[e] Both b & c - Fodder

43. Select the floral formula of an actinomorphic,
bisexual, isomerous, epigynous flower with five
united sepals, five united petals, five epipetalous
stamens and five united carpels With inferior
ovary.

[b] Axile

Parietal
Eg. Argemone
Free central Eg. Dianthus
Basal
Eg. Sunflower
39. Pick out the false statement :

[a]

Fruit formed with out fertilization is

called parthenocarpic fruit.
[b]
The fruit wall is called pericarp, may be dry or
fleshy.
[c]
When the pericarp is thick and fleshy as in
Mango, it is differentiated into an outer thin
epicarp, middle fleshy mesocarp and the
inner hard endocarp Drupe
[d]
Due to the presence of hard and stony
endocarp, drupes are called, stone fruits,
[e]
The edible part of Coconut is the fibrous
mesocarp,
40. The type of fruit, produced by members of
Fabaceae:

44. In Australian Acacia which part of leaf is

modified for photosynthesis
[a] Spines [b] Petiole [c] Lamina [d] Leaf blade
45. The inflorescence apex modified in to a flower
is found in
[a] Racemose
[b] Cymose

[c] Mixed

[d] All

46. Find out flower with bilateral symmetry

[a] Mustard

[b] Gulmohr

[c] Chilli

[d] Datura

47. The flower cannot be divided in to two similar

halves by any vertical plane passing through the
centre, then the flower is known as
[a] Regular flower

[b] Actinomorphic flower

[a]

Achene - Boerhaavia

[c] Symmetrical flower [d] irregular flower

[b]

Cypsela - Marigold, formed from G -

[c]
Caryopsis - Wheat [d] Nut - Anacardium
[e] Legume

48. The flower of which plant has the

margin of thalamus grows upward enclosing
the ovary completely and getting fused with it, the
other parts of flower arise above the ovary

41. Which of the following is wrongly matched?

[a] Plum & Rose

[a]

Mango-Edible mesccarp

[c] Brinjal & Cucumber [d] Cucumber & Guava

[b]

Gram-Endospermous

49. The ray florets of sunflower is

[c]

Pisum-Papilionaceous corolla

[a] Hypogynous [b] Epigynous

[d]

Asparagus-Vegetable

[c] Perigynous [d]Epigynous or Hypogynouse

[e]

Tobacco-Fumigatory

50. Match the items in column A with Column B

42. One of the following is a fibre yielding plant

of the family Fabaceae.
[a] Indigofera tinctoria
[c] Trifolium

[b] Sesbania

[d] Crotalaria juncea Sunhemp

a
b
c
d

Column A
Valvate
Twisted
Imbricate
Vexillary

[b] Peach & Mustard

1
2
3
4

Column B
Cotton
Cassia
Pisum
Calotropis

89

[a] a-1, b-4, c-2, d-3

[b] a-4, b-1, c-2, d-3

[c] a-4, b-1, c-3, d-2

[d] a-4. b-3, c-2, d-1

[b]
[c]

Asparagus racemoses
Solanum nigrum [d] Nicctiana tabaccum
59. Which of the following pairs are matched
correctly and wrongly?

[ a]
[b]
[c]
[d]
[e]
[a]
[b]
[c]
[d]

Co lch icum
- Solanceae
Withania
- Belladona
Ashwagandha - Atropa
Tobacco
- Solanceae
Tulip
-Ornamental plant
a, b & c correct and d, e wrong
a, b, c wrong and d & e correct
a & b wrong and C, d, e correct
b, d,& e correct and a, c wrong
60. Epiphyllous stamens and syncarpous pistil
with exile palcentation are found in

51. Which one is correct?

[a]
[b]

Mustard and Tomato contains syncarpous pistil

Apocarpous pistil is present in Lotus and
Rose
[C] False septum or replurn is present in ovary of
Mustard and Argemone
[d] In Dianthus and Primrose the placentation is
free central
[e] The placentation is basal in Asteraceae
[a] d, c& e

[ip] b, c & e

[c] c, d,& e

[d] All the above

52. When the ovules are borne on central axis and

septa are absent, then the placentaion is

[d] All

61. The pistil of solanaceae can be best defined as

[a] Bicarpellary syncarpous superior ovary with many
ovules on swellon and exile placenta

[a] Marginal

[b] Axile

[c] Parietal

[d] Free central

[ID] Bicarpellary syncarpous inferior ovary with

many ovules on swellon, oblique and axile
placenta

[a] Seedless fruit

[b] Sterile pistil

[c] Tricarpellary syncarpous superior ovary with

many ovules on swellon, oblique and axile
placenta

[c] Fertile stamen

[d] Sterile stamen

53. Staminode is a

54. Cotyledons are fleshy and full of reserve in

[d] Bicarpellary, syncarpous, superior, obliquely

placed ovary with many ovules on swellon and
exile placenta

[a] Castor & Coconut

1bl Gram & Beans

62. Persistent and acrescent calyx is found in

[c] Pea & Ground nut

[d] Both b & c

[a] Liliaceae

55. The shield shaped cotyledons of monocot

Is
[a] Scutellum
[c] Coleorhiza

[b] Coleoptiles
[d] Aleuron layer

56. A pea with leaves modified in to tendril is

[a] Dolichos lablab

[b] Arachis hypogea

[c] Ciecer arictinum

[d] Pisum sativum

57. Indigo dye is extracted from a plant called

[a] Sesbania

[b] Glycirhizia

[c] Indigofera

[d] Trifoliurn

58. The botanical name of Makoi plant is

[a]

[a] Solanum [b] Allium [c] Pisum

Colchicum autumnal

[b) Fabaceae

[c] Solanaceae [d] Asteraceae

63. In the monocotyledonous seeds the
endosperm is separated from the emb-yo by a
distinct layer
known as: [a] Testa

[b] Neurone layer

[e] Tegmen [d] Scutellum

[e] Coleoptiles

64. Which of the following represents the floral

characters of Liliaceae?
[a]
Six tepals, zygomorphic, six stamens,
bilocular ovary, exile placentation
[b]
Tetramerous,
polyphyllous,
unilocula'
placentation

actinorrorphic,
ovary,
axile

[c]
Trimerous,
actinomorphic,
polyandrous, superior ovary, exile placentation

90

[d]

Bisexual,
zygomorphic,
gamophyllous,

[b]

inferior ovary, marginal placentatior

[e]
Unisexual, actinomorphic,
inferior ovary, exile placentation

trilocular.

65. The botanical name of soyabean is:

[a] Cajanus cajan

[b] Glycine max

[c] Glycyrrhiza glabra [d] Abrus precatorius [e]

Dolichos lablab
66. Match the items in Column - I with Column
- II and choose the correct alternative:
Column - I
Column - II
1.
Tubercular storage [a] Turnip
2. Pneumatophores
3. Haustoria
4. Stilt root
5. Tap root tuber

[b] Rhizophora
lc) Asparagus
[d] Viscum
je] Maize

[a] 1- b, 2- c, 3- d, 4 - e, 5 a
c] 1- c, 2- a, 3- b, 4 - e, 5 - d

The outer integument of the ovule develops

into tegmen
[c]
The fusion nucleus (trple nucleus)
develops into endosperm
[d]
The ovule develops into seed
[e]
The ovary develops into fruit
69. Which of the following is not a characteristic
feature of Fabaceae?
[a]Descendingly imbricate, ten stamens,
diadelphous, ovary superior
[b]Sepals five, gamosepalous, imbricate
aestivation, pacentation marginal
[C] Monocarpellary, ovary superior, style
long, slightly bent at the apex
[d]Zygomorphic
flowers,
diadelphous
stamens, many ovules
[e]Corolla five petals, polypetalous, anterior
one large and outermost
70. Which of the followi-ig groups of plants
are
propagated through
underground root?
[a]Bryophyllum & kalanchoe
[b]Ginger, potato, onion & zamikand
[c]Pistia, chrysanthemum & pineapple
[d]Sweet potato, asparagus, tapioca &
dahlia
[e]Agave, wild jam & oxalis
71. Match the following:
[a] Basal

[d) 1- e, 2- d,3- e,4 - b, 5-a

[e] 1- c, 2- b, 3d, 4 - e, 5-a
[b] 1- c, 2- d, 3- e, 4 -a, 5 b
67. Match the Column - 1 with Column - II and
choose the correct answers:

[a]
[b]
[c]
[d]
[e]

[a]

Column 1
Column 11
[a] Coleorhiza
1. grapes
[b]
Food
storing 2. mango
tissue
[d] Single seeded fruit 4. radicle
developing
from
monocarpellary superior
ovary
[e] Membranous seed 5.endosperm
coat
a - 3. b - 1, c - 4, d - 2, e - 5
a - 4, b - 2, c - 5, d - 1, e - 3
a - 5, b - 1, G - 3, d - 4, e - 2
a - 1, b - 3, c 2, d - 5, e - 4
a - 4, b - 5, c - 1, d - 2, e 3
68. Identify the wrong statements regarding
post-fertilisation development:
The ovary wall develops into pericarp

[a]
[b]
[c]
[d]
[e]

1. Ovule from
the margin
[b] Parietal
Ovule from the
[C] Free-central
Ovule
from
the periphery
[d] Marginal
Ovule from the
centre of unicellular
a - 3, b - 2, c - 1, d - 4
a - 1, b - 2, c - 3, d - 4
a - 2, b - 3, c - 4, d - 1
a - 4, b - 2, c 1, d - 3
a - 4, b - 2, c - 3, d 1
72. The leaves are modified into tendrils,
thorn, pitcher and bladder in the
following plants respectively

[a]

Sweet
pea,
citrus,
Nepenthes,
Utricularia
[b]
Sweet
pea,
Citrus,
Utricularia,
Nepenthes
[c]
Nepenthes,
Citrus,
Sweet
pea,
Utricularia
[d]
Nepenthes,
Sweet
pea,
Citrus,
Utricularia
[e]
Utricularia, Nepenthes, Citrus, Sweet
pea
73. Observe the given floral diagram and
choose

91

the suitable
followings:

[a] ',/0 K5C5G1

floral

formula

from

the

[e]

Tripinnately compound

78. In maize grain the part which

contains proteins is: [a] Scutellum [b]
Endosperm

[b] % 1K65C5A10 Ga)

[C]9'0KL5)C 1.2+(2) A(9).1

[d]
[e]

% K5C1.2+(2)Apei
% T.K(5)C5A.(9),, go)
74. Identify in order the plants showing
alternate, opposite and whorled phyllotaxy

[a]
[b]
[c]
[d]
[e]

China rose, Calotropis and Alstonia

China rose, Alstonia and Calotropis
Alstonia, China rose and Calotropis
Alstonia, Calotropis and China rose
Calotropis. Alstonia and China rose
75. Drupes are called stony fruits
because they have:
[a] Hard epi and mesocarp [b] Hard
mesocarp
[c] Hard meso and endocarp[d] Hard
epicarp [e] Hard endocarp
76. Match the items given under column
1 with the items to which they belong
given under column II. Choose the
answer, which gives the correct
combinations of the alphabets
Column
I
Plant Name
[a] Sesbania

Column
II
Family Name
p.
Liliaceae
_ g . F o d d e r

[d] Moong
[e] Obligue ovary

s. Solanaceae
t. Atropa

[c] Aleurone layer [d] Radicle [e]

Plumulq.
79.
Identify
the
types
of
the
arrangement of petals shown in the
following diagrams

[a] a-imbricate, b-Valvate,c- Twisted,

d Vexillary
[b]a- Twisted, b-Vexillary,c-Imbricate,d- Valvate
[a]
a - V a l v a t e , b-Twisted,
d-Vexillary
[c] a-Vexilary,b-Twisted,
Imbricate

c-

c-Imbricate,
Valvate,

d-

[ d ] a - - V a l v a t e , b-Vexillary,c-lrnbricate,
d-Twisted

[a] 1. Coleorhiza, 2. Radicle, 3. Plumule 4.

Coleoptile, 5. Scutellum, 6. Endosperm. 7.
Aleurone layer, 8. Fused pericarp and testa
[b] 1_ Plumule, 2. Coleorhiza, 3. Radicle,

77. Leaf in Bombax belongs to this type:

[a] Trifoliate palmate [b]
palmate

Quadrifoliate

4. Coleoptile, 5, Endosperm. 6. Scutellum, 7.

Aleurone layer, 8. Fused pericarp and testa
[C] 1. Scutellum, 2. Coleoptile, 3. Fused
pericarp and testa 4. Radicle, 5. Coleorhiza,
Plumule 7. Endosperm, 8. Aleurone layer,

[C] Unipinnately compound

[d]

Multifoliate compound

[d]
1. Plumul [e] 2. Fused pericarp and
testa, 3. Radicle, 4. Coleoptile, 5. Scutellum, 6.
Endosperm, 7.Aleurone layer, 8.Coleorhiza,

92

[e]
1. Coleorhiza, 2.Endosperm 3. Plumule
4. Coleoptile, 5. Scutellum, 6. Radicle.

[c] Brinjal & Cucumber [d] Cucumber &

Guava [el Solanum and Guava

7. Aleurone layer, 8. Fused pericarp and testa

88. In family solanaceae the flower is

81. Observe the diagrams of different types of

placentation given below and write the name of
each placentation

[a]
Hypogynous
Perigynous

[a] fVlarginal,[b] Axile, [c] Free-central, [d]

Parietal,[e] Basal

[d]

[b]

Epigynous

[c]

Epigynous or Hypogynouse

[e]

[b]
[a]Basal, [b]Free-central, [c]Axile, [d]
Parietal, [e] Marginal,
[c][a] Free-central, [b] Marginal, [c] Axile,
[d]Basal, [e] Parietal
[d] [a] Parietal, [b], [c]Free-central, Axile [d]
Marginal, [e] Basal
[e][a] Axile, [b] Parietal, [c] Free-central, [di
Marginal, [e] Basal
82.To which family does Asparagus belong?
[a] Liliaceae [b] Solanaceae [c] Fabaceae
[d] Leguminosae [e] None
83.Write the name of the following family
which has the floral formula

[a] Solanaceae
Liliaceae

[b]

Fabaceae

[d] Leguminosae

[e] None

[C]

Hypogynous or Perigynous
89. Which one is false?
[a]

In Lilly the stamens are epiphyllous

[b]

In Brinjal stamens are ep petalous

[c]
In
peas
diadelphous

[e]
In
Mustard
the
tetradynamons
and
in
didynamons

[a] Lupinus [b] Aliium[c] Pea [d] Muliathi

[b]

85.
In gourds and grapevines stem is
modified into

[c]
Root hairs
Maturation

[a] Thorns

[b] Tendrls [c] Phyloclade

[d] Cladode

[e] Phyllode

[d]
Sweet potato
Adventitious root

86.
Find
symmetry

out

[a] Mustard

[b] Gulmohr

radial

[e] Cassia

87. The flower of which plant has the

ovary completely inferier and the other
parts of flower arise above the ovary
[a] Plum & Rose

stamen
salvia

is
it

[b] Peach & Mustard

Stilt root

Adventitious

root

Maize

Region

of

modification
[e]

[c] Pea [d] Caesalpinia

are

90. Which is wrongly matched?

[a]
Turnip
modification

with

stamens

[d]
In Salvia and Mustard the length of
all stamens are same

84.
Pick up the odd one from Lupinus,
Allium, Pea, Muliathi

flower

the

Sucker Chrysanthemum

91. A lateral branch with short stout inter

node is found in
[a] Oxalis

[b] Grass

[c] Pistia

[d] Strawberry [e] Banana

92. Find the correct match
[a]

Mustard plant : Leaves are opposite

93

[b]
Mustard
alternate

plant

[c]
Guava plant
alternate
[d]

Leaves
Leaves

are
are

Guava plant : Leaves are whorled

93. Which of the following is not correctly

paired
[a]

Fabaceae

: Legume family

[b]

Solanaceae

: Potato family

[c]

Liliaceae:

:Sunflower family

[d]

Brassicaceae : Mustard family

94. Which of the following is not a

characteristic feature of Fabaceae ?
[a]Descendingly
stamens,

imbricate,ten

[c] Agava Bulbils [d] Penicillium

Conidia 98 The "Eyes" of the potato tuber
are:
[a] Flower buds

[b] Shoot buds

[c] Axillary buds

[d] Root buds

99.

Flowers are Zygomorphic in:

[a] Gulmohar[b]
Mustard
100.
of:

Tomato[c]

Datura

[d]

The ovary is half inferior in flowers

[a] Cucumber [b] Cotton

[c] Guava

[d] Peach

101. Wich one of the follwing diagrams

represents the placentration in dianthus?

diadeiphous, ovary superior

[b]Sepals
five,
imbricate

gamosepalous,

aestivation, placentation marginal

[c]
Monocarpellary. ovary superior,
style long, slightly bent at the apex

102.

A drupe develops in

[a] Wheat [b] Pea [c] Tomato [d] Mango

[d]
Zygomorphic flowers, diadeiphous
stamens, many ovules

103. Which of the following is wrongly

matched?

[e]
Corolla five petals, polypetalous,
anterior one large and outermost

[a] Indigofera -

Dye

[b] Sesbania -

Fodder

[c] Petunia

Fumigatory

[d] Aloe

95. Sweet potato is homologous to:

[a] Colocasia [b] Ginger
[c] Turnip

[d] Potato

96. Whorld, simple leaves with reticulate

venation are present in:
[a] Neem

[b] China rose

[c]Alstonia

[d] Calotropis

[e] Asparagus -

Medicine
Vegetable

104. Which one of the following floral

formula represents the mustard plant?

97. Which one of the following pairs is

wrongly matched while the remaining
three are correct?
[a] Water hyacinth Runner
[b] Bryophyllum Leaf buds

'104. Which one of the following floral

formula represents the mustard plant?

94

105. Whorled
found in
[a] Mustard

type of phyllotaxy is

[b] China rose [c] Guava

[a] Aleurone layer

[d] Calotropis [e] Alstonia

106. Which of these is an example for
zygomorphic
flower
with
imbricate
arestivation?
[a] Calotropis [b] Mustard
[d] Cassia

109. The monocotyledonous seed consists

of one large and shield shaped cotyledon
known as:

[c] Canna

[c] Coleptile

[b] Scutellum

[d] Hilum

110. Keel is characteristic of the flowers

of:
[a] Gulmohur [b] Cassia [c] Calotropis

[e] Cucumber

[d] Bean

107.

[e] Coleorhiza

111. The technical term used for the

androecium in a lower of China rose
[Hibiscus rosasinensis] is
[a] Monoadelphous [b] Diadeiphous
[c] Polyandrous

In the diagram of types of placentation

given above 'a', lbl,'c' and 'd', respectively
represent
[a]
Basal,
central
[b]
Axile

Axile,Parietal

and

Free

Free central, parietal, basal and

[c]
Axile,
central

Basal,

Parietal

and

free

[c] Polyadelphous

112. The scutellurn observed in a grain of

wheat or maize is comparable to which
part of the seed in other monocotyledons?
[a] Cotyledon [b] Endosperm
[c] Aleurone layer

[d] Plumule

113, Ovary is half - inferior in the flowers

of:
[a] Guava [b] Plum[c] Brinjal[d] Cucumber

[d]
Parietal, Axile, free central and
Basal

114. In unilocular ovary with a single ovule

the Placentation is:

[e]
Axile, Free central , Basal and
parietal

[a] Marginal

108. Consider the following statements.

[c] Free Central

[a] In racemose inflorescence the flowers

are borne in a basipetal order

115. The constituent of thick pericarp of

fleshy fruits

[b] Epigynous flowers are seen in rose

plant

[a] Mesocarp [b] Endocarp

[c] In brinjal the ovaray is superior

[d] Axile

[d] Physiology

116. Veins in are useful for

Of these statements:

[a] Transport of water and minerals

[a]

[a] and [b] are true but [C] is false

[b]

[a] and [b] are false but [c] is true

[c]

[a], [b] and [c] are false

[d]
[a], [b] and [c] are true
None

[c] Epicarp

[b] Basal

[5] Mechanical support

[c]

Transpert of organic food material

[d]

All the above

[e]

95

117. When pericarp is fused with festa and

the fruit Contains a single seed, it is called
[a] Caryopsis [5) Achene
[c] Cypsela

[c]

Gloriosa

Fabaceae

[d]

Trifolium

Llliaceae

[e]

Sesbania

Solanaceae

[d] CapsLle

118, A fruit developed from hypanthodium

inflorescence is called:
[a] Caryopsis [b] Hesperidium
[c] Sorosis

[d] Syconus

119. The floral formula 0 Ki51 C5} A5 G[2]

is that of

123. Match the following and choose the

correct

[a] Tobacco

[15]3Tulips

Combination from the potiom given below;

[c) Soybean

[d] Sunnhemp

120. An example of exile placentation is :

[a] Marigold

fib] Argerone

[c] Dianthus

[d] Lemon

121. Study of the following statements

and choose the correct option:
[a] Buds are present in the axil of leaflets
of the compound leaf.
[b] Pulvinus leaf- base is present in some
leguminous plants
lc] In Alstonia, the petioles expand
become green and synthesise food.
[d] Opposite phyllotaxy is seen in guava.
[a]
b and d are correct but a and c are
wrong.
[b]
a and c are correct but b and c are
wrong
[c]
a and d are correct but b and c are
wrong
[d]
b,c and d are correct but a is
wrong.
[e]
a and lo are correct but c and d are
wrong.
122. Select the correctly matched pair:
[a]

Colchinum autumnale Solanaceae

[b]

Petunia

ColumnI
Placentation

Column II

[1] Dianthus
ffi
l B a s a l [ 2 ]
P e a
[biFree
central
Parietal
[d]
Axile
[4] Marigold
_Marginal
[5] Argemone
.

[a]

a - 1, b - 2, c - 3, d - 4, e - 5

[b]

a - 2, b - 3, c - 4, d - 5, d 1

[c]

a - 4, b - 1, c - 5, d - 3, e - 2

[d]

a - 4, b - 3, c - 5, d - 1, e - 2

[e]

a 5, b - 4, c - 3, d - 2, e - 1

124. The plant having monoadelphous

stamens and axle placentation is:
[a] Lemon

[b] Pea[c] Tomato

[d] Cucumber [e] China rose

125 Which of the following plants gave
long slender and coiled stem tendrils
developed from axillary buds?
[a]

Grapevine and punpkins

[b]

Australian acacia and watermelon

[c]

Bougainvillea and cucumber

[d]

Strawberry and grapevine

[e]

Alstonia and pumpkins

126. Select the correct statements:

Solanaceae

96

[a] From the region of elongation, some of

the epidermal cells form root hairs.
Pneumatophores are seen in Rhizophora
[c]
Adventitous roots are seer in the
banyan tree.
[d]
Maize and sugarcane have prop
roots. [a] a and d only
[b] a, c and d
only
[c] c and d only [d] b and c only
[e]

d Vexillary.
[e) a - Valvate,
Imbricate,

Twisted,

d - Vexillary,

a,b and d only.

127. Match the following columns:

Column I
Stem Modifications

a - Valvate. b
Vexillary,c - Twisted,
d - Imbricate.
[c]
a - Vexillary, b - Imbricat[e] c -Twisted,
d - Valvate
[d] a - Valvate, b - Imbricate, c Twisted
[b]

Column II

Found in

129. Which of the following plants has the

floral characters like zygomorphic flower,
vexillary
aestivation.
diadelphous
androecium and marginal placentation?
[a] Pisum

[b] Belladonna [c] Brinjal

[d] Asparagus [e] Aloe

[a] Underground stem

[1] Euphorbia

[b] Stem tendril

[2] Opuntia

[c] Stem thorns

[3] Potato

[4] Citrus
[cl] Flattened
[e] Fleshy cylindrical stern

[5] Cucumber

130. From the options given below, find out

the correct floral formula for a flower having
the
following
characters
namely
actinomorphic, bisexual, five united sepals,
five
united
petalsistamens
five
and
epipetalous, bicarpellary, syncarpous with
superior ovary: [a) .0 K (5) C (5) A5 g (2)
[b] e

K (5) C (5) As g (2)

[C] 9

K (5) C (5) A (5) ( (2)

[a]

a - 1, b- 2, c - 3, d - 5, e - 4

[d]

K (5) C (5) A (5)G (2)

[b]

a - 2, b - 3, c - 4, d -5, e - 1

[e]

O K (5) C (5) A5 A5 G (2)

[c]

a - 3, b - 4, c - 5, d - 1, e - 2

[d]

a - 3, b - 5, c - 4, d - 2, e - 1

131, The technical term used for the

androecium in a flower of China rose
(Hibiscus rosasinensis) is

[e]

a - 5, 5 - 3, c - 4, d - 1, e - 2

[a] Monadelphous

[b] Diadelphous

[c] Polyandrous

[d] Polyadelphous

128. The following diagrams represent the

types of aestivation in corolla. Identify the
correct combination of labeling:

132. The constituent of thick pericarp of

fleshy fruits
[a] mesocarp [b] endocarp
[c] Epicarp

[d] All the above

133. Veins in the leaves are useful for

[a]

a - Valvate, 5 - Twisted, c - Vexillary,

d - Imbricate.

[a]

transport of water and minerals

[b]

Mechanical support

97

[C] Transport of organic food material

[a) Epipetalous and episepelous

[d] all the above

[b] Epiphyllous and epipetalous

134.
Green
leaf-like
modified
aerial
stems/brancjes with a single internode are
called

[c] Monoadelphous and diadeiphous

[d] Adnate and polyadelphous
[e] Both a and c

[a] Bulbils

[b] Cladodes

[c] Phyliociades

[d] Phyllodes

135. L.S of two flowers shows two types of

ovaries, One is supervisor and the other is
inferior. Name the type of flower based on
this
[a]

Hypogynous & Epigynous

[b]

Perigymous & Epigynous

[c]

Epigynaous & Perigynous

[d]

Hypogynous & Perigynaous

[e]

Perigynaous & Hypogynase

136. Floral formula of a plant is given below,

Name the plant

140. 22 stamens with short and 4 with

long filaments are seen in flowers of
[a] Pea
[d] Calatropis

[b] Lilly [c] Datura

[e] Mustard

141. An example for basal placenta is

[a] Dianthus
[d] Sunflower

[b] Mustard [c] Pea

[e] Both a and d

142. Floral diagram and floral formula are

explaining information regarding number,
arrangement and relation of the floral parts.
Which of the following are not available only
from a floral formula without the help of F.D?
[a] Number of carpels [b] Number of locules

FE 7 K151 C1+2+121 A{91+1 G-1

[c] Position of G

[a] Solanum DA Asparagus

[e] Both b and d

[c] Pisum

143. Didynamous and

conditions are seen in

[d] Gloriosa [e] Lycopersicium

137. Match the following

Column A
a Eichhornia
b Zamikand
c Euphorbia
d Neem
e Silk - cotton
f Garlic
aPfas2_pne
8
h

1
2
3
4
5
6

Column B
Green stem
Pinnate leaves
Fleshy_leaves 1
Leaf tendrils
_j
Tuff of roots
I
Palmate leaf
J
Underground stern_i
False fruit
J

138. One of the following is 'asymmetric

flower' [a] Datura [b] Canna [c] Chilli
[d] Gulmohar

[e] Cassia

139. Stamen of lilly and brinjal are attached

on their petal. They are termed respectrively
as

[d] Aestivation

tetradynamous

[a] Ovary

[b] Stamens

[d] Corolla

[e] Perianth

[c) Calyx

144. Identify the F. F of solanaceae

145. Regarding solanacase

(1) Commonly called potato family
(2) Withania somnefera (Aswagandha)
belongs to this family
(4) Pacentation is axile

98

(5) Lycopersium esculentum belongs to

this family
a. if only 1,2 are true
b. If only 1,2,3,4 are true
c. If only 1,2,3,4,are true
d. If only 1,5 are true s
e. if all the above
146. Match the following
Column A
Column B
1.
Marginal
placentation
2.
Free
central
placentation
3.
Basal
placentation
4.
Parietal
placentation
5.Axile placentation

[a] Dianthus
Primerose
[b]
Lemon
Chinarose
[c] Pea

and

[d]Sunflower
Marigold
[e]Musturo
Ar_geMone

and

and

and

[a]
1 - d, 2- b, 3 - e, 4- a, 5-c
[b]
1 - a, 2 - b, 3 - c, 4 - d, 5-e
[C] 1-e
2- c
3-d
4-b
5-a
[d] 1-c
2-a
3-d
4-e
5-b

ANATOMYOF FLOWERING PLANTS

Anatomy :- Study of internal structure
Histology :- Study of tissues
TISSUES
Coined by N. Grew (1682). Group of cells
having common origin and function

A group of cells which are always in a

perpetual state of cell division.
CLASSIFICATION OF MERISTEM
I. Based on position :
[a] Apical meristem : Present in apices
of plant which include
[a]Root apex
[b]shoot apex(apical bud)
[b] Intercalary meristem : Left out parts
of apical meristem, between permanent
tissue Eg: Stern of wheat, Grasses,
Bamboo etc.
[c] Lateral meristem Brings about
Growth in girth in gymnosperms and
dicot.lt include cork
cambium and vascular cambium.
Based on Origin : 2 types
[a]Promeristem or Primordial meristem or
embryonic meristem - Meistem of embryo
[b]Primary - Apical and intercalary
meristem. Derived from meristem of
embryo (Promeristem) Eg:- Apical bud,
Axillary bud, Procambium, intercalary
meristem.
[c]Secondary
meristem
Formed
secondarily from permanent cells through
de differentiation.
Eg -1) Fascicular vascular cambium
2) Inter facicular cambial strips
3)Cork cambium
Difference between Primary
Secondary
Meristem

and

Primary

Secondary

1.Developed
from embryo
2.Tissue present
from
the
beginning

from
permanent
cells
formed later

3.No
permanent cells
dedifferentiation
are transformed
4.Growth in length growth in girth

Meristematic tissues

Permanent tisues
Cells which lost the capacity of division
either temporarily or permanently .Two
types- Simple permanent tissue and
Complex permanent tissue
I.Simple permanent tissue - parenchyma,
collenchyma, sclerencyma
a. Parenchyma

99

It is living .permanent tissue composed

of isodiametric cells which may be oval or
rounded or polygonal in snape, Cell wall is
made up of
cellulose.
They
are
connected
by
plasmodermata.
Function is storage, photosynthesis
and secretion.
2. Collenchyma
It occurs in layer below epidermis in dicot plant,
found in homogenous layer or in patches. Term
coined
by Schleiden (1838).Living mechanical tissue.
Wall is unevenly thickened and intercellular
spaces are absent. Thickening is due to pectin
and cellulose and hemicelluloses.
Functions
Mechanical support to young and growing
organs
Cholorophyll
containing
photosynthetic in function

collenchyma

are

3. Sclerenchyma
Consist of long, narrow-cell with thick and
lignified cell-wall. Dead mechanical tissue. Two
types namely fibres and sclerieds. The function is
mechanical support to plant organs.
1.Fibres : Elongated sclerenchyma with pointed
end.

1. Xylem fibre - contains bordered pits.

2.Phloem fibres - contains Simple pit.
Also called Bast fibres,
Sclereids (Stone cells)
They are thick walled, short, is diametric
or polyhedral or cylindrical sclerenchyma.
Simple pits present. Grit cells of apple,
pear, guava, sappota, stony endocarp of
drupe, seed coat of legume etc... are
made up of this different types
II.
Complex permanent tissue
Vascular tissues
Xylem
Term introduced by Nageli. The cells
present are known as xylem elements,
which include tracheids, vessels, xylem
fibres and parenchyma. The elements
involved in water conduction is known as
Tracheary element which include xylem
vessels (angiosperms) and tracheids
(gymnosperems)

1.Tracheids :
Elongated non living cells, with tapered
walls. It contain bordered pits (Sank),
1862). It is found in pteridophytes,
gymnosperms and angiosperms. Water
conduction lakes place from one tracheid
to the other through the bordered pits
present on the cell walls and end walls.
The end wall is not perforated like vessel.
Thickening
[a] Annular
[b] spiral
[c] Scalariform [d] Retticulate [e] Pitted
2.Vessels (Trachea)
Broad, elongated, cylindrical cells with
perforated ends. Found in angiosperms.
The lateral walls contain bordered pits.
Each cell is called vessel elements
(vessel members). Since the vessel
contains
large
number
of
vessel
elements,
it is known as syncytes. The perforation
plate may be simple or multiple.
3.Xylem fibres (wood fibres)
Central lumen is obliterated.
4.Xylem parenchyma
Xylem parenchyma in Primary xylem is
unlignified and primary.ln Secondary
xylem it is lignified and secondary.Simple
pits present. The function is storage of
starch and fat. Xylem parenchyma
belongs to two categories
1)Radial or Ray Parenchyma Radial
conduction is the function.
2)Axial
parenchyma

Longitudnal
conduction. Protoxylem : First formed
primary xylem. The cells are small
narrower, with primitive thickening namely
Annular or Spiral or 0Scalariorm
Metaxylem
: Larger, wider, with
reticulate and pitted thickening
Based on the position of protoxylem
Exarch -The protoxylem lies towards the
periphery and metaxylem towards the
centre. Eg: Root
Endarch - The
protoxylem lies towards
the centre and metaxylem towards the
periphery. Eg: Stem
Functions of xylem Conduction of water
and minerals
3)Mechanical support to plant parts
PHLOEM
Term coined by Nageli (1858) and its
elements discovered by Hartig (1837).
The phloem elements are
1)Sievecells or sieve tube elements

100

2)Companion cells or Albuminous cell .

3)Phloem parenchyma
4)Phloem fibres.
Haberlant (1914) has used the term
leptome for phloem.
Sieve
cells
:It
is
present
in
pteridophytes and gymnosperms. Similar
to tracheids.Here albuminous cells are
present and companion cell absent.
Sieve tube :- Made up of sieve tube
elements similar to vessels. Sieve plates
are present on lateral wall and end wall.
Two types of sieve plate Simple sieve
plate. eg: Cucurbita
Compound sieve plate. eg: Grapevine,
Apple Connecting strand covered by
callose pass through sieve pore, Sieve
tube is living cell but without nucleus and
mitochondria. It contains P-proteins and
callose which may plug the sieve pores
when wounded. Lignin absent.
Companion cells :- Living parenchyma
associated with sieve tube in origin,
function
and
position.
Control
the
conduction of food in sieve tube.
Albuminous
cells
(straburger
cells)
present in gymnosperms. Sieve tube and
companion cells are connected by pits.
Companion cells maintains pressure
gradient in sieve tube.
Phloem parenchyma
Radially elongated in phloem ray and
vertically elongated in the rest of phloem.
Function storage and lateral conduction
of food. Phloem parenchyma is absent in
most of the monocots and some
herbaceous
plants.
It
stores
food
materials and other substances like
resins, latex and mucilage.
Phloem fibres or Bast fibres : Pits are
simple or slightly bordered.
Eg :- Jute (Corchorus capsularis), Flax
(Linum usitatissimum), Hemp (cannabis
saliva)
Proto phloem First formed primary
phloem with narrow sieve tube.
Metaphloem- Later formed phloem with
bigger sieve tube
Difference between xylem and phloem
xylem
1.
Two
conducting

phloem
one,
typesOnly
elements

sieve

2 Three elementsOnly phloem fibre

dead
dead
Conduction of sap conduction
of organic

Conducting
elements
posses
lignified walls
Conducting
elements posses
thickening

Unlignified

Tracheary
elements
independent

Sieve
elements
requires
companion
cell
or
albuminous
cells
present in sieve tube.

7, Septa
absent in
Provides
mechanical support
Bulk of xylem
increases
with
secondary grovrth
.

thin
walled
without
thickening.

No
mechanical
strength
Not
increasing
because older one
gets
crushed

TISSUE SYSTEM
Three types tissues were identified by
sacks (1875) based on their position and
morphology. These are epidermal tissue
systems, ground or fundamental tissue
system and vascular or conducting
tissue system.
1. Epidermal tissue - The outer most
protective layer made up of parenchyma
which may be
[a] Uniseriate - single layered
lb]
Multiseriate - many layered
(multiple epidermis) eg : Neriurn leaf,
Peperornia stem, Valeman -opt etc...
Stem epidermis contains cuticle. In
some wax is present. eg Wax palnt In
Agave, wax occur below epidermis. Grass
epidermis
contain
silica
cells
and
bulliform cells (motor cells). Root
epidermis is Known as epiblema or
piliferous layer or rhizodermis, contains
root hairs and lack cuticle.
Stomata : Found in leaves, young stem,
sepals, petals, stamens, etc. The number
of stomata varies in different plants.
Stoma composed of two bean shaped
cells
called
Guard cells. Adjacent
parenchyma cells of Guard cells are the
subsidiary cells . Guard cells are bean

101

shaped in dicot dumb-bell shaped in

monocot. T h e s t o m a t a l a p e r t u r e ,
Guard
cells
and
surrounding
subsidiary cells are together called
stomata! apparatus
Epidermal Apparatus :
I.Trichomes:- Multicellular outgrowth of
epidermis. It may be branched or
unbranched. Some trichomes contains
glands at tip called secretary hairs.
Function :
Reduce transpiration and effects of
high temperature and light.

I) Conjoint :- Xylem and phloem in same

radius.
a) Collateral Phloem outside to xylem.
Two types
A.

Open a strip of cambium present

between xylem and phloem eg:Dicot
stem
B.
Closed cambium is absent.eg:
Monocot stem
b) Bicollateral vascular bundle
Phloem and cambium are found
outside
and
inside.
eg
:Cucurbitaceae
c) Concentric. Two types

II. Ground tissue system

Amphicribal (Hadrocentric) Xylem in

the centre, surrounded completely by
phloem eg :- Ferns

The tissues inside the epidermis and

outside the vascular strand is derived
from
periblem
and
partly
from
plerome.Contains 3 zones.
1.

2.

3.

Cortex Stem - The primary function is

protection and secondary function is
storage.It is heterogenous in nature.
Root - Primary function is storage and
secondary function is absorption and
translocation of water.
Pericycle
It lies between endodermis and vascular
bundles. Made up of parenchyma and
sclerenchyrna.
Pith and Medullary Rays
It is the central part of ground tissue,
made
up
or
parenchyma with or without intercellular
spaces.
In
dicot stem, large pith also extends
between V.3.5 in

2. Amphivasal (Leptocentric) phloem in

the centre, surrounded by xylem. eg:Poaceae
II) Radial:- Here xylem and phloem are
arranged on different radii.
Primary structure of dicot stem
1.

Epidermis Outer most protective

layer
contains rnulticellular trichomes. Cuticle
and stomata present.

2.

Cortex:Collenchymatous
hypodermis. Chloroplast present in
some cells.
Parenchymatous general cortex
Endodermis also called starch sheath.

3.

the form of narrow, parenchymatous

structure called medullary rays.
Function - Storage
4.

Mesophyll A part enclosing the

epidermis is called mesopyll.It is the
ground tissue of the leaves.In dicot
leaves the pallisade tissue contains large
amount of chloroplast.In monocots the
mesopyll is homogenous. Vascular
Bundles The xylem and phloem
together constitute vascular bundles

4.
5.
6.
1.
2.

Pericycle - In the form semilunar

patches of S c l e r e n c h y m a
above
v a s c u l a r b u n d l e s a n d parenchyma
between vascular bundles.
Vascular bundles: V.B.s conjoint,
collateral, endarch and open
Medullary
ray
Slightly
large
parenchyma which are polygonal in
outline without intercellular space.
Pith:
Parenchyma
with
intercellular
spaces
Prim ary
s t ruct ure of Monocot Stem
Epidermis - Thick cuticle and with few
stomata. Grasses contain silica.
Hypodermis is Sclerenchymatous

102

3.

Ground tissue Parenchymatous

with
intercellular space
4.
V.B.S Many conjoint, collateral and
closed. xylem Y shaped.
Water
containing
cavities
are
present.
Phloem
parenchyma
absent.

Epiblema - Cuticle and stomata absent.

Root hair present. Also known as
Piliferous layer or rhizodermis
Cortex :- Homogenous Endodermis with
casparian thickening ( Waxy Suberin
deposits )on botn wall which prevent
movement of material from cortex to
pericycle.
Pericycle or

Difference between
Dicot stem
Monocot
Stem devoid
hairs
Stomata
dumb-bell
Slererchymat
ous
Ground
hypodermis
tissue
is
undifferentia
ted
V.B.S
numerous,
rounded
or
oval

and

multilayered (Mulbery).
root

Dicot stem
of

Sclerenchyma
tous bundle
sheath
Conjoint
collateral
&
closed
Phloem
parenchyma
absent
Xylem vessel Yshaped
No.secondary
growth

Monocot

It is the seat of

branches and give rise to cork cambium

and a small part of vascular cambium.
V.B.S - Radial, exarch, diarch to hexarch
(2-6). Parenechyma between xylem and
phloem is conjuctive tissue. Pith
absent. If present very small

present
reniform

Primary structure of Monocot Root

Absent
1.
2.

Differentiated

fewer, wedge shaped

Bundle cap
i

Epiblema Root hair present

Cortex :- Homogeneous_ After the
epiblema dies,
few outer layers of the
cortex
become
cutinised
form
the
exodermis.
Endodermis shows casparian strips.
Passage cells present.
3.
Pericycle : Single layered (Maize)
or Multi layered (smilax). Lateral root are
produced from it. No cambium
development from this. Hence secondary
growth is absent.
4.

Vascular Bundles - Polyarch and

exarch.
Conjuctive
tissue
present
between vascular bundles
5.
Pith Conspicuous
Difference between Monocot Root
and Dicot Root

open

present

Arranged
linear
manner
Present

Single layered (eg- sunflower)

in

Dicot Root
Epiblema
not
degenerate along with
shrivelling of root hair

Monocot Root
takes place

An exodermis absent present

Secondary
present

growthabsent

Passage cells absent

present

Primary structure of Dicot Root

103

Pericycle remain thin

walled
and
parenchymatous

Thick walled in
older roots

sclerenchyma
found.

Number of V.Bs 2-6

More that 6

Difference between Dicot & Monocot

leaf

Xylem
hexarch
Phloem
present
Xylem
polygonal
multiseriate

diarch

topclyarch

parenchyma

Absent

vessels Circular and unseriate

and

Conjuctive tissue remain

thin
walled
and
parenchymatous

thickwalled
Sdlerffied

and

Conjuctive tissue is the Absent

major part of vascular
cambium
Pith small or lacking

well developed

towards

UE

&

LE

are

Dicot leaf
Upper surface
is darken

Monocot leaf
Similarly green

Upper
epidermis
shows

Similar
on
both
surface larger & thick
walled
cells
as
compared to lower
Common

Silica absent

More stomata on L.E equal on L.E & U.E

Reniform guard cell

Dumb-bell shaped

Bulliform cells absent Present

Mesophyll
undifferentiated
differentiate

Dicot (Dorsiventral) leaf

a) Epidermis Cuticle present in upper
epidermis lack stomata or if present then
few in number. Lower epidermis containing
many stomata and cuticle. Multiple
epidermis is found in Ferns and Nerium (
Upper epidermis is also known as adaxial
epidermis. Lower epidermis is also known
as abaxial epidermis. )
Mesophyll - The tissue between
upper and lower epidermis, Made up of
chlorenchyma.
Differentiated.
into
elongated densely packed palisade
t issue and circular loose ly a rranged
spongy tissue
c)
V.Bs - conjoint, collateral and
endarch. Bundle sheath present. Xylem
towards U.E (Adaxial) and phloem towards
L.E (abaxial).
Monocot leaf (isobilateral)
b)

Epidermis - Equal stomata on UE & LE.

Bulliform cells (Motor cells) present which
brings about rolling of leaves
Mesophyll - No differentiation. Compactly
arranged parenchyma with only few
intercellular spaces. V.Bs : Conjoint,
collateral, endarch and closed Bundle
sheath is sclerenchymatous Two patches of

SECONDARY GROWTH IN DICOT

STEM Growth in woody plants is of two
kinds-primary and secondary. Primary
or apical growth is the elongation or
increase in length of the plant body. On the
other hand secondary growth is the
thickening or increase in girth or diameter
of the plant body.
Secondary growth
in
dicot
stem
includes stelar growth in the vascular
region and extra stelar growth in the
cortical region. So it involves the activity
of both vascular cambium and cork
cambium
I. STELAR SECONDARY GROWTH: It
occurs by the activity of vascular cambium. It
involves four major events namely.
[a] Fo rmation of cambial ring or
vascular cambium
In a dicot stem the vascular bundles are
conjoint, collateral and open and are
arranged in the form of a ring. There
is the presence of intrafascicular cambium
in between xylem and phloem. Similarly in
between adjacent vascular bundles are the
medullary rays. During
secondary growth some cells in each
medullary ray, lying close to the

104

intrafascicular cambium, becomes

meristematic and form interfascicular
cambium.
The
interfascicular
cambium joins with the intrafascicular
cambium to form a complete cambial ring
called vascular cambium or cambial ring.
[b]Formation of secondary vascular tissues
and secondary medullary rays
The cambial ring (vascular cambium) contains
two types of initials Fusiform initials and ray
initials. The former give rise to secondary
vascular tissues and the latter forms secondary
medullary rays Fasiform initials undergo
tangential division (at right angles to the
radius) and produce numerous cells on either
side of the cambial ring. The cells an the
innerside formssecandary xylem and those on
the outerside gives secondary phloem. The ray
initials divide and the resulting cells are
arranged in radial rows. The inner rays ro
through the secondary xylem forming
secondary xylem rays and the outer rays run
through the secondary phloem forming phloem
rays_ These two together form secondary
medullary rays.
[c]
Formation of annual rings: The
activity of vascular cambium and the year by
year addition of secondary xylem are greatly
influenced by climatic variations and changing
seasons. This is a special feature noticed in
the secondary xylem of dicot stems, especially
those belonging to temperate regions of the
warld.During the most favourable spring
season the cambium becomes very active and
produces numerous large and wide xylem.
During the less favourable autumn season or
summer season the cambium becomes less
active and produces only a few small and
narrow xylem. During the winter the cambium
stop functioning and no secondary xylem is
formed. The secondary spring xylem is called
spring wood or early wood and the secondary
autumn xylem is called autumn wood or late
wood. These appear in the form of concentric
rings called growth rings. Since these two
layers of xylem are the result of one year's
growth, it is referred to as annual rings. Thus
an annual ring consist of an inner broad circle
of spring wood and an outer narrow circle of
autumn wood. The total number of annual rings
exactly corresponds to the age of the tree.
The
determination of the age of the plant by
counting the annual rings is called

Dendrochronology ( Study of trees is called

dendrology)
[d]
Formation of heart wood & sap
wood; After the formation of considerable
amount of secondary xylem two types of wood
(zones) appear in the stem (trunk) of old trees
namely -Heart wood or durarnen and sap wood
or alburnum. Heart wood is the hard. dead,
dark colourec and functionless central part of
the stem composed of older xylem. On the
other hand sap wood is the soft, living, Light
coloured and functional outer part composed cf
younger xylem. Thevessels and Tracheids of
heart wood are filled with resins tannins or
gums Extractives produced from neighbouring
parenchyma cells. More over from the adjacent
parenchyma cells, certain balloon like
structures (protrusions) are formed into the
vessels and tracheids so that their lumen
becomes blocked. These structures later store
starch, resin and other waste materials such
balloon like structures are called Tyloses.
2) EXTRA STELAR SECONDARY GROWTH
OR PERIDERM FORMATION
The formation of secondary tissues in the stele
exerts great pressure on the cortex and
epidermis. As a result epidermis gets ruptured
and sloughed away, In its place there develops
a new protective covering called periderm.
Periderm consists of three layers of tissues
known as phellogen or cork cambium,
phellem or cork and phelloderm or secondary
cortex.
Extra stelar secondary growth occurs in four
major events, namely
1. Formation of phellogen or cork cambium:
During periderm formation some hypodermal
cortical cells becomes meristematic and form a
secondary lateral rneristern called phellogen or
cork cambium. It is responsible for increase in
thickness of the stern.
2. Formation of phellem or cork: The cells of
phellogen differentiates phellem on its outer
surface, They are arranged in radial rows. Due
to suberization the cells of phellem are dead.
3. Formation of phelloderm or secondary
cortex: The cells of phellogen differentiates
phellodenn on its inner surface. These cells
remain parenchymatous throughout ie. they
are living. All
tissues lying outside the vascular cambium is
called as Bark. Two ypes

105

1.
Soft Bark (Early Bark) Bark formed
early in the season
2.
Late (Hard Bark)
towards the end of season

Bark

formed

4. Formation of Lenticels: Lenticels are small

Lense shaped openings on the stem surface.
They are formed during periderm formation to
serve as passage for gas exchange. ie, They
took up the duty of aeration and ventilation. So
they are analogous to the stomata.
SECONDARY THICKENING IN DICOT ROOT
In dicot root secondary growth begins in the
stele. In dicot root xylem and phloem are
arranged in seperate bundles. At first the cells
just inner to phloem become meristernatic to
form a cambial strip. Soon the cells of
pericycle just outer to the protoxylem also
become meristematic to form cambial strip. All
these join together to form a wavy band of
cambium.
At first the cells in the wavy cambial ring inside
the phloem cut off xylem cells to the inside. As
a result wavy cambium and phloem are
gradually pushed out wards. Hence a cambial
ring is formed. Then the whole of cambial ring
becomes active, It produce secondary xylem
towards the inside and secondary phloem
towards the outside. As a result of this the
epidermis gets stretched and ruptured. Then
the pericycle become meristernatic to become
phellogen or cork cambium. The phellogen
cuts off cel s inwards called phelloderm or
secondary cortex. The phellogen cuts off cells
outwards called phellem or cork. The phellem,
phefogen and phellcderm together constitute
the periderm.

[a] Radial

[b] Conjoint closed

[c] Conjoint open

[d] None

04. Read the following statements and choose

the correct among them
(I) xylem is found at the adaxial portion of
Leaves both in dicots& Monocots
(ii)Secondary growth is an exclusively feature
of dicot angiosperms
(iii)Peripheral vascular bundles are generally
smaller than the centrally located ones
(iv)
Vascular Cambium in dicot root are
completely primary in origin
[a] (i).(ii) and (iii)
[c] (ii) & (iii)

[b] (i) & (iii)

[d] (iii)&(iv)

05. Choose the 'RIGHT' Match among the

following
(i)

Pericycle of dicot Stem - Scierenchyma

(ii)

Pith of monocot stem

(iii)
Bundle
Scierenchyma

sheath

Parenchyma

monocot

stem-4

(iv)
Cortical layers below hypodermis in
Dicot stem --)Parenchyma
[a] (ii) & (iv)

[b] (I), (ii)& (iv)

[c] (iii), (ii)& (iv) [d] All the above

06. 'Dendrochronology' is related to
[a]

Springwood & Late wood

[b]

Heart wood & Sap wood

[c]

Pheliem, Phellogen& Phelloderm

ENTRANCE ORIENTED QUESTIONS

[d]

Periderm & Secondary phloem

01. Starch sheath refers to

07. Match The Column

[a] Endodermin [b] Casparian strips

Column I

[c] Pericycle

i. Heart wood

[a] Wider vessels

ii.Bark '

b Narrow vessels

iii.Late wood

[c] Secondary Xylem

iv.Early wood

[d] Secondary Phloem

[d] Epidermis

[e] None

02. Pith is prominent is

[a] Monocot stem
[c] a and b

Vol Dicot stem

[d] None

Column II

03. Vascular tissue system in root is

106

[a]

(i)[d] (ii)[c] (iii)[a](iv)[b]

[e] None of these

[b]

(i)[d) (ii)[c] (iii)[b](iv)[a]

12. The youngest layer of secondary phloem is

[c]

(I)[c] (ii)--[d] (iii)[a](iv)[b]

[a]

Just inside the primary phloem

[d]

(i)[c] (ii)--[d] (iii)[b](iv)[a]

[b]

Just outside the secondary xylem

08. Fill up the blanks

[c]

just outside the vascular cambium

(1) Specific regions of produce dermal tissue,

ground tissue & Vascular tissue

[d]

Just inside the vascular cambium

[e]

just below the endodermis

(ii) Secondary or lateral meristems are

[a](i) Apical meristems (ii) Fascicular vascular
Cambium & Cork cambium
[b](i) Intercalary Meristem (ii) Interfascular
cambium & Cork cambium
[c](i) Cylindrical meristen
meristem & Cork cambium

(ii)

[d](1) Intercalary
meristem

(ii)

meristem

09. Which tissues among

together constitutes 'STELE"?

Intercalary
Cylindrical

the

following

13. Which of the following statements is

incorrect 1)Sieve tube elements are seen in
gymnosperms & Sieve cells in angiosperms
2) Companion cells occurs only in monocots
3)Phloem
parenchyma
is
absent
in
angiosperms
4)
Xylem
gymnosperms

vessels

5)
Nucleus is
elements [a] 2,3 & 4
[c] 1 & 3

are

absent

in

absent in sieve
[b] 1,3 & 5

[d] 2 & 5

tube

[e] 1,2 & 3

[a] Pith & Medullary rays

14. Initiation of lateral roots is from

[b] Pith & Pericycle

[a] Epidermis [b] Cortex

[c] Pith & Pericycle & Endodermis

id] Endodermis [e] Cuticle

[d] Pith & Pericycle& Vascular Bundles

15. Sclerenchymatous hypodermis is present

in [a] Dicot stem
[b] Monocot stem

10. Choose the INCORRECT

among the following

statements

(i)Internal structure also show adaptation to

diverse environments
(ii)All the trichomes are secretary in function
(iii)Adaxial epidermis sometimes lack stomata
(iv) Amount of secondary xylem produced is
more than secondary phloem
[a] (ii) only

[b] (I) only

[c] (iii) Only

[d] (iv) only

[c] Peri cycle

[c]

Both dicot & Monocot stem

[d]

In monocot stem & Root

[e]

In dicot stem & root

16. In dicot & monocot leaf

1)Protoxyiem
exarch

is

endarch2)

Protoxylem

is

3) Protoxylem towards abaxial epidermis

4) Protoxylem towards adaxial epidermis
[a] 1& 3 [b] 1& 4 [c] 2& 3 [d] 2& 4 [e] 1 only

11. One of the following is absent in the

phloem of monocots

17. Bark refers to

[a] Sieve tubes [b] Phloem Parenchyma

1)

Exterior to endodermis

[c] Campanian cells [d] Phloem fibers

2)

Exterir to vascular cambium

107

3)

Secondary phloem & Phelloderm

4)

Secondary phloem & Periderm

[i]
Parenchyma cells are found almost in
all parts of plants, main function storage.
[ii]
Elongated parenchyma cells
tapering ends are called prosenchyma.

[a] 1& 3 [b] 1& 4 [c] 2& 3 [d] 2& 4 [e] 2 only
18. True statement among the following
[1] Vascular cambium in dicot root is half
primary & half secondary
[2]Vascular cambium in dicot stern is half
primary & half secondary

with

[iii) Wood/xylem parenchyma may occur as

axial parenchyma or ray parenchyma.
[iv]
When parenchyma surrounds or
associated with vessels, they are called
paratracheal parenchyma while diffused or not
associated with vessels are called apotracheal

[3]
Vascular cambium in monocot root is
completely secondary in origin

parenchyma.

[4]

[v]
Tyloses are baloon like ingrowth of
paratracheal parenchyma, through pits in to
the lumen vessels in heart wood.

Vascular cambium in dicot stem is

completely secondary in origin

[vi]
In Dicot root, the phloem masses are
separated from the xylem by parenchymatous
cells that are known es the conjunctive tissue.
[a] One [b] Two [c] Three [d] Four [e] All

[a] 2& 3[b] 1& 4[c] 1 only

[d] 2 only

[e] 3 only

19. True statement among the following

1)
Xylem
gymnosperms

vessels

are

absent

in

23. Point out which is false regarding

collenchyma: [a] Unevenly thickened cell walls
[b] Living

2)
Phloem parenchyma absent in primary
phloem

[c]
Thickened, due to deposition
cellulose, hemicellulose and pectin.

3)
Secondary growth is present in dicot
root and both stern

[d]
Provide elasticity and support to the
growing organs like young stem and petiole of
a leaf, assimilate food when they contain
chioroplasts.

4)
Secondary growth is present in root
and stem of dicot plants and gymnosperms but
not in monocists
[a] 1 & 2

[lc] 1,2 & 4

[d] 4 only

[e] 2 & 4

[c] 1 & 4

20. Secondary cortex is otherwise called

[a] Phellurr [b] Periderm [c] Phelloderm
[d] Phellogen [e] None of these
21. Simple tissues involved in photosynthesis,
storage and secretion: [a] Parenchyma
[b] Chlorenchyma [c] Aerencyma
[d] Collenchyma

[el Sclerenchyma

22. How many of the following statements

concerned with parenchyma are true:

of

[e]
Abundantly found in Monocot stems
and all roots.
24. Thick walled, dead, elongated pointed
cells, generally occuring in groups, in various
parts of the plant
[a] Fibres [b] Wood fibres [c] Bast fibres
[d] Phloem fibres

[e] Xylem fibres

25. Spherical, oval or cylindrical, highly

thickened dead cells with very narrow cavities
(lemen), found in fruit walls of nuts, pulp of
fruits like Guava, Pear and Sapota, seed coat
of legumes and leaves of Tea:
[a] Brachysclereids

[b] Macrosciereids

[c] Asterosclereids
Sclereids

ft:1 Trichosclerelds [e]

26. Presence of vessels is a characteristic

feature of

108

[a] Tracheophytes

[b] Pteridophytes

[c] Gymnosperms

[d] Angiosperms

[d]
Distinct proteinaceous inclusions, the
P-proteins are seen evenly distributed through
out the lumen of the sieve tube. during
woundirg. along with callose, P-proteins help)
in sealing. [e] All the above

[e] Spermatophytes
27. Point out the false statement:
[a]
Primary xylem is
protoxylem and metaxylem.

of

two

types-

31. Sieve cells and albuminous cells are found

in the phloem of:
[a] Tracheophytes

[b] Pteridophytes

[b]
The first formed primary xylem
elements are called protoxylem and the later
formed primary xylem is called metaxylem.

[c) Gymnosperms

[d] Angiosperms

[c]
In stems, the protoxylem lies towards
the centre (pith) and metaxylem lies towards
the periphery-endarch.

32. Specialised parenchymatous cells, which

are closely associated with sieve tube
elements and help in maintaining the pressure
gradient in the sieve tubes:

[d]
In roots. the protoxylem lies towards
periphery and metaxylem lies towards the
centre exarch.
[e]
The development of xylem in stem is
centripetal while in roots centrifugal.
28. The radial conduction of water takes place
by: [a] Xylem vessels [b] Xylem tracheids
[c] Xylem fibres tcl] Xylem parenchyma

[a] Phloem parenchyma

cells

[b] Companion

[c] Sieve cells [d] Albuminous cells

[e] Complementary cells
33. One of the following is purely mechanical in
function
[a] Sieve cells [b] Sieve tube elements

[e] Ray parenchyma

29. A component of phloem which is absent in
most of the Monocotyledons:
[a] Sieve tube elements[b] Companion cells
[c] Phloem parenchyma
fibres

[e] Spermatophytes

[d]

Phloem

[c] Phloem parenchyma

[d] Phloem fibres/Bast fibres[ej Ray
parenchyma
34_ The component of phloem, involved in
storing of food materials and other substances
like resins,latex and mucilage:

[e] Bast fibres

[a] Sieve tube [b] Companion cells

30. Select, which is applicable to sieve tube

elements:

[c] Phloem parenchyma

[a]
Long, tube-like structures, arranged
longitudinally and are associated with the
companion cells,their end walls are perforated
in a sieve-like manner to form sieve plates.
[b]
A mature
sieve
tube
element
possesses a peripheral cytoplasm and a large
vacuole but lacks a rucleus
[c]
The functions of sieve tubes are
controlled by the nucleus of corrpanion cells,
the sieve tube elements and companion cells
are connected by pit fields presen: between
their common longitudinal walls.

[d] Sieve cells

[e] Phloem fibres

35. Point out the false statement regarding,
xylem tissue:
[a]
Xylem vessels are the chief element of
xylem in Angiosperms, through which water
and minerals are transported.
[b]
Vessel members have perforations in
their end-walls.
[c]
End walls with several openings are
called multiple perforation plates, if it has one
opening, it is [known as simple perforation
plate.

109

[d]
Xylem fibres have highly thickened
walls and obliterated central lumen.

[c]
A large number of conjoint, open
vascular bundles are arranged in a ring.

[e]
The end walls of tracheids posses
simple perforation plates.

[d]
Sclerenchymatous
bundle sheath.

36. How many of the following statements are

true?

[e]
Conjoint and closed vascular bundles
with water-containing cavities.

1.
The stomata' aperture, guard cells and
the surroundings subsidiary cells together
called stomata! apparatus.

[a) a and b

lb) b and c

[d] d and e

[e] e only

2.
The epidermal hairs on the stem are
called trichomes.

40. If a plant posses the following, identify the

part.Epidermis often devoid of trichomes,

3.
The trichomes on the shoot system are
usually multicellular
4The trichomes help in preventing water loss
due to transpiration.
5. All tissues except epidermis and vascular
bundles constitute the ground tissue
6_ The vascular tissue system consists of
complex tissues, the xylem and phloem_

hypodermis

and

[c] c and d

sclerenchymatous hypodermis, conspicuous

parenchymatous ground tissue, conjoint,
collateral, closed vascular bundles surrounded
by a sclerenchymatous bundle sheath.
[a] Dicot stem [b] Dicot root [c] Monocot stem
[d] Monocot root [e) Monocot leaf

37. Cuticle is absent in:

411.The Dicotyledonous stems have a large

and distinct pith which also extends in between
the vascular bundles in the form of narrow
parenchymatous structure known as

[a) Dicot stem [b] Dicot leaf

[a] Medullary rays

[a] Two [b] Three [c] Four [d] Five [e] All

Dorsiventral leaf

[d] Roots

[c] Phloem rays [d] Vascular rays

[e] Gymnospermous stem

38.
The
vascular
Docotyledonous stem:

[e] Secondary medullary rays

bundles

found

[a]

Conjoint, collateral and closed

[b]

Conjoint, bicollateral

[c]

Conjoint, collateral and open

[d]

Amphivasal/Leptocentric

[e]

Amphicribral/HadrocentriC

39. Eliminate, which is

applicable
to

[b] Xylem rays

in

42. All tissues on the innerside of the

endodermis
such
as
pericycle,
vascularbundles and pith constitute the:
[a] Stele

not

Dicotyledonous stem:
[a) Collenchymatous hypodermis.
[b]
Endodermis rich in starch grains and
pericycle in the form of semilunar patches of
sclerenchyrna.

Doi Conjunctive tissue

[c] Ground tissue [d] Fundamental tissue

[e] Vascular tissue
43. The inner and radial wa Is of the
endodermal cells have a deposition of waterimpermeable waxy material, in the form of
casparian strips, made of
[a] Lignin

[b] Suberin

[d] Callose

[e] P-proteins

[c] Cutin

44. Choose the features seer. in Grass leaves:

110

[a]
Abaxial epidermis bears more stomata,
mesophyll differentiated into upper palisade
tissue and lower spongy tissue.

50. A non-technical term that refers to all

tissues exterior to the vascular cambium
(periderm secondary phloem):

[b]
Multilayered
epidermis,
stomata
restricted to lower epidermis, palisade tissue
on both abaxial and adaxial side.

[a] Early bark

[b] Soft bark

[d] Late bark

[e] Hard bark

[c]
Stomata, more or less equally
distributed
on
both
the
epidermis
(Amphistomatic), mesophyll cells uniform.

51. Intercalary meris-.em results in

[d]
Stomata, more or less equally
distriouted on both the epidermis, mesophyll
parenchymatous and uniform, form, thin
walled, enlarged, colourless cells-builiform
cells on the upper epidermis,

[c] Apical growth

thickness

[e]
Palisade tissue and stomata are found
on both adaxial and abaxial side.
45. In each vascular bundle of the leaf, phloem
is located towards the:
[a] Upper side [b] Ventral side [c] Adaxial
side [d] Abaxial side [e] Lateral side

[c] Bark

[a] Secondary growth [b] Primary growth

[d]

Secondary

52. In dicot leaf protoxylem is found towards

[a] Adaxial epidermis

[b] Abaxial epidermis

[c] Towards spongy mesophyll [d] None of

these
53. The cells which take part in the conduction
of water and salts in higher plants
[a] Sieve tubes [b] Sieve cells [e] Trachea
[d] Companions cells

[e] stone cells

46. Dicot stem and mononocot root exhibit

similarity In having:

54. Which is not a character of dicot leaf?

[a] Collenchymatous hypodermis

[a] Differentiation of mesophyll to palisad and

spongy

[b] Centripetal xylem [c] Centrifugal xylem

[d]

Central large pith

[b] Presence of parenchymatous bundle sheath

fel More stomata on adaxial epidermis

[e]

Outer chlorenchymatous cortex

[d] Paranchymatouse wing extension

47. Secondary growth is not common in

55. Which of the following statement is true?

[a] Dicot stem [bj Dicot root

[a]
Uneven thickening of cell wall is the
characters of sclerenchyma

[c] Gymnospermous stern[d] Monocotyledons

[e] Gymnospermous roots
48. Which of the following structure is not
present in the leaf of a Dicotyledonous plant
and stem of a Monocotyledonous plant:
[a] Stomata [b] Guard cells [c] Lenticels
[d] Phloem [e] Xylem vessels
49. The central, darker coloured, non
functional part of secondary xylem, composed
of only dead cells is called:
[a] Heart wood [b] Sap wood

[b]
Collenchyma is a dead mechanical
tissue
[c]

Growth rings are present in all trees

[d]
Trachieds are the conducting elements
of in gymnosperm
[e]

Sieve plates are found in Xylem Vessel

56. Vascular cambium in dicot is

[a] Primary in Origins[b] Secondary in Origin
[c] Partly primary and partly secondary
[d] Embryonic in origin

[c] Spring wood [d] Autum wood [e] None

111

57. Grittiness of pulp of fruits are due to

[c]
In a dicot root, the phloem masses are
separated from the xylem by parenchymatous
cells that are known as the conjunctive tissue
Of these statements given above

[a] Stone cells [b] Grit cells

[c] Sclereids

[d] All of these

58. Vascular cambium formed in dicot root is

from

[a]

[a] is true; but Pi and [c] are false

[b]

[b] is true; but [a] and [c] are false

[a]

From medullary ray & V.Bs

[c]

[a] is false; Put [b] and [c] are true

[b]

From medullary ray and pericycle

[d]

[c] is false; but [a] and [c] are true

[c]

From conjuctive tissue and pericycle

[e]

[c] is true; but [a] and [b] are false

-C11 From conjactive tissue and V.B.s

63. Which of the following statements are not

:rue?

5g. Cork cambium originates in

[a] Hypodermis in root and pericycle in stem

[a]
Cork camb urn is otherwise called
phellogen

[b] Hypodermis in stem and pericycle in root

[b]

[c] Endodermis in root and Hypodermis stem

[c]
Secondary cortex is otherwise called
periderm

[d] Endodermis in stem and Hypodermis in root

60. Which of the following statements is / are
true? [a]Uneven thickening of cel wall is
characteristic of scelerenchyma
[b]
Periblem forms the cortex of the stem
and the root
[c]
Tracheids
are
the
chef
transporting elements in gymnosperms

water

[d]
Companian cells are of devidoid of
nucleus at maturity
[e]
The commercial cork is obtained from
Quercus suber
[a] [a] and [d] only [b] [b] and [a] only [c] [c] and
[d] only [d] [a], [b] and [c] only
[e]

[c] and [e] only

61. The waxy material deposited in the

casparian strip of the endodermis is
[a] Pectin

[b] Suberin

[c] Cellulose [d] Lignin Hemicellulose

62. Consider the following statements:
[a]
In a dicot root, the vascular bundles
are collateral and endarch
[b]
The inner most layer of cortex in a
dicct root is endodermis

Cork is otherwise called phellem

[d]
Cork cambium. cork and secondary
cortex are collectively called phelloderm
[a] c and d only [b] a and b only
[c] b and e only [d
] b and d only
[e]

a and d only

64. Collateral, conjoint vascular bundles have:

[a]
Xylem and phloem. which are arranged
in an alternate manner on different radii
[b]
Xylem and phloem, which are situated
at the same radius and it has two groups of
phloem along the two sides of xylem (inside
and outside)
[c]
Xylem and phloem in same radius but
it has only one group phloem outside the xylem
[d]

Phloem surrounds the xylem tissues

[e]

Xylem surrounds the phloem tissue

65. The large, empty and colourless cells

present at intervals on the upper surface of
grass leaf are called
[a] Bulliform cells
parenchyma

[b]

Palisade

[c] Spongy parenchyma [d] Accessory cells

112

[e] Passage cells

66. Match the followings in column I with
column II and choose the correct combination
Column I

Column II

[a] Xylem vessels

1.Store food. materials

Xylem trachieds
_lb]

2.

[b]
a = pore b = cork cambium c =
secondary cortex d = cork e = complimentary
cells

Obliterated lumen

lc] Xylem fibre 3.

Perforated plates

[d]Xylem parenchyma 4.
ends

ja] a = pore b = secondary cortex c = cork

cambium d = cork e = complimentary cells

[c]
cells

Chisel-like

a = pore b = corkc = complementary

d = cork cambium e = secondary cortex

[a] a-4, b-3. c-2, d-1 [b] a-3, b-2, c-1. d-4

[d]
cork

[c] a-2, b-1, c-4, d-3 [d] a-1, b-2, c-3, d-4

d = cork cambium e = seconcary cortex

[e] a-3. b-4, c-2, d-1

tel a = pore b = corkc = cork cambium

67. Which of the following statements are

true/false?

d = secondary cortexe = complementary cells

a-Trimerous condition of floral

characteristic of dicotyledons

whorl

is

a = pore b = complementary cells c =

69. The phloem of Angiosperms differs from

that of other vascular plants by the presence
of:

b- Adiantum contains vascular tissues

[a] Vessels

c-In gymnosperms the vascular system

consists of xylem without vessels and phloem
with companion cells

[c] Tylosoides [d] Albuminous cells

d- Riccia and Marchantia are liver worts Which

lack vasculature

70. Fasicular, friterfascicular and extra

stellar cambium together constitute:

[a]
false

a - and b - are true and c and d- are

[a] Ground meristem

[b]
false

a- and c - are true and b and d- are

[c]
false

a - and d - are true and b and c- are

71. The tissue which perpetuates itself by

active cell division is:

[d]
false

b - and d - are true and a and c- are

[a] Permanent tissue

[e]
false

b - and c - are true and a and d- are

[b] Companion cells

[e] Secretory cells

[b] Apical meristem

[c] Intercalary meristem[d] Lateral meristem

[e] Primary meristem

[b] Ground tissue

[c] Meristematic tissue [d] Vascular tissue

68. Choose the correct combination of labeling

a lenticels-

[e] None of these

72. Intercalary meristem results irh
[a] Secondarh growth [b] Primary growth
[C] Apical growth
thickening

[d]Secondary

113

[e] Secondary over growth

[c] Pectin

73. Which of the following is not a character of

a monocot?

80. In a dicot stem the vascular bundles are:

[a]

Presence of a single seed leaf

[b]

Endosperm present in :he mature seed

[d] Chitin

[e] Cutin

[a]

Conjoint, collateral, closed

[b]

Conjoint, collateral, open

[c]

Conjoint, bicollateral, open

[c]
Leaves with parallel veins and smooth
edges

[d]

Conjoint, bicollateral closed

[d]

Adventitious roots

[e]

Conjoint, concentric, cicsed

[e]

Floral parts as multiples of four or five

61. Polyarch, exarch xylem is found in:

[a] Dicot stem [b] Monocol stem [c] Dicot rocs

74. In the leaf vascular bundles are found in

the: [a] Veins [b] Palisade tissue

[d] Monocot root

[c] Lower epidermis [d] Upper epidermis

82. Some of the anatomical characters are

given below

[e] Spongy mesophyll

i.
Ground tissue is differentiated into
cortex, endode-mis, pericyle stele and pith

75. The layer of cells outside the phloem

meant for giving rise to the root branches is
called:
[a] Cambium [b] Carpus

ii.
Vascular bundles are limited in number
and are arranged in a broken ring

[c] Endodermis

[d] Radicle
[e] Pericycle 76. Which of the
follow ng group produces spores but lacks
vascular tissue?
i.

[a] Pteridophytes [b] Gymnosperms

[c] Fungi

[d] Monocots

[e] Dicot leaf

iii.

Vascular bundles are open

iv.

Collenchymatous hypodermis

Sclerenchymatous bundle cap is present

Identify the material

[e] Dicots

77. Scattered vascular bundles are found ;n:

[a] Dicots [b] Monocots [c] Gymnosperms
[C] Pteridiphytes

[e] Bryophytes

78. Dorsiventral leaf is identified by the

presence of:
[a] Dicot stem [b] Monocot stem

[a]

Stomata on both the epidermis

[b]

Stomata on the lower epidermis only

[c]

Stomata on the upper epidermis only

[d]

No stomata on the epidermis

[e]
Sunken
epidermis

stomata

on

the

upper

79. The predominant substance found in the

walls of cork tissue:
[a] Suberin

[b] Lignin

[c] Dicot root

[d] Monocot root

[e] Monocot leaf

83. Some of the anatomical characters of
dorsiventral leaf and isobilateral leaf are given
below. Rearrange in dorsiventral leaf and
isobilateral leaf correctly
1. Bulliform cells are absent in the epidermis
2. Bulliform cells are present in abaxial
epidermis
3. Equal number of stomata on either side

114

4. Stomata are more on abaxial surface

5, Uniform cuticle on both the surface
6. Cuticle thick at upper epidermis anc thin at
lower epidermis
7. Mesophyll is differentiated into palisade and
spongy parenchyma
8.Mesophyll is not differentiated into
palisade and spongy parenchyma
[a]
Dorsiventral leaf 1, 4, 6, 7 &
lsobilateral leaf 2, 3, 5 and 8
[b]
Dorsiventral leaf 2, 3, 5 and 8
&lsobilateral leaf 1, 4, 6 and 7
[c]
Dorsiventral leaf 1, 4. 2 and 3 &
Isobilateral leaf 6, 7, 5 and 8
[d]
Dorsiventral leaf 6, 7, 2 and 3 &
Isobilateral leaf 1. 4. 5 and 8
[e]
Dorsiventral leaf 1, 3, 5 and 8 &
Isobilateral leaf 2, 4, 6 and 7
84. Name the tissue represented by the jute
fibres used for making the ropes
[a] xylem fibre [b] Phloem fibre
[c] surface fibre [d] Bast fibre [e] both b and d
85. The only dead cell in phloem is
[a]
Phloem
Paranchaima
[b]
Xylem
parenchyma
[c] Companion cell
[d] Albu-ninons cells
[e] Phloem fiber
86. Which is correct statement?
[a]
Jute, flax and hemp are xylem fibres
[b]
First formed xylem is metaxylem and
later formed phloem is protoxylem
[c]
Xylem is endarch in root
[d]
Phloem fibre is the only Living cell in
phloem
[e]
Phellogen arise in pericycle of dicot
root
87. Which are wrong statements?
[a]
Ground
tissue
contains
is
scierenchymatous in mesophyll
[b]
The epidermal hairs of root is known
as trichomes
[c]
The stomatal aperture, guard cell and
subsidiary cell constitute the epiblema
[d]
Ground tissue contains both simple
tissues and complex tissues
Eel
All
the
above
88. Xylem is exarch and polygonal n shape
[a] Dicot stem [b] Dicot root [c] Monocot stem
[d) Monocot root[e] Monocot leaf
Compare item in Column 1 with Column II
Column I
1.Bulliform cells
2.Conjoint,

Column II
[a]Xylem
and
phloem
at
[b]Motor cells

3.Radial V.B

[c]Lack Cambium

4.Endarch xylem

[d]Pericycle
in
dicot
5.Parenchyma
[e]Protoxylem
tous medullary
towards cente
[a] 1-a, 2-c. 3-b, 4-c, 5-d[b] 1-b, 2-c, 3-a,4-e,
5-d
[c] 1-b,2-a, 3-c, 4-e, 5-d[d] 1-b, 2-c, 3-e, 4-a,
5-d
[e] 1-e. 2-d, 3-c. 4-b, 5-a
90_ Tyloses are found in
[a] Vessels
Parenchyma

[b] Trachieds [c]

[d] Sieve tubes [e] Companion cell

91. Example of secondary meristem is

[a] Procambium
cambium

[b] Inter fascicular

[c] lntercalary meristem

[d] Apical meristem [e]
cambium
92. Casparian strips are

intrafascicular

[a] Water permeable waxy materialsuberin

[b] Water impermeable waxy material
-suberin
[c] Water impermeable waxy materialchitin
[d] Water impermeable waxy materialLignin
[e] Water permeable waxy material
-cutin
93. Which is not a character of dicot leaf
[a] Differentiation of mesophyll to palisad
and spongy
[b] Presence of parenchymatous bundle
sheath
[c] More stomata on adaxial epidermis
[d] Paranchymatouse wing extension
[e] Proto xylem towards upper epidermis
94. Name the meristem which occurs
in grasses and regenerate parts
removed by the grazing herbivore:
[a] Axillary meristem
[b] Interfascicular cambium
[c] Intercalary meristem
[d] Promeristem
[e] Plate meristem

115

95. Collechyma consists of cells which

are much thickened at the corners
due to the deposition o f
[a]
Cellulose [b] Hemicellulose

[d] Aerenchyma and chlorenchyma

[e] Collenchyma and parenchyma
101. Label the parts a. b, c and d

[c] Pectin [d] All of the above [e] a & c

only
96. Gritty nature of
communis) is due to

Fear

(Pyrus

[a] Fibres [b] Lumen [c] Sclereids

[d] Pits

[e] Lignin

97. Commercial phloem fibres are

[a] Coconut
[d] Hemp

[b] Jute

[c] Flax

[e] b, c, d

98. Match the following

1
2
3
4
5
[a]
[c]
[d]
[e]

Column A
Column B
Bigger
P
Protophloem
sieve tubes
Narrow
Q
Bast fi bres
sieve
Sclerench
R
Trichomes
yma fibres
Secretory
S
Metaphloem
T
Guard cells
Chloroplast
1 - P, 2-8, 3-Q. 4-T, 5-R
1-P,
2-T, 3-Q, 4-R, 5-S
1 - S , 2-P, 3-Q, 4-R, 5-T
1 - P , 2-S, 3-0. 4-R, 5-T
1 - 5 , 2-P, 3-0, 4-T, 5-R

99. In roots conjunctive tissue lies in

between
[a] Pericycle and endodermis
[b] Pericylce and cortex[c] Xylem and pith
[d] Phloem and pith
[e] Xylem and
phloem
100.The figure below shows

[a]
Companion cell. sieve pore, sieve
tube, phloem parenchyma.
[b]
Sieve pore, phloem parenchyma.
companion cell, sieve tube
[c]
Sieve pore, phloem parenchyma,
sieve tube, companion cell
[d]
Sieve pore, sieve tube, phloem
parenchyma, companion cell
[e]
Sieve tube, Sieve pore, sieve tube,
phloem parenchyma. companion cell.
102. Regarding Katherine esau
1.

K. Esau was born in Ukrain in 1898

2.
She reported that the curly top
virus spreads through a plant via the food
conducting or phloem tissue
3.
She published Plant Anatomy in
1954 and The anatomy of Seed Plants in
1960
4.
The later was referred to as
Webster's of Plant biology it is
encyclopedias
5.
She received the National Medal of
Science from President George Bush in
1989.
[a] All are correct [b] Only 1, 3 are correct
[c]

[a] Parenchyma and scierenchyma

[b]Slerenchyma and sclereid
[c]
Collenchyma and sclereid

Only 4, 5 are correct

[d]
Only 57h is wrong
wrong

[e]

All

are

116

103. Which of the following statements is l

are not true ?

107. The cork cambium, cork and

secondary cortex are collectively called:

[a]
Cork cambium is otherwise called
phellogen

[a] Phellogen [b] Periderm

[b]

Cork is otherwise called pheilum

[c]
Secondary
called periderm

cortex

is

otherwise

[c] Phellem

[d] Phelloderm

108. Which of the following is not a part of

epidermal tissue system?
[a]Companion cells

[b] Trichomes

[d]
Cork cambium, cork and secondary
cortex are collectively called phelloderm

[c] Root hairs [d] Guard cells

[a] c and d only [b] a and b only

[e] Subsidiary cells

[c] b and c only [d] b and d only

109. Which of the following statements is

true ?

[e]

a and d only

104. For constructing furniture like table,

chair etc., we usually take the dark
coloured central portion of wood which is
[a]

Alburnum, the functional xylem

[b]

Duramen, the functional bark

[c]

Duramen, the functional wood

[d]

Periderm, the functional bark

[e]

Duramen, the non functional xylem

[b]
Sclerenchyma cells are
dead and with out protoplasts

usually

[c]
Xylem parenchyma cells are living
and thin walled and their cell walls are
made up of lignin

105, Some vascular bundles are described

as open because these:
[a]
Are
capable
of
secondary xylem and phloem

[a]
The collenchyma occurs in layers
below the epidermis in monocotyledonous
plants

producing

[b]
Possess conjunctive tissue between
xylem and phloem

[d]
The
companinon
cells
specialized sclerenchymatours cells
[e]
Phloem
fibres,
are
present in the primary phloem

are

generally

110. In woody trees, the exchange of

gases between the outer atmosphere and
the internal tissues of the stem takes
place through:
[a] Arenchyma

[b] Stomata

[c]
Are not surrounded by pericycle [d]
Are surrounded by pericycle but no
endodermis

[c]
Pneumatophores[d]
Trichomes

106. Function of companion cells is

111. Katherine Esau. the Ukraine botanist

from late 19'n century contributed most to
plant

[a]

Providing water to phloem

[b]
Loading of sucrose into
elements by passive transport

sieve

[c]
Loading
elements

sieve

of

sucrose

into

[a] Morphology
[c] Anatomy

[d]
Providing energy to sieve elements
for active transport

Lenticels[e]

[b] Genetics

[d] Physiology

112. Palisad parenchyma is absent in

leaves of ; [a] Gram [b] Sorghum[c]
Mustard[c] Soybean
113.
Reduction
in
vascular
tissue
mechanical
tissue
and
cuticle
is
characteristic of

117

[a] hydrophytes [b] Xerophytes

[b]
Absecnce
parenchyma

[c] Mesophytes [d] Epiphytes

114.
Anatomically
fairly
old
dicotyledonous root is distinguished from
the dicotyledonous stem by
[a]

Position of protoxylem

[b]

Absence of secondary xylem

[c]

Absence of secondary phloem

[d]

Presence of cortex

and

radial

Open

and

[c] Closed and scattered[d] Open and in a

ring
116. In dicotyledonous roots. the initiation
of lateral roots takes plane in
[a] Endodermal cells [b] Cortical cells
[o] Epidermal cells

[d] Procambial cells

[e] Pericycle cells

117. In grasses. certain adaxial epidermal
cells along the veins modify themselves
into large empty, colourless cells called

[d]
Being susceptible to pests and
pathogens

122. In most woody trees, epidermis

breaks
to
form
a
lens
shaped
opening.Name this opening that permits
gaseous exchange
[a] Lenticels

[b]Stomata

fc1Pneumathodes

[d] Water stomata

[e] Hydrothodes
123. Name the meristem which occurs in
grasses and regenerate parts removed by
the grazing herbivore:
[a]

Axillary meristem

[b]

Interfascicular cambium

[b] Companion cells

[c]
Intercalary
Promeristem

[c] Guard cells

[d] Subsidiary cells

[e] Plate meristem

[e] Albuminous cells

118, The chief water conducting elements
of xylem in gymnosperms are
[b] Fibers

[c] Transfusion tissue [d] Tracheids

119. Which one of the following is not a
lateral meristem?
[a]
intrafascicular
cambium

[b] Maturing

[c] Elongating [d] Widening

[a] Bulliform cells

[a] Vessels

and

[c]
Having dead and nonconducting
elements

[a] Diferentiating

[b]

vessels

121. The annular and spirally thickened

conducting elements generally develop in
the protoxylem when the root or stem IS

115. In barley stem vascular bundles are:

[a] Closed
scattered

of

4.

meristem

[d]

Column A
1.
Bigger
tubes

Column B
sieve P.Protophlom

2,
Narrow
tubes
Sclerenchy
ma fibres

sieve 0. Bast fibres

R, Trichomes

Secretory

S.

Metaphiom

5.Chloroplast

T.

Guard cells

[b] Interfascicular cambium [c] Phellogen

[d] Intercalary meristem
120. Heart wood difers from sapwood in
[a]

Presence of rays and fibers

a } 1 - P , 2 - - S , 3 - - Q , 4 - -T 1 5 - - R
[b] 1 P. 2
T. 3 CI, 4
[d] 1 -S, 2
P, Q, R.
1
- P. 2 - S, 3 - Q, 4 - R, 5 - T
1
- S, 2 - P, 3 - Q,- T. 5 - R

118

125. The number of xylem and phloem in

dicot root: [a] Two to six[b] Three to six
[c] Three to eight [d] Four only fel
Numerous
126. Match the following
Column A
Column B
1.Closed
M. Pericycle
2. Stele
N. Monocot roots
3. Radial
O. Dicot root
4.Polyarch
P. Roots
Q. Monocot stem
5.Small pith
[a] 1
- Q, 2 - N, 3 - M, 4 - 0, - P
[b] 1
- Q, 2 - M, 3 - P, 4 N, 5 - 0
[c] 1
- 0. 2 - P, 3 - Q, 4 - N, M
[e] 1 - Q. 2 - 0, 3 P, 4 M,
5 N 127.
In dicot stem semilunar
p a t c h e s o f sclerenchyma are seen
above the vascular bundles. It is

[a] Stele

[b} Exodermis [c] Hypodermis

[d] Starch sheath [e] Pericycle

128. The narrow band of parenchyma passing
through
secondary
xylem
and
s e c o n d a r y phloem in radial direction is
called

[a] Ray parenchyma

[b] Primery medullary rays

[c] Secondary medullary rays [d] Xylem rays

[e] Xylem and phloem rays

129. Regarding Katherine esau
1.
2.

K. Esau was born in Ukraine in 1898.

She reported that the curly top
v i r u s spreads
through
a
plant
via
the
foodconducting or phloem tissue.

3.

She published -Plant Anatomy in 1954 and

The Anatomy of Seed Plants in 1960.
4. The later was referred to as Webster's
of Plant biology-it is encyclopediac.
5. She received the National Medal of
Science from President George Bush in
1989.
a] If all are correct
[bj if only 1,3 are correct
[c] If only 4,5 are correct [dj If only
5 t h is wrong
[e] if all are wrong

119

CELL-THE BASIC UNIT OF LIFE

Also contain other membrane bound

organelles like mitochondria, Endoplasmic
Reticulum (ER), Chloroplast etc.,

An organism consists of one or more

cells, Based on the number of cells
there are two types of organism
1.

2.

Ce l ls d iff e r g re at ly
Sha pe a nd activities

Unicellular:The
body
of
the
organism is made of a single cell also
called cellular organismsEg:- Amoeba,
Paramecium, Euglena, Bacteria etc.,

Si ze ,

Mycoplasma Smallest cells-0.3m in Length

Bacteria 3-5 m m Ostrich egg. Largest
isolated single cell

Multi cellular:- Body of organism made

of many cells.Cell is the fundamental
structure and functional unit of all living
organisms
Cytology- Study of structure and
composition of cell

Human RBC 7.0 mm

Shape of the cell may
the function

Robert hook(1965):- discovered the

honey comb like pattern in the slice of cork
coined the term cell (published in
micrographic)

RBC

WBC

vary with

Round and Biconcave

Amoeboid

Columnar epithelial cells long and narrow

Anton -Von -Leeuwenhoek (1683):First saw and described a live cell like
bacteria, protozoa etc., Robert Brown
(1831): - Discovered nucleous in orchid
roots

Tracheids

Elongated

Mesophyll cell

Round and Oval

Nerve cell

Branched and long

Prokaryotic cells

CELL THEORY

* Smaller and multiply more

rapidly than eukaryotic cells

Mathias Schleiden(1838) German Botanist

Plants ;Theodore Schwann(1839) British
Zoologist -animals and plants

*Vary greatly in shape and size Eg:Bacteria .Based on the shape of the cells,
bacteria are divided into

Rudolf
Virchow
(1855)
(German
Physiologist First explained that cells
divide and new cells are formed from
Pre-existing cells (Omnis cellula ecellula)
All living organisms are composed of cells
and products of cells
[ii]
All cells arise from pre existing cells
An Overview of Cell

in

1.BacillusRod
shaped
or
cylindrical, occur singly(eg; Bacillus)
or in pairs (eg:Diplobacillus) or in
groups (Strepto bacillus)

[i]

2.Coccus- Spherical or round shaped bacteria

[i]

*Prokaryotic cells:- that lack a membrane

bound nucleus eg;- Bacteria, Blue green
algae
M yco pl asma,
PPC 0 -(Ple ur o
Pne umo n ia l i ke Organisms)

Monococcus
- occur singly
[ii] Diplo coccus - occur in pairs
[iii) Strepto coccus- Occur in long chains
[iv] Staphycoccus-occur in groups
3.Vibrios:- Coma like bacteria (eg,- Vibrio
Cholera) 4.Spirilla:- Spirally coiled bacteria.
If it is cork screw shaped, then it is called
spirochetes

* Eukaryotic cells: - Cells that contains

membrane bound nucleus

120

79

* All prokaryotes have cell wall surrounding

the cell membrane

1.

Gram
positive
bacteria(eg:Bacillus
subtilis)It retains blue or purple colour
after staining. The cell wall is
thick
contains
techoic
acid.
In
Mycobacterium & Noccardia cell wall
contains fatty acid called mycoic acid.

2.

Gram negative bacteria - The bacteria which

l ose t he col our of gram stain a re cal l ed
gram negative bacteria (e.g:
Escherichia
coli.).
The cell wall is thin and contains
high lipid contents and special proteins
called porins.
2. Membranous structures:

* No well defined nucleus

* Naked genetic material not enveloped by
nuclear membrane
* In addition to the genomic DNA many
bacteria have small circular DNA outside
the genomic DNA called plasmids
* Plasmids confers certain unique
phenotypic characters to bacteria
Eg;- Resistance to antibiotics
* Specialized differentiated form of cell
membrane
as
its
infolding
called
mesosome is present

Prokaryotic cell lack membrane bound cell

organelle like mitochondria, chloroplast,
etc. However it contains two membranous

Cell envelope and modification

Structures namely
chromatophore

1. Cell envelope: - Contains three

layers, together as 3 single protective
layer. The layers are

mesosomes

and

a.
Mesosomes
These
are
extensions of plasma membrane into
the cell, in the form of vesicles,
tubules and lamellae. Commonly
found in Gram-positive bacteria.

a. Glycocalyx- the functions is protection

and adhesion. Two types
i.

Slime layer it is a loose sheath made

up of polysaccharides and proteins
ii.
Capsule- It is a tough covering makes
the cell gummy and sticky. It
act
as
protective layers against antibiotics
Thus the functions are adhesion and
immunity

Functions of mesosomes:
1. It is involved in cell wall formation
2.It is involved in chromosome replication
and distribution of chromosomes to
daughter cells.

b. Cell Wall:- Determines the shape of the

cell and provides a strong structural support
to prevent the bacteria form bursting or
collapsing

3. It is involved in secretary processes

c.Plasma Membrane:- It is the

boundary of cytoplasm also called
plasmalemma or cytoplasmic membrane

b. Chromatophores : They are internal

membrane systems in prokaryotic cells and
may become extensive and complex in
photosynthetic forms like cyanobacteria and
purple bacteria. The chromatophores may
be lamellar, tubular or vesicular in
shape.

4. It is involved in increase in
plasma membrane surface area and
enzymatic content

Gram staining
It
is
a
technique
of
staining
developed by Christai n G ram (1884 ).
Here bacte ria are stained with Crystal
violet or Gentian violet stain (gram
stain). It is then treated with iodine
solution and washed with alcohol. Based
on the r e s p o n s e
to
the
gram
s t a i n i n g b a c t e r i a a r e divided into

Flagella Pilus and Fimbriac

Fla gella
of three

Bacterial fl agellum consists

parts.
a.

Filament - It is the longest portion of

121

Eg:Phosphate
granules,
cyanophycean
granules
and
glycogen granules

flagellum (1 - 70 nm in length and 20 nm

in diameter). It is made up of a protein
called flagellin arranged in a spiral
manner in the filament. The filament
is inserted to the hook, which
anchored to the cell by a basal body.
b.
c.

* gas vacuoles-found in planktons(Provide

buoyancy) Blugreen,
photosynthetic bacteria

Hook - It is a curved and tubular structure

made up of proteins.
Basal body The filament, hook and the
basal body arranged in flagellum to rotate
it by 360' which pushes the bacterium
in forward direction
Pilus and Fimbriae Pili are tubular
appendages c o n t a i n p ro t e i n c a l l e d
Pi l l i n . I t h e l p i n conj u gati on. It is
found in gram negative bacteria.
Fimbriae are small br istle like fibers
from the cell for clinging or attachment
to each other. Spinae are the small
outgrowths found in gram positive
bacteria. It is made up of a
p r o t e i n c a l l e d Spinin. It helps the
cells
to
adjust
environmental
conditions like salinity, PH, temperature
etc.

purple

and green

Eukaryotic cells
* Eukaryotes include all the plants,
ani mals and fungi
* Posses an organi zed nucl eus with
a nuclear envelope
*
Presence
of
membrane
bound
organelles
provides
extensive
compartmentalization of cytoplasm
*
Complex
locomotory
and
cytoskeleton structure are present
* Genetic material is organized into
choromoses
Cell Membrane

Ribosomes

*Cell membrane is composed of lipids that

are arranged in a bilayer

* These are membrane less, bound cell

organelles found
in
the
cytoplasm.
Ribosome's are the only c e l l o r g a n e l l e
f o u n d i n b o t h p r o k a r y o t i c and
eukaryotic cells. It is 70 s type,
containing two subunits namely 50s &
30s; 70 s = 50 s + 30 s

* Lipids are arranged within the membrane

with the polar head towards the outer
side and the hydrophobic tails towards
the inner part. Lipid component
manily consists of phosphoglycerides
* Cell membrane also posses
p r o t e i n a n d carbo hydr ate Eg; - I n
h uma n e rthy roc yte -5 2% proteins and
40% lipids

Ribosomes are the site of protein

synthesis
* Polyribosome or polysomes:- Several
ribosome's attach to a single mRNA to form a
chain

Fluid Mosaic model:It is the most

accepted model proposed by Singer &
Nicolson (1972). According to this model
lipid bilayer contain proteins like a mosaic,
both in the interior of lipid bilayer as
well as on the two surfaces. He called
protein as iceberg in a sea of lipid.
According to him it is quasifluid
structure. The proteins belong to two
categories.

Inclusion Bodies
* Reserve material in prokaryotic cells is
stored in the cytoplasm in the form of
inclusion bodies or storage granules
Not bounded by any membrane
system and found freely in cytoplasm

Intrinsic protein (integral protein) : Found

inside the lipid layer
2.
Extrinsic or (Peripheral protein) : Found
on two surface of the membrane
1.

122
SO

Functions of plasma membrane

1.
Middle lamella - Made up of Ca
& Mg pectate, Middle lamella connect
the entire apoplast

1. Limit cytoplasm
2.Site

of metabolic
respiration,

process

like

photosynthesis etc.
3.Act as semi-permeable membrane ,
allows transport of molecules across it
4.contains
receptors
molecules
for
responding
chemicals.
Membrane
is
selectively permeable to some molecules
present on either side of it
Passive transport:- Molecules move
briefl y across the membrane without
any requirement of energy
[1] Simple diffusion: Neutral solute move
across the membrane along the concentration
gradient ie., from higher concentration to
lower
[ii} Osmosis:- Net movement of solvent
through
a
selectively
permeable
membrane
Active Transport: Transport of ions or
molecules against their concentration
gradient ie.. from lower to higher
concentration.
It
is
an
energy
dependent process eg,, Na-K pump

3.
Secondary layer Present in
mature cell made up of cellulose, semicellulose, pectin and lignin
4.
Teritiary layer It is rarely
present and it is thin and lack cellulose
fibres.
Plasmodesmata:
It is the cytoplasmic bridge between
two cells consists of plasma membrane
limited
by
cytoplasmic
canals.
Desmotubules which connect the E. R
of two cell. Plasmodesmata produces,
living contents called symplast and a
non-living continum made up of cell
wall and inter cellular spaces called
apoplast.
Functions of cell wall
* Outer covering for the
membrane of fungi plants

CELL WALL
Structure of Eukaryotic Cell

plasma

4; Give shape to cell

1.CelI wall
Thicknening ranges from 0.1 nm to
several pm. The composition varies
in
algae

Cellulose,Galactans,
mannans and certain minerals (Si02,
CaCO3) are found.
b.
Fungus Made up of cellulose
and chitin
c.
Higher
plants
cellulose.
pectin,
hemicellulose

2.
Primary layer - Made up of
cellulose
microfibrils
attached
by
xyloglucan by chains through H-bonds.
Pectic polysaccharide consti:utes the
second network which is rich in
galactouronic, The interlocking network
is structural proteins which interweave
to form wall and with structure

Contains
lignin
and

* Cell wall contain 4 layers

* Protect cell from mechanical damage

and infection
* Helps in cell to cell integration
* Provides barrier
macro molecules

to

undesirable

Cytoplasm :- It is the colourless

transparent viscous mass in between
plasma membrane and nucleus. It
shows the characteristics- of both
collide and solution. It contains
a.
Hyaloplasrn or Kinoplasm
Viscous fluid of cytoplasm.

123

b.
Cell
organelles
structures of cytoplasm

living

C. Deutoplasm (Ergastic substances)

non-living substances of cytoplasm
The streaming movement of cytoplasm
is called cyclosis. Cyclosis around a
single vacuole is rotation and number
of vacuoles called circulation
Endo membrane systems
Endo membrane system includes cell
organelles like endoplasmic reticulum,
Golgi complex Lysosome and vacuoles
because
their
functions
are
coordinated
ill Endoplasmic Recticulum ( ER)
Net work or reticulum of tiny tubular
structures scattered in the cytoplasm
* ER divides the intracellular space
into luminal (Inside ER) and extra
luminal (Cytoplasm) compartment

4.
Detoxification
of
smooth E.R. in liver cells.
5.

drugs

by

Synthesis of lipids

6.
Associated
with
muscle
contraction by release and up take of
Ca 2 ions.
*
It is absent RBC, Ova, Early
embryonic cell, Resting cell etc.
*
In muscle cell it is known as
saroplasmic retticulum.

It
is
poorly developed
in
spermatocytes,
reticulocytes and adipose cells
It
is
well
developed
in
metabolically active cells like liver
cells, interstitial cells of testes etc
Golgi Apparatus or golgi bodies
' First seen by George (1867) and
studied Camello Golgi (1898)

Rough Endoplasmic Recticulurn(RER)

* Contain cisternae. tubules & vesicles

* Frequently observed in the cells,

actively involved in protein synthesis
and secretion

It is absent in fungi and ciliated

protozoans, RBC.Sieve tube elements
and
sperms
of
bryophytes
&
pteridophytes

* Certain ribosome
granular ER

also

known

as

* Extensive and continuous with the

outer membrane of the nucleus

Golgi bodies of plant cells. many fungi,

and ciliated protozoans are called
dictyosomes.

Smooth Endoplasmic Recticulum(SER)

* Without ribosomes, Also known as
Agranular ER * Major site for synthesis
lipid
* In animal cells lipids like steroidal
hormone are synthesized by S ER
Functions of ER
1.

Intracellular transporting system

2.
Secretory protein synthesis with
ribosome and its transfer
3.
Gives Mechanical support to the
cytoplasm

Functions:
1.Package the material and preparing for
secretion. Material move from E.R to
Golgi apparatus during which vesicles
are budded of from ER. Materials are
transported from Cis-face to trans face
by vesicles. that keep budding of from
the cisternal edge to the next sac and so
on.

124

2.Modification of glycoproteins, which is

synthesized by golgi bodies.

4.

Air Vacuole - Vacuole with air

found in Prokaryotes provide buoy
ancy. Present in Prokaryoties like BGA.
Phytoplanktons etc

5.

Frey - Wyssling & Muhlethalar

(1965) reported the origin of Vacuole
from plasma membrane by invagination
*Mitochondria

[31. Lysosomes
* Discovered and named by de Duve of
Belgium in 1955
* It is the spherical bodies contain
digestive enzymes produced from Golgi
complex by budding of vesicles. The
enzyme secreted by E.R is packed inside
the Golgi complex in the form of
Lysosome. which is acidic in nature. The
enzymes are
hydrolases. Usually it is formed from RER.
*Size ranges 0.2 0.8
* It digest the cell orcanelle called autophagy. Sometimes the whole cell may be
digested. Hence it is called
Suicidal bags.
* Plants have no lysosome which is exactly
similar to the lysosome of animals. Flant
cell contain lysosome like bodies
called spherosomes. They also
store lipids. *Normally measures 500
nm
*Lysosomes are produced on RER and on
SER near golgi apparatus
f41. Vacuoles
Cytoplasmic vacuole:
There are the
non-cytoplasmic area covered by a
membrane. The membrane in plant cell
is called
tonoplast which is liooproteinaceous in
structure. Four types
Sap vacuole -Store mineral salts &
nutrients found in plant cell
2.
Contractile vacuole - Found in some lower
plants and animals which are osmoregulatory and
excretory in function.
Ey_ Ameoba
1.

3.

Food vacuole - Contain enzymes which

digest nutrients

-Discovered by kolliker (1880) and

named by Benda(1898)
-Spherical or granular bodies seen in the
sytoplasm -Number vary depending on
the physiological activity of the cell
-typically sausage -shaped or cylindrical
(0.2 - 1.0 mm - diameter and 1.0-4.1 mm
length)
- Double membrane bound structure,
divide lumen in to two compartment
[1] Matrix

- inner compartment

[ii] Crystal - Infloding of the inner membrane,

increase the surface area
Functions
1.Sites of aerobic respirationproduces cellular energy in the form of ATP
"Power house of Cell"
2. Protein synthesis
- Matrix contain circular DNA, RNA molecules,
70s ribosome, calcium phosphate and the
components required for the synthesis of
protein
- devides by fission
* Plastids:
unicellular

Found in plants and

organisms like euglena. Three types

a.Chloroplasts - green coloured plastids
b.Chromoplasts - coloured other than
green plastids. It contain carotenoids pigments
which are responsible for yellow. orange and red
colour. It is precursor of vitamin Ain arimals.
c.Leucoplasts - colourless plastid.-

125

storage of food (carbohydrate - amyloplast,

lipid - elaioplast, protein - proteinoplast or
aleur plast) Chloroplasts
Structure - Contain a membrane with two
layers, encloses a space called perplastidal
space.
The
inner
membrane
p r o d u c e s n u m b e r o ' infoldings called
lamellae. When the lamellae become sac like
structure,then it is known as thylakoids. If the
thylakoids are piled together then it is
known as granum. The thylakoid of
granum is the grana thylakoid. The
thylakoid between adjacent grana is stroma
thylakoid or
Fret membranes or Frets or intergranal
thylakoids. The chloroplast matrix is known
as stroma, whichcontains DNA, RNA and
ribosome's.

2.

The mRNA which passes between the

subunit is protected from the action of
nuclease (enzyme which digests nucleic
acids)
* Cytoskeletons- Cell contains supportive
framework
of
microfilaments,

protein
fibres
of
microtubules
and

intermediate filaments
Functions; It is supposed to be responsible
for cell ' motion or changes in shape. The
specific functions are
1.
2.

Contraction of muscle fibres

Help the movement of microvilli
3 Responsible for the movement of the
plasma
membrane during the cell mobility and
endocytosis.
b. Microtubules
Hollow tubes of 25 nm diameter formed
of globular tubulin molecules arranged in
helical manner to form a cylinder,
About 13 subunits are present in one turn.
Functions:

* Ribosome
Discovered by Claude (1841.) and he named it
as minosome. The name ribosome is given
by Pallade (1955). They are
spherical bodies made up cf RNA and
proteins. Two types
1.
2.

70S (60% RNA , 40% proteins)- Found in

prokaryotes, mitochondria and chloroplast
80S ribosome consists of 40% RNA
and 60% proteins-found in eukaryotes.
* The sedimentation coefficient of Ribosome
is expressed in the Svedberg unit (S)
* Ribosome are biosynthesized by the
nucleolus Functions of ribosome

1.

Proteins synthesis. ER bound

Ribosome
synthesize
lysosomal
proteins, whereas free ribosome
synthesize non secretory proteins. Chaperons, which assist
folding and transport of proteins.

1.
Form spindle apparatus during cell
division
2.

Help movement of chromosomes

3.
Maintains the cell form
mobility along with microfilament.

and

c. Intermediate filaments : Made up of

tough and durable proteins of 8 10 nm.
Composed of structural proteins such
as Keratin, Desmin, Vimetin etc.lt foinis a
basket around the nucleus in animal cells.
Also found in cell junctions.
Functions:
1.
Forms structural proteins of skin
and hair.
2.
provide strength to the axons and
dendrons of neurons
3.
Maintain the shape of the cells.
keep the nucleus and other organelles in
place.
* Cilia and Flagella

$2

126

- Hair like outgrowth of the cell membrane

that produce movement
- Cilia:- Small structure work like oars
causing the movement of either the cell or
the surrounding fluid

Discovered by Robert Brown (1831)

1.
2.

Urinucleated - Normal cells

Binucleated Paramecium
3, Multinucleated -Ascans
4. Anucleated - RBC of mature mammal,
sieve tube etc

Flagella:- Long and responsible for

cell movement

Nucleus is the storehouse of heredity

was
proved
by
Hammerling
in
Acetabularia

- Covered with plasma membrane

- Core is called axoneme

Structure

- Axoneme has nine pairs of doublets of

radially arranged peripheral microtubules,
and
a
pair
of
centrally
located
microtubules (9+2 arrangement)
both cilia and flagella emerge from
centriole-like structure called the basal
bodies
* Centrosome and Centrioles
Centrosome :- Area just outer side the
nuclei Of anima s cell
Centriole:- Cylindrical' structure present in
the

1.

Nuclear
envelop
or
Nuclear
membrane
Double
layersd
membrane encloses a space called
Perpendicular Sapce.The
nuclear
membrane show Double layered
membrane
enclosed
by
circular
structures called annuli. It together forms
the pore complex
* NucleoplasmNuclear fluid is a
proteinaceous
fluid
called
nucleoplasm
or Nuclear sap of
Karyolymph. It contains proteins,
enzymes, RNA and minerals

2.

Nucleolus- Membraneless
structures
associated with nucleolar organizer
region of chromosome. It is the site of
ribosomal RNA synthesis chemically it is
made up of RNA and protein s.Di scovered by
Fontana. Functions

centrosome
Structure- It has a cartwheel organization,
which is made up of 9 parallel triplet
fibbers arranged in a circle. The triplets
are embedded in an amorphcus matrix.
They run parallel to one another but an
angle of 40 . From outside to inside
the 3 microtubules of a triplet are named
as C-A pertinacious linkers connect C, B
and A tubules the adjacent microtubulesl.
A proteinaceous hub occupies the center.
The sub-fiber of each triplet is connected
to the hub by means
of radial proteinaceous
spokes. Functions

strands

called

1.
In animal cells it function as
centers for the organization of spindle
apparatus
2.
Centriols are responsible for the
organization and development of cilia ,
flagella and basal bodies
Nucleuses

1) Biosynthesis of ribosomes
2)Help RNA synthesis
3)
4)

Coenoyte - Vaucheria. Caulerpa

Nuclear
membrane
also
called
Karyotheca
-Interphase
nucleuses
has .00se and indistinct ne:work of
nucleoprotein fibers called chromatin

127

-During diferent stages of cell divisioncels show

structural chromosome

5.

- Centromere:- Primary contriction in

chromosome -Knetochore:- disc shaped
structures on the sides of centromore

[c] Mitochondria
above

*Chromosome is made up of DNA.

RNA, histone and non-histone protein.
Based on the position of centromere four

[a] Cytoplasm [b] E.R

Telocentric - Terminal Centromere

Acrocentric - Caped by a Telomer
3.Submetacentric - subterminal
Centromere
4.Meta centric - Median Centromere

[d] Plastid [e] All the

6.
A prokaryotic cell becomes
diferent from a eukaryotic cell in
[a] Plasmid

[b] inclusions

[c] IVlesosomes

Types of chromosomes.
1.
2.

Ribosomes are present in

[d] All the above

7.
Loose sheath of glycocalyx in
bacterial cell is
[a] Capsule

[b] Slime layer

[c] Cell wall

[d] Plasma membrane

8. State true or false

Animals' cell lack cell wall, Plastids and
central large vacuole
[a]
centrioles produces spindle fibres
in plant cell
[b]
The structure of plasma membrane
is based on chemical studies of
erythrocyte cell membrane
ENTRANCE ORIENTED QUESTIONS
1.
The contribution of G.N
Ramachandran was in [a] DNA structure
[b] Protein structure [c] RNA structure
[d]Ribosome structure
2.
A living cell was first noticed and
described by
[a] Robert Hook

[b] Leeuwenhoek

[c]
part

Hydrophobic non polar tail of lipid

[a]

a & b are true c & d are false

[b]

a & d are false b & c are true

[c]

a & c are true b & d are false

[d]

a & c are true b & c are false

[c] Schleiden [d] Virchow

09. According to fluid model, plasma

membrane contains

3.
The modern cell theory was
formulated by

[a]

[a] Scheleiden

[b]
Lipid, intrinsic protein and extrinsic
protein

[c] Virchow
4.

[b] Schwann
[d] All the three

Ornnis ceilula- e-cellula is the

[a] Modern cell theory

theory

[b] Old cell

[c] Theory of cell lineage [d] All of the

above

Lipid, extrinsic protein and sugar

[c]
Lipid, sugar, integral and peripheral
proteins
[d]
Sugar, intrinsic and extrinsic
protein
10. Which is true

128

[a] The lipid component of plasma

membrane mainly consist of
phosphorglycerides

16. Sap vacuole, food vacuoles and

contractile vacuoles are found in
[a]

Animals cell, amoeba and protists

[b]
The membrane of erythrocytes has
52% lipid and.40 % protein

[b]

Plant cells, amoeba and protists

[c]

[c]

Plant cell, protists and amoeba

[d]

Bacteria, amoeba and protists

Polar molecules pass lipid bilayer

[d] Na+/k pump is

11. The endomembrane system include

[a]

ER chloroplast and Mitochondria

17. Mitochondria and Chloroplasts

contains

[b]
Mitochondria, Chloroplast and
Peroxisomes

[a]
RNA

Linear DNA, 70s Ribosomes and

[c]

[b]
RNA

Circular DNA, 80s Ribosomes &

[c]
RNA

Circular DNA, TOs Ribosomes &

[d]

Linear DNA, 70s Ribosomes & RNA

E.R, Golgi complex and Lasosomes

[d]
E.R, Golgi complex, Lysosomes and
Vacu-el es
12. ER divides intracellular space into
[a]

Cyplasm and nucleus

[b]

Hyaloplasm and cell organells

[c]

Nonliving and living inclusion

[d]
Luminal and extra lumina!
compartments
13. The functions of SER and RER are
[a]
Synthesis of protein and lipid
respectively

18. Mitochondria are divided by

[a] Mitosis

[b] Meiosis

[c] Fission

[d] Both mitosis & Meiosis

19 The plastids present in potato is

[a] Chloroplast

[b] amyloplast

20. Ribosomes are observed by

[b]
Synthesis of lipid and protein
respectively

[a] Camillo Golgi

[c]
Synthesis steroidal hormones and
starch respectively

[c] Singer & Nicholson

Palade

[d]
Synthesis of protein and steroidal
hormones respectively

21. The arrangement of auxonemal

microtubules
in
cilia,
flagella
and
peripherals fibrils of tubulin protein in
contrioles are

14. The site of formation of glycoproteins

and glycollipids are
[a] SER

[b] RER

[c] Golgi complex

[d] Lysosomes

15. The enzymes of lysosomes are of

[a] Lipase

[b] Proteases

[c] Carbohydrases

[d] Hydrolases

[b] Robert Brown

[d:

George

[a]
9 doublets + singlets in cilia &
flagella where as 9 doubles only in
centriole
[b]
9 triplets + 2 singlets in cilia &
flagella whereas 9 doubles only in
centriole
[c]
9 doublets + 2 singlets in cilia &
flagella where as 9 triplets and 2 singlets
in centriole

129

[d]
9 doublets +2 singlets in cilia &
flagella where as 9 triplets only in
centriole
22. Single rrembraned, double membrane
and membrane less cell organells are
[a]
Vacuae,
Mitochondria
Ribosomes respectively

and

[b]
Lysosomes,
Chloroplasts
contrioles respectively

and

b. in eukaryotic cell, the nuclear

membrane.
chloroplast,
mitochondira, microtubules and pill
are present
c. In prokaryotic cell the ribosome
is
of
70S
type
and
in
mitochondira of eukaryotic an
mat cell the ribosome is 805 type
[al a- and b- are wrong and c- is
correct
[b] a- is correct and b- and c- are
wrong

[c]
Lysosomes, Nucleus and Nucleolus
respectively
[d]

[c a- and b- are correct and c- is

wrong

All the above

[d] a- and c- are correct and b- is

wrong [e] a, b- and c- are wrong

23. Which is correct matched items in

column I and Column II
Column I
Robe
1
rt
b Fleming
2
c Kinetochore 3
a

Metacentoi
c

e
f

26.

Column II
Chromatin
Nucleus
Centro mere
Centrorrere
away

slight

Telocentric 5
Secondor 6
y
[a] a, b. d only

Centromere terminal
Satellite

[c] c, d, e only

[d] d, e, f only

[b] c. e, f only

24. Which of these is mis-matched?

[a] Amyloplasts
- Store protein
granules
[b] Elaioplasts - Store oils or fats
[c] Chloroplasts
- Contain
chlorophyll
pigments
[d] Chromoplasts - Contain coloured
pigments other than chlorophyll
[e] Leucoplasts - Contain colourless
pigment
25. Read the following statements
and identify the correct options
given:

Match the following and

choose the correct combination
from the option given:
Cell organelle
a. Endoplasmic
reticulum

Function
1. Take part in cellular
respiration
b.
Free
2. Take
part
in
Ribosom
osmoregulaticn and
e
excretion
c.Mitochondri 3.
Synthesis of lipids
on

d. Contractile 4.
Synthesis of
non
secretory
vacuole
proteins
[a] a=3, b=4, c=1. d=2 [b] a=1, br2, c=4, d=3 [c] a=2, b=1, c=3, d=1
[d] a=3. b=2. c=-1. d=4 [e) b=1.
c=3, d=4
27.The sedimentation coefficient of
complete ribosome in bacterial
cell is
[a] 70S [b] SOS [c] 786 [d] 735 [e]
60S
Identify the correct match between
types of chromosomes and their
descriptions:

a In prokaryotic cell, the nuclear

membrane,
chloroplast,
mitochondria. microtubules and
diferent kinds of pili are absent

130

. Assembly of two subunits 40S and SOS

of the ribosome is:
[a] 100S unit
unit

[b] 80S unit

[a] Rudolph Virchow [b] Robert Hooke

Schleiden

[c] 70 S

[d] Robert Brown

[e] Theodre Schwann

37.

[d] 50 S unit [e] 20 S unit

30. Smooth endoplasmic reticulum is the
site of:

Identify the non membranous

organelle from the following
[a] Nucleus
Mitochondria

[a] Protein synthesis

[b] Carbohydrate synthesis
[c] Lipid synthesis
[d] Nucleic acid
synthesis
[e] Amino acid synthesis

[b] Chloroplast [c]

[c] Ribosome [e] Endoplasmic reticulum

38. Pick up the odd one from Golgi
bodies,
Nucleolus,
Nucleus,
Lysosomes, Ribosomes [a] Nucleolus
[b] Golgibodies [c]
ER

31. SemiautonomoLs organelle in

the cell is: [a] Peroxisomes
[b]
Chloroplast

[d] Lysosomes[e] Ribosomes

[c] Endoplasmic reticulum [d]

Golgi bodies [e] Ribosomes

39. Match the following

32. The main function of centrosome is:

[a] Secretion [b] Osmoregulation
[c] Respiration[d] Protein synthesis
[e] Formation of spindle fibres
33. The small part of chromosome arm
beyond secondary constriction is
called
[a] Kinetochore [b] Chromonemata
[c] Satellite[d]
Telomare

Centromere

[e]

34. A procaryotic cell dif ers from

an eucaryotic cell in not having
[a] A distinct nucleus
[b] The machinery of cellular oxidation of
food materials
[c ] T he ge ne ti c m ate ri al s
[ d ] R i b o s o m e s [e] A distinct cell wall
35. In plart cell, digestion of fats
occurs with the help of:
[a] Lysosomes

[b] Peroxisomes

[c] Glyoxisomes

IcliMicrotubules

[e] Microfilaments
36. Nucleus was discovered by:

1o, 2s, 3q, 4t, 5r

[b] 1r, 2q, 3s, 4p 5t
[c] 1s, 2r, 3p, 4q, 5t
[d] 1q,2s, 3t, 4p, 5r
[e]
1q, 2p, 3s, 4r, 5t
40.. Endomembrane system include
[a] Chloroplast,
mitochondria,
Microbodies and vacuoles
[b] ER, golgi complex, Lysosomes and
chloroplast
[a]

[c] ER, golgi complex, Lysosomes and

vacuole
[d] ER, golgi complex, Mitochondria and
vacuoles
[e] ER: plastid, Lysosomes and vacuoles
41. Which of the following is not correct?
[a] Robert Brown discovered the cell
[b] Schleiden
and
Schwann
formulated the cell theory.
[c] Virchow explained that cells are
formed

131

from pre-existing cells.

[d] A unicellular organism carries out its
life
activities within a single cell
[e] Old cell theory and theory
lineage of
Virchow
comprises
modern
theory
42. New cells generate from

cell
cell

[a] Cells of all living organisms have a

nucleus
[ b] Bo th animal and plan t ce lls
h ave a w e ll defined cell wall
[c] In prokaryotes, ther are no
membrane bound organelles
[d] Cells are formed de novo from
abiotic
materials
[e] Plant cell contains centrosome
44. Cartwheel structure is found in
[c]

[b] In higher plants cell wall made

up of cellulose, hemicelluloses,
pectins and proteins

Which is the
flagellum?

part

of

bacterial

[a]
Rootlets, basal body and
Axoneme
[b]
Filament. basal body and
Axoneme
[c]
body

Filament, Hook and Basal

[d]
Hook

Basal body, Axoneme and

[e]
Hook

Rootlets. basal body and

the

functions

of

[a]
cell wall formation, DNA
replication and distribution to
daughter cells
[b]
Help in respiration [c]
Help in secretion

[a] presence of proteinaceous hub

[b] presence of peripheral triplets
[c] give rise to spindle apparatus
[d] Peripheral triplets are made of
tubulin proteins
[e] All the
above
Chloroplast ribosomes are
[a] 70 s [b] 80 s [c] 70 s & 80 s
[d] None of these [e] 50s
Fluid
nature
of
the
plasma
membrane is due to the quasi-fluid
nature of
[a] Protein and Lipid
Lipid

[a] Algae have cell wall, made up

of cellulose. galactans, manners
and
minerals
like
calcium
carbonate

Which
are
mesosomes

[d] Both a and b [e] Both b and c

45. Which are not related with core
or axoneme of
cilia and
flagellum?

[c]

Which statements are true

[d] Water and neutral solutes

moves from lower concentration to
higher
concentration
through
membrane by passive transport
[e] All

43. Which of the following is correct:

[b] Lipid only

Carbohydrate

and

[c]
Plasma
membrane
is
a
selectively permeable membrane

[a] Bacterial fermentation

[b] Regeneration of old cells
[c] pre-existing cells [d] abiotic materials
[e] All

[a] Centrosome [b] Basal body

Axoneme

[d]
Lipid,
protein
Carbohydrate [a] None

and

[d] Increases the surface area of

the
plasma
membrane
and
enzymatic content.
[e] All the above
The membraneous structures
prokaryotic cells are

of

[a] Mesosomes [b]

Chromotophores
[c] Ribosomes [d] Inclusion bodies
[e] Both a & b
In bacteria membranes are absent
in
[a] Ribosomes [b] Inclusion bodies

132

[c] Ribosomes and inclusion bodies

[d] Mesosomes and chromatophore
Amoeboid cells are present in
a] RBC [b] WBC
cells

[c] Epithelial

Rudolf Virchow is concerned with

[c]
None

[d]
Pellicle

Theory of cell lineage [e]

in

Plasma membrane [e]

State true or false

a)Animals cell lack cell wall,
Plastids and central large vacuole
b)Centrioles
produces
fibres in plant cell

[C] (9)+1

[d] 13+0 [e] 12 + (1)

[a]

[b]

Tough sheath of glycocalyx

bacterial cell is [a] Capsule [b]
Slime layer [c] Cell wall

[a] 9+0 [b] 9+2

60. Similarly between chloroplast

and Mitochondria

[d] Mesophyl [e] Neurons

[a] Modern cell theory
Old cell theory

59. The microtubular arrangement

in
the
flagellar
filament
is
represented as

spindle

c)The
structure
of
plasma
membrane is based on chemical
studies
of
erythrocyte
cell
membrane
d)Hydrophobic non polar tail of
lipid part of plasma membrane is
towards outer side
[a]
false

a & b are true c & d are

[b]
true

a & d are false b & c are

[c]
false

a & c are true b & d are

[d]
false

a & c are true b & c are

[e]

a, b& c are false & d true

Both are organelles

[b]
Both
membrane bound
[c]

are

double

Both are semiautonomous

[d]
Both contain DNA
of these

[e] All

61.
Whose
discovery
was
published in nature in which year?
[a]
1954

Theodore

Schwann

[b]

Leeuwanhoch in 1838

[c]
1954

G.N.

[d]

Robert hook in 1838

in

Ramachandran

in

62. Match the following

IRed blood cells
Elongated

IIWhite blood cells

and Oval

IIINerve cell
biconcave

Round

IVTrachied
and long1

Branched

VMesophyll cellt

Amoeboid

Round
and

[a] I-s II-t 111-p IV-q V-r [b] l-r

11-t 111-s IV-p V-q
[C] 1-r 114 111-p IV-s V-q [d] l-q
11-r III-s IV-p V-t

57. In germ cells the cell division

is

63. Select the correct matching

pair

[a] Mitosis
Fission

[b] Bacteria

[b] Meiosis

[c]

[a] Mycoplasma

[d] Both Mitosis & Meiosis

Amitosis

[e]

[d] Human Red blood cell 7 pm

58. The term

introduced by
[a] Farmer
Fleming

[d] Both B and C

'chromatin'

r.b] Moore

was

[c]

[d] Robert Hooke [e] Robert Brown

0.2 p m

6 pm
[e] All

64. Which of these do not play a

role in motility?
[a] Flagella

[b] Cilia [c] Pili

[d] Fimbriae

[e] C and D

65. Select the true statement

133

[a] RBC contain 40% protein and

52% liquid

carbohydrates.
membrane

[b) Secondary wall is capable of

growth

[a]
Carbohydrates are in least
proportion

[c] Secondary wall is

towards innerside of cell
and D

[b]
Lipids
proportion

formed
[d] C

[e] Mitochondria is of 1 4.1 p m

in diameter
66. Which of these in fat-soluble
[a] Carotenoids
Phycocyanin

67. Which of the following is less

permeable?
[a]
Outer
membrane

chloroplast

[b]
Inner
membrane

mitochondria!

[c]
Inner
membrane

chloroplast

[d]
Outer
membrane

micochondrial
are non
Nucleolus

[d] \iacoule [e]

69. Which of these is non staining

[a] Nucleosome
Chromatid
[C] Satellite

typical

are

cell

in

least

[o] Proteins are in least proportion

[d]
All
the
proportion

three

in

equal

74.
Cellulose,
galactans
&
mannans constitute the cell wall of

[c] Chlorophyll [d] Phycoerythrin

[c] Lysosome
and B

[e] Nothing can be predicted

[b]

68. Which of these

membrane bound [a]
[b] Ribosome

In

[b)

[d] Nucleus

[a] Algae
Plant

[b] Fungus

[c]

[d] Animal

[e] All of these

75. Membraneless structures are

[a]

Golgi body & Nucleolus

[b]

Ribosome & nucleus

[c]

Ribosome & nucleolus

[d]
Mitochondria
Chloroplast
[e]

&

ER & Golgi body

76. The organelles which is not

included in endomembrane system
i) Mitochondria ii)
body

ER

iii)

Golgi

iv) Vacule

v) Peroxisome

[a] iv & v
& v

[b] 1 & iv

[d] I & v

[e]ii&iii

[c]

iii

70. Which result in short arm and

long arm

77. Which of the following has a

single
membrane?
[a]
Mitochondria [b] Ribosome

[a] Metacentric[b]
Submetracentric

[c] Nucleus [d] Lysosome

Chloroplast

[c] Acrocentric [d] Tefocentric

78. Which of the cell organelles

are devoid of DNA

71. Size of a typical virus

[a] 1-2 pm
10-20 um

[b] 0.1-1 pm [c]

[d] 0.3 pm

[e] 0.02-0.2 pm

72. Mesosomes are in the form of

[a] Vesicles
Lamellae

[b] Tubules

[c]

[d] all of these [e] A & b

73. Cell membrane is mainly
constituted by lipids, proteins &

[a]

[e]

Mitochondria & Nucleus

[b]
Chloroplast
Mitochondria
[c]

&

Nucleus& chloroplast

[d]
Lysosome & golgi bodies
[e] Both b & d
79. Lysosome are originated from
[a] RER [b] SER
body

[c]

Golgi

[d] Plasma membrane

134

80. The basal body resembles

[o] (ii) Proteins

[a] Cilia [b] Flagella [c] Centriol

(iii)

[d] Plasma membrane [d] A & b

[d] (i) 40%, 52%

81.
(i)
Plastids
are
found
exclusively in kingdom planate

(ii) Proteins

(ii)
Carotene & Xanthophylls
are fat soluble
(iii)
Sedimentation coefficient
is a direct measure of density &
size
(iv)
Eukaryotic & Prokaryotic
flagellae are structurally different.
Choose the
following

correct

among

[a] (I) & (ii)

[b] (iii) & (iv)

[c] (ii) & (iv)

[d] all the above

the

&

ribosomes:

[a] Mitochondria

[b] Micro bodies

Chloroplast

[c]

ER

[d]

86. Match the column

Column I

Column II

[1] Typical bacteria

[a] 3-5 pril

[ii] Golgi apparatus

pm diameter

[b]

112-1_0

[iii] Mitochondria
1.0}im diameter

[c]

0.5pm-

[d] 0.1 Mm

[e] 1-2 urn

DNA & histone proteins

[b]
DNA
proteins

85. Odd one out with regard to the

presence of

[iv] PPLO

82. 'Chromatin' Contains

[a]

Inner side

non-histone

[a]

(i)-A, (ii)-C, (iii)-B, (iv)-D

[c]
DNA, histone proteins &
non-histone

[b]

(i)-A, (ii)-B, (iii)-C, (iv)-D

[c]

(i)-E, (ii)-B, (iv)-D

proteins

[d]

(i)-E, (ii)-C, (iii)-B, (iv)-D

[d]
above

DNA & RNA

[e]

All

the

83. 'Nuclear Matrix' Includes

[a]

Nucleolus and chromatin

[b]
Nucleoplasm
Nucleolus

and

[c]
Chromatin
Nucleoplasm

and

[d]
Nucleoplasm,
and Nucleolus

Chromatin

(i)Erythrocytes contains
lipids

(iii)
on the

fluid

nature

the cell
[a] (i) 52%, 40% (ii) Proteins
(ii)

of

Secondary wall is formed

of

[b] (i) 52%, 40%

Lipids

[b]

[C]
Linus
Pauling
Ramachandran

M.S
[d]

G.N

88.
Name the scientistics who
were responsible
for the following discoveries
of

[ii]
Bodies of animals & plants
are composed of cells & products
of cells

proteins &

(ii)
Quasicauses fluidity

[a] Ernst Mayer

Swaminathan

[i]All plants are composed

different kinds of cells

84. Fill up:approximately

87.
Who is the founder of
'Madras School of conformational
analysis of biopolymers?

[iii]
Presence of cell wail is a
unique character
of the plant cells
(iv)
Cells divided & new cells
are formed from pre- existing
(v)
Cells had a thin outer
layer which is today known as the
"Plasma membrane"

135

[a]
(i)
Schleiden
Virchow (iii)

(ii)

Rudolf

[a] Lipid [b] Steroid

Schwann
(iv) Rudolf Virchow

95. SER is site for synthesis of

(v) Schwann

[b] Schleiden (ii) Schwann (iii)

Schleiden (iv) Rudolf. Virchow (v)
Schwann
[c] (i) Schleidan (ii) Schwann (iii)
Schwann (iv) Rudolf. Virchow (V)
Schleiden
[d] (i) Schleiden (ii) Schwann (iii)
Schwann (iv) Rudolf Virchow (v)
Schwann

[d] All

[e] a and b

96. Stage at which morphology of

chromosomes is easily studied is
[a] Prophase
[b] Metaphase [c] Anaphase [d]
Telophase
97. Site of attachment of spindle
fibre is
[b] Kinetochore
[a] Centromere

89.
G.N
Ramachandran
was
published in Triple helical structure
of collagen is

[c] Satailite

[a] Nature
Naturae

[a] Syncytium [b]

endosperm

[b]

Systema

[c] Protein

[d] Microsatallite

98. Liquid endosperm is coconut is

an example of
Free

nuclear

[c] Biological history [d] None

[c] a and b

90. Who first described a cell?

99. Which of the following is not

an exception to the cell theory?

[a] Robert Hook

van Leeuwenhoek

[b]

Anton

[c] Mathias Schleiden [d]

brown

Robert

91.
Modern
formulated by

cell

theory

[a] Schleiden

[b] Schwann

[c] Virchow

[d] All the above

92. Mycoplasma is about

length

is

[b] 3-5 pm

[c] 0.3 pm

[d] 10-15 pm

bacteria which play

[a]

Important role in motility

[b]

Not a role in motility

a

role

[d] Viruses

[e] Parenchyma cell

100. Which of the

wrongly matched

[b]

93. Pill and flimbriae are surface

structure of

[c]
Sometimes
motility [d] None

[a] Prokaryotic cell [b] Sieve tube

[c] Rhizopus
following

is

[a]
Smallest cell Mycoplasma

in

[a] 20 pm

[d] None

in

94. Prokaryotic ribosomes are

[a]
size

15 nm by

20

nm

in

[b]
size

20 nm by

25

nm

in

[c]
size

25 nm by

30

nm

in

[d]
size

10 nm by

15

nm

in

Largest cell

- Ostrich egg

[c]
Largest plant cell
Epulopscium

[d]
Longest plant cell
Sclerenchyma fibre

[e]
Longest
Nerve cell

cell

human

101. Which of the following is a

non membrane bound organelle
found in prokaryotes
[a] Mitochondria
Ribosome

[b]

Plastids

[c]

[d] Centriole [e] Golgi bodies

102. Which of the following is a non
membrane
bound organelle found in eukaryotes
[a] Mitochondria [b] Plastids [c]
Lysosomes Centriole

136

103. N-acetyl muramic acid and Nacetyl

110.
Which of the
following
vacuoles are present in plant cells

glucosamine are components of

[a] Cellulose [b] Hemicellulose
[c] Peptidoglycan [d] Pectin [e] Agar
104. Which of the following is
absent in the membranes of
prokaryotes

[a] Sap vacuoles [b] Contractile

vacuole
[c] Gas vacuoles [d] Food vacuoles
124.
111, Which of the following is not
a similarity
between plastids and mitochondria

[a] Phospholipids [b] Proteins

[c] Carbohydrates
Cholesterol

[c] Transferases [d] Lyases [e]

Ligases

[a] Cristae

[d]

[b] Circular DNA

[c] 70S ribosomes

[e] Hopanoids

[d]
Semiautonomous
organelles

05. Prokaryotic and eukarvotic

cells have which of
119.

[e]

the common features

[a]

Membrane bound nucleus

[b]
Cell wall made of cellulose
[c] Ribosomes

Endosymblonts

112. Which of the

wrongly matched

following

is

matrix

[a]
Mitochondrial
Krebs cycle
[b]

Grana Dark reaction

[d] Flagella and cilia that contain

microtubules

[c]
cycle

Stroma

lei Linear chromosome made of

DNA and
120.

[d]
Mitochodria
phosphorylation

protein

[e]
Chloroplast
Photophosphorylation

106. Which of the following is not

an inclusion

Calvins

Oxidative
125.

body?

113. Colourless
starch is

[a] Chromatophore [b] Phosphate

granules

[a] Elaioplast [b] Proteinoplast [c]

Amyloplast

[c] Sulphur granules

granules 121.

[d] Phragmoplast [e] Chromoplast

126.

[d]

Lipid

[e] Cyanophycean granules

107. Which of the
absent in an algal

following

is

[a] Lignin [b] Cellulose

Galactans
122.

[c]

storing

114 Which is not a characteristic

of a
mitochondrion?
[a]

cell

plastid

It has two membrane

[b]
It is the site of cellular
respiration

108. Stage at which morphology of

chromosomes

[c]
It is found in prokaryotic
and eukaryotic

is easily studied is

cells

[a] Prophase

[b] Metaphase

[c] anaphase
123.

[O]

[d]
It
ribosomes

Telophase

109. Lysosomes are rich in

127.
contains

DNA

and

Eel It contains a fluid matrix

115 The smallest cell organelle is

[a] isomerases [b] Hydrolases

137

[a] Glyoxysome [b] Peroxisome [c]

Ribosome
128

Which of the following is wrongly

matched?

[d] Sphaerosome [e] Lysosome

[a]
Nuclear membrane Pore
complex

116. Ribosomes are synthesized in

the
[a] Centromere
[c] Centriole
[d] Nucleolus

Centrosome

[e] Cytoplasam

[b]
Nuclear lamina
Protein fibers

[c]
Nucleoplasam
Karyolymph

117.
Which of the
following
organelle is abundant 129.

[d]
Chromatin
Nucleosome

in oil rich germinating seeds?

[e]
Primary
Nucleolar

[a]
Mitochondrion
Chloroplast[c] Lysosome

[b]

recticulam

constriction

organizer

Peroxisome

Which of the following statements

is not true about nucleus?

118. Single membrane bound

organelle involved in the synthesis
and storage of lipids

[a] Nucleus is surrounded by a

double membrane

[a] Lysosome [b] Glyoxisome[c]

Peroxisome

[c]
Nucleoplasam
contains
nucleotides.
DNA
and
RNA
polymerises

[d] Glyoxysome
130.

[e]

[d] Sphaerosome[e] centrosome

Which of the following is found in
a centrosome

Ib) Pore complex is formed

nuclear pore and annulus

[d]
Chromatin
fibers
formed of DNA and histones

of

are

[c] Kinetosome [d] Diplosome

[e]
Nucleolus is the site of
protein synthesis The protein discs
found on the centromere are

[e] Basal plate

called

The function of the centrosome is

[a] Pellicle [b] Satellite

Kinetochores

[a] Axoneme

[b] Blepharoplast

[a] Formation of spindle fibres and

astral rays

[c]

[b] Formation of basal bodies

[d] Balbiani rings

Chromomeres

[c] Formation nucleolus

The centromere is involved in

[d] Formation of cell plate

Both a and b

[e]

[e]

[a] Spilitting of chromosomes

[bi Formation of spindle fibers

Which of the following is wrongly

matched? [a] Centriole - 9+0 [b]
Cilia and flagella-9+2

[c]
Movement
chromosomes to poles

[c] Basal body-9+0 [d] Centriole

Dynein

[d]

Duplication of DNA

[e]

Ribosome formation

[e] Cilia and flagellaTubulin

The
central
core
formed
of
microtubules in cilia and flagella is
called
[a] Basal body [b]
[c]Blepharoplast

Basal plate

[d] Kinetosome[e] Axoneme

Chromosome
in
which
centromere is at the end is

of

the

[a] Acentric [b] Acrocentric [c]

Submetacentric [d] Metacentric
[e] Telocentric
Cells divide and new cells are
formed from pre-existing cells.
This concept was given by [a]

138

Matthias Schleiden [b] Theodore

Schwanri
[c]
Matthias Schleiden
Theodore Schwann
[d]

and

Rudolf Virchow

[c]Part (A): Matrix major site for respiratory

chain enzymes
[d] Part (D): Outer membrane gives rise
to inner membrane by splitting
136. In land plants, the guard cells differ from
other epidermal cells in having:

Aleuroplasts in a cell store

[a] Starch

[b] Oil

[c] Protein

[d] Nutrients

[a] Mitochondria
reticulum

The size of mitochondria in plant

cell is
[a] 0.1 1.0 pm long [b] 1.0
4.0 pm long [c] 2.0 4.0 pm long
[d] 3.0 4.0 pm long
131. House-keeping proteins occur
in
[a]

[c]

132. Which one of the following is

not considered as a part of the
endomembrane system?
[a] Peroxisome [b] Vacoule
[c] Lysosome

[d] Golgi complex

133. Which one is an example of

nonmembrane
bound
organelle
concenrned with central dogma
[a] Centriole [b] Microbodies [c]
Peroxisomes
[d] Cytoskeletons

[e] Ribosome

134. At metaphase, chromosomes

are attached to the spindle fibres
by their:
[a] Secondary
Kinetochores
[c] Centromere

constrictions

Endoplasmic

[c] Chloroplast[d] Cytoskeleton

137.

Important site for formation

glycoproteins an d glycolipids is:

of

[a] Golgi apparatus [b] Plastid

[c] Lysosome

[d] Vacuole

138. Consider the following statements.

Endoplasmic reticulum

[b]
Golgi
complex
Cytoskeleton [d] All

[b]

[b]

[d] satellites

135. The figure below shows the

structure of mitochondrion with its
four parts labelled (A), (B), (C)
and (D). Select the matched with its
function.

[a] Plant cells have centrioles

which are absent in almost all
animal cells
[b] Ribsosomes
protein synthesis

are

the

site

of

[c] The middle lamella is a layer mailnly

of calcium carbonate which holds the
different neighbouring cells together
[d] In animal cells steroidal
hormones are synthesized by
smooth endo plasmic reticulam
Of the above statement;
[a] [a] and [b] only are correct
[b] [c] and [d] only are correct
(c] [b) and [d] only are correct
[d] [a] and [d] only are correct
[e] [b] and [c] only are correct
139. Which one of the following has its
own DNA? [a] Mitochondria [b]
Dictyosome
[e] Lysosome[d] Peroxisome 140. The main
arena of various types of activities of a cell
is:
[a] Plasma membrane[b] Mitochondrian

[a] Pa rt (B): Inne r memb rane f orms

infoldings called cristae
[b] Part (C): Cristae possess single
circular DNA molecule and ribosomes

[c] Cytoplasm
[d] Nucleus
141. The plasma membrane consists mainly
of:

139

[a] Phospholipids embedded in a

protein bilaye
[b] Proteins embedded in a lipid bilayer
[c] Protiens embedded in a polymer of glucose
Molecules
[d] Proteins
embedded
in
a
carbohydrate bilayer
142. Algae have cell wall made up of:
[a] Cellulose galactans and rnannans
[b] Hemicellulose,pectins and proteins
[c] Pectins, cellulose and proteins
fel] Cellulose hemicelluloses and
pectins
143. Which one of the following structures
between two

[c]
Endoplasmic
Plasmalemma

[b] Plastoquinones
reticulum

[el]

144. Which of the following is NOT

a true organelle?
[a] Lysosome [b] Ribosome
[c] Chloroplast[d] Mitochondrion
145. The main lipid components of the
plant cell membrane are
[a] Phosphodiesters[b] Glycocalyx
[c] Peptidoglycan [d] Phosphoglycerides
146.

Under
special
conditions,
the
parenchymatous cells of a plant tissue are
totipotent which is expression of
[a] Differentiation

[b] Growth

[c} Dedifferentiation

[d] Death

[a] Connections between adjacent cells

[b] Lignified cemented layers between
cells
[c] Locomotary
[d] Membranes connecting the nucleus with
plasmelemma
150. Which of the following cells are round
and biconcave in shape?
[a] White blood cells[b] Red blood cells
[c] Colurmnar ephithelial cells
[d] Nerve cells

[e] Mesophyll cells

151. Consider the following statements and

choose the correct option

adjacent cells is an effective

transport pathway?
[a] Plasmodesmata

149. Plasmodesmata are:

147_ Middle lamella is composed mainly of:

[a] The
endomembrane
system
includes p l a s m a m e m b r a n e , E R ,
golgi
complex,
lysosomes
and
vacuoles
[b] ER
helps
in
the
transport
of
substances, s yn t h e s is of p ro t e i n s,
l ip o p ro t e i n s a n d glycogen
[C] Ribosomes are involved in
protein synthesis
[d] Mitochondria help in oxidative
phosphorylation and generation of
ATP
[a] b,c and d are correct [b] a
alone is correct
[c] balone is correct
alone is correct
[e] dalone is correct
152. Which one of the following
organells is not surrounded by any
membrane?
[a] Mitochondrion [b] Vacuole [c]
Chloroplast
[d]
Endoplasmic
[e]Ribosomes

[a] Phosphoglycerides [b] Hemicellulose

153. The name

coined by :

[c] Muramic acid

[a] Hemming

[d] Calcium pectate

reticulam

chromatin

[d]

Camillo

[a) Proteinaceous filaments

[e] Rudolf Virchow

[b] Calcium carbonate granules

154.
The
infoldings
mitochondria are known as:

[c]
Callose
microfibrils

deposits

[d]

Cellulosic

[a] Cristae
Cisternae

was

[b] Robert brown

[c] George paled

glogi

148. Cytoskeleton is made up of:

[d] c

[b]

Matrix

in
[c]

140

[d] Thylakoids [e] Grana

155. Which of these is wrongly
matched?
[a]
Chloroplasts
chlorophyll
[b]

Elaioplasts

Starch

[c]
Chromoplasts
Carotenoids
[cl]
Amyloplasts
Carbohydrates
[e] Aleuroplasts -

Proteins

156. Select the true statement

regarding the cell membrane
1)The
of the

detailed

structure

membrane was studied only after

the
advent
of
the
electron
microscope in the 1950s
2)Chemical studies on the cell
membrane, especially in human
RBC's, enabled the scientists to
deduce the possible structure of
plasma membrane
3)The studies showed that the cell
membrane is composed of lipids
that are arranged in a bilayer
4)Lipids are
the

arranged

within

membrane with the polar head

towards the outer sides and the
hydrophobic tails towards the
inner part
5)The

lipid

membrane
CI

component

of the

mainlyconsists

phosphoglycerides
6)Biochemical investigation clearly
revealed that the cell membranes
also
possess
protein
and
carbohydrate
7)The ratio of protein and lipid
varies in different cell types. The
membrane
of
the
human
erythrocyte has approximately 52
percent protein and 40 per cent
lipids
[a] If all are correct
[ID] If only 1, 4 & 5 are correct
[c] If only 3 & 5 are correct

[d]
If
correct

only

1.

&

are

[e]
If
correct

only

3.

&

are

157. One the following is not a function of

golgi apparatus
[a] It
performs
the
function
of
packaging materials, to be delivered
either to the intracellular targets or
secreted outside the cell
[b] A number of proteins synthesised by
ribosomes, on the endoplasmic reticulum
are modified in the cisternae of the
golgi apparatus before they are
released from its trans face
[c] It is the site of formation of
glycoproteins
[d] The site of formation of glycolipids
[e] It forms the site for aerobic respiration
158. Fimbriae are short bristly protein
tubes used for
[a] Sexual reproduction
[b] Locomotion
and
sexual
reproduction
[c] Attaching to solid surfaces and for
mutual clinging
[d] All the above [e] None of the above
159. and ...are
considered
as
microbodies of a cell
[a] Peroxisome & Lysosome
[b] Cytoplasmic
granules
Peroxisome
[c] Peroxisome & glyoxysome
[d] None
[e]
lysosomes
spherosomes
160. Match the following
Column A

&
&

Column-B

1. Chromoplast

a store protein

2. Amyloplast

b. Store fat

3. Aleuroplast
c. Store pigments
4. elaioplastI d. Store starch
[a] 1-c,2 -d, 3 -a .4-b
[b] 1-d , 2 -c, 3 -a ,4-b
[c] 1-c, 2-a, 3-d, 4-b
[d] 1-d, 2-a, 3-b, 4-c
161. The centriole which usually occur in
the form of two grannules known as
[a] Phragmosome [b] Diplosome

141

[c] Lomasome [d] Centrosome

[e] Microsomes
162, The total number of A & B tubules
present in flagella are .....................
&
............................. Repectively
[a] 9 & 9 respectively [b] 10 + 10
respectively [c] 9 + 10 respectively [d] 9
& 2 respectively
[e] 2 and 2
163.

Chloroplasts and mitochondria

show a number of parallelisms except

[a] Double membrane bound nature

[b] Semiautonomous nature
[c] Oxidative phosphorylation
[d] Ring shaped DNA [e] 70 S ribosomes

CELL CYCLE AND CELL DIVISION

The growth and reproduction of all organisms
depend on the division and differentiation of
their cell. The mechanism of division and
multiplication is known as cell reproduction. It
include mitosis, meiosis and amitosis
Cell cycle: The sequence of events by which
a cell duplicates its genome, synthesizes the
other constituents of the cell and eventually
divides into two daughter cells is termed cell
cycle. The stages through which a cell
passes from one cell division to the next
constitute the cell cycle. Human cell divides
in approximately every 24 hours but yeast
cell cycle complete with in 90 minutes The
cell cycle can be devided into two major
phases.
Interphase and M phase (Mitotic phase). The
M phase represents the phase when the
actual cell division or Mitosis occurs and the
interphase represents the phase between two
successive M phases
1. Interphase :
Interphase is also called 'resting stage

'because no visible changes occur in the

nucleus. Interphase is typically much longer
than M phase. In the 24 hours average
duration of cell cycle of a human cell, cell
division proper lasts for only about an hour.
The interphase last more than 95% of the
duration of the cell cycle and is subdivided
into three distinct phases namely. G1 (Gap
1), S (synthesis) and G2 (Gap 2).
(i) G, phase: (Post mitotic gap phase)
lit is the time gap between the end of mitosis
and The start of DNA synthesis
2.
Cell
is
metabolically active
and
continuously grows,but does not replicable its
DNA
3. Chromosomes are fully extended and
some RNA And proteins are synthesized
4. Last for 3 -4 hours
(ii) S phase
1.Synthesis or replication of DNA takes place
2.No increase in the chromosome number
3.Centriole in the cytoplasm duplicates
4.last for 7- 8 hours
(Hi) G2 Phase (Pre mitotic gap phase). Time
gap between the end of DNA synthesis and
beginning of mitosis
1. Last for 2-5 hours
2.Synthesis of RNA and protein continues,
cell Growth continues
Some Cells in the adult animals do not
appear to Exhibit division and many other
cells devide occasionally, as needed to
replace cells that have lost because of injury
or cell death. Cells that are more
differentiated (eg. Heart cells) may withdraw
from the cell cycle in Gland enter an inactive
stage known as quiescent stage (G0). Go
cells unable to re-enter the cycle (eg Muscle
& Nerve) are said to be terminally
differentiated. Other cells in Gc,
(eg. hepatocytes, fibroblasts) can re-enter the
cell cycle in response to growth factors
following an injury

142

2.Nuclear envelope dissolves and

nucleolus disappears.
3. Microtubules forms bipolar spindle. which
is differentiated in to pole-to-pole
spindle (continuous fibres
SPhAsE/ or supporting fibres) and
Chromosomal spindle, extends only
half way from pole. In animal cells
centrioie
produces
amphiastral
spindle.
a Generally nuclear membrane and
nucleolus disappears. Chromosomes are
attached to the spindle fibres through their
centromeres. Such a
mitosis
is
called
Eumitosis
or
Extranuclear mitosis. In some animal
cell and manyprotozoans the nuclear
membrane
does
not
disappear
during cell division. Mitosis takes
place inside the nuclear membrane
is called

In plants growth is confined in localized

region called meristems. But in animals
growth is diffused.
In onion root tip cells 14
chromosomes
are
pre se nt
Then
Then number of chromosomes
1_ At G1-14

2. After M phase -14

3. After S-14
The
DNA
content 1.At
G1-2c
2. After G2 7 . 4c
3 . Aft e r S - 4 c
4. 4. After M = 2c

Premitosis or Intranuclear mitosis.

2.M phase (Mitotic phase)

Mitosis: Mitosis is a mode of cell division in
which The daughter cells are genetically
similar to the mother cell because their nuclei
come to have the same number and type of
chromosomes as present in the mother
cell. Mitosis occurs during formation of
body cells_ It is also known as
somatic cell division. Mitosis is
also called duplication division and
equational division. Mitosis has two
steps, Karyokinesis and cytokinesis.
A. Karyokinesis: It is the name of nuclear
division. In mitosis, karyokinesis is also
called indirect nuclear division because the
entity of
nucleus
disappears
before
the
formation of two nuclei from it.
Karyokinesis is continuous but on the
basis of specific events, it has been
divided into four phases namely
Prophase, Metaphase, Anaphase and
Telophase.
(i)Prophase: It is the first phase of mitotic
karyokinesis in which chromatin fibres
condense
to
for
chromosomes.Condensation or shortening
is essential for their proper distribution
subsequently. The important events
are-1.Spiralisation or coililng

Prophase is the longest phase in the

mitosis.
Cells at the end of prophase when viewed
under the microscope do not show golgi
complexes, ER, and nucleolus and
nuclear envelop
(ii) Metaphase:
1.
Movement
of
chromosome
towards equator of spindle is
metagenesis or congression
2,Arrangement
of
chromosome
at
equator by attaching to chromosome fibre
is orientation
3.The
equatorial
array
of
metaphase
chromosome is known as metaphase
plate.
( iii) Anaphase:
I t i s t h e se p ar a ti o n of s i s te r
c h ro ma t i d s an d segregation from
each other towards the pole
1,Division of centramere of
chromosome
longitudinally.
2.Contraction of spindle
a. Pulling by chromosomal spindle
b. Pushing by continuous spindle

143

3.Chromatids move to opposite poles.

During
the
move ment
of
chromatids centrome re is at the
leading edge towards the pole and
arms of the chromosomes trailing
behind

condition arises leading to the

formation of Syncytium Eg.
Liquid endosperm of coconut

(iv) Telophase: It is prophase in reverse

1, Elongation of chromosomes
2.Re-appearance of nuclear envelope,
nucleolus and reconstitution of nucleus.
Golgi complexes and E.Rreforms
3. Dissolution of mitotic spindle.
B. Cytokinesis: It is the division of the
cell having undergone karyokinesis to
produce two daughter cells each with a
daughter nucleus. It begins in midanaphase and ends in the completion of
telophase.
a.

Animal cell cytokinesis:

Furrowing - Formation of Cleavage
furrow as a constriction in middle of
cell which deepens further and finally
divides the cells in to two.

b.

Plant cell Cytokinesis- Cell plate

formation takes place in plant cell.
Phragmoplast,
the
barrel
shaped
membrane bound vesicles derived from
Golgi bodies fused to form cell plate which
act as middle lamella.
Significance of mitosis:
1.The daughter cells formed are
identical and m a i n t a i n s t h e s a m e
c h ro m o s o m e n u m b e r o f species.
2.Ensures
genetic
constancy among

and

metabolic

the cells of organism and members of a

species
3.

Essential for maintaining accuracy in

orderly development of organisms
4.
Serve as the means of its asexual
reproduction,
repair
and
regeneration. By undergoing division
the cell becomes smaller in size and
surface volume ratio is restored.
In some organism karyokinesis is not
followed by cytokinesis as a result of
which multinucleate

Late ANAPHASE
3. MEIOSIS: Meiosis is a double division,
which occurs in a diploid cell, involves
reduction of chromosome number to half
and forms four haploid cells. Strasburgur
(1888) first observed this. Also called
Reduction Division, The term rneiosis
was
introduced by J. B. Farmer and J. E.
Moore in 1905. The cell in which meiosis
takes place is known as the meiocyte.
Two successive divisions:
1.

Meiosis I - Heterotypic division

2.

Meiosis II- Homotypic division

Pre- meiotic interphase:

1.
Synthesis of DNA, RNAs, proteins
and ATP
2.
Duplication
of
chromosomes;
mitochondria,and centricles
3.
Formation of ER,Ribosomes, Golgi
bodies etc. I. Meiosis I: It is the reduction
division which is divided in to Prophase
1. metaphase 1, Anaphase 1 and
Telophase I
A. Prophase I
It is sub divided into : Leptotene or
Leptonerna, Zygotene or Zygonema,

144

Pachytene or Pachynema. Diplotene or

Diplonema. Diakinesis
1. Leptotene (Thin-thread stage):
Localised and irregular coiling of
chromosomes forms bead like thickening
called
chromomeres
and
undergo
spiralisation and condensation produces
thick and short chromosomes. Each
chromosome is attached at both of its
end to the nuclear envelope via a
specialized structure called attachment
plate. Nucleus enlarges but nucleolus
and nuclear membrane are intact.
Even though synapsis starts during
zygotene stage, the bivalent will be more
clearly visible at the zygotene
Leptotene and zygotene are relatively
short when compared to the pachytene
stage.
2. Zygonema : Pairing of homologous
chromosomes
called synapsis produces chromosome pairs
called
bivalents or tetrads through a ladder like
structure synaptonemal complex. The
companion chromosomes are cemented
together by the complex. Spindle fibres
start appearing. Nuclear envelope and
nucleolus are still intact. The pairing is
completed in 3 different ways. 3.
Pachytene:
Crossing
over
and
recombination takes place at this stage. The
reciprocal breakage and reunion of
chromosome segments of non sister
chromatids of an homologue is called
crossing over.The crossing points are called
chiasmata. (Re combination nodules)The
recombination nodules appear at intervals
on the synaptonemal complex and enzyme
Recombinase mediate the chromosomal
recombination. The chromatid breaks with
the help of endonuclease. The nuclear
envelope and nucleolus are also seen in
Pachynema.
4.
Diplotene:
Repulsion
develops between the closely paired
chromosome.
Disappearance
of
synaptonemal complex takes place. This X
shaped structure between the bivalent
during this stage is known as Chiasmata 5.
Diakinesis: Terminalisation starts. The
displacement of chiasmata along the length
of chromosome is called terrninalisation.

This phase represents transition to

metaphase.
Nucleolus
and
nuclear
membrane disappears. Development of
spindle starts. B.Metaphase I: Metakinesis
or Congression of bivalent produces
Metaphase Equatorial Plate. Orientation is
different from mitotic metaphase where
centromere towards the poles and arms
towards equator. C.Anaphase I: Haploid set
of
chromosomes
is
produced.
The
chromosome of each bivalent separate
completely and move towards the poles,
while sister chromatides remain associated
at their centromere D.Telophase I: Spindle
break down and the haploid number of
chromosomes at each pole are recoiled to
form the chromatin fibres. The nucleus
and nuclear envelope reappear and thus the
two haploid daughter nuclei are formed
called diad. Cytokinesis may or may not
occur. Hence the products of first meiotic
division may be two cells or two nuclei with
a common cytoplasm. After a short
interphase called interkinesis, it enters in to
meiosis II. No DNA replication in
interkinesis. II. Meiosis 11 : Similar to
mitosis.
Involves
karyokinesis
and
cytokinesis .
1. Karyokinesis Karyokinesis is divided into
Prophase II, metaphase II, Anaphase 11
and
Telophase
I.
Prophase
II
a.
Chromosomes again become compact b.
Nuclear
membrane
and
nucleolus
disappears c. Spindle appears 2. Metapahse
II a. Chromosome align equator forms
equatorial plate b. Microtubules from
opposite poles of the spindle get attached to
the kinetochores of sister chromatides 3.
Anaphase II:-The chromatides more to
opposite pole by the splitting of the
centromere 4. Telophase II a. Nuclear
membrane and nucleolus appear b. Spindle
disappear c. Chromatin fibres reappear II
Cvtokinesis:Division of cytoplasm
produces 4 cells called tetrad
Significance of meiosis:
1,Provides
mechanism chromosomal number to
haploid in gametes 2. Help to conserve
chromosome number one generation to the
next. 3. Enables the combination of
paternal and maternal chromosomes in
each gamete 4. Brings about the redistribution and recombination of genes.
5.Create genetic variability through gene

145

combination and increases the evolutionary

potentialities
for

[a] Synapsis
of
homologous
chromosomes takes place during prophase
I of meiosis
[b] Division of centromere takes place
during Anaphase I of meiosis

reducing the

[c]
Spindle fibres disappear completely in
telophase of meiosis
[d] Nucleoli reappear at telophase I of
meiosis
ENTRANCE ORIENTED QUESTIONS

[a] a only

01. Separation of chromosomes by the

splitting of centromere if found during

[c] a and b only

[a] Mitotic anaphase [b] First meiotic

Anaphase

05. During Which stage of prophase I the

crossing over takes place [a] Leptotene [b]
Zygotene

[c] Second meiotic anaphase [d] Both a& b

[c] Diplotene [d] Pachytene

[e] Both a&c

06. Compare the stages of Column I with

events in

02. Syncytium is the result of

[a]
Karyokinesis
immediate

without

cytokinesis

[b] Cytokinesis without immediately

[c] Both karyokines and cytokinesis
[d] The group of cell produced without
karyokinesis and cytokinesis
03. Pick out the correct statements
[a] Mitosis takes place in somatic meiosis in
reproductive cells
[b] During mitosis, the DNA replicates
once for one cell division and in meiosis the
DNA replications twice for two cell division
[c]
During mitosis, the DNA replicated
once for one cell division and in meiosis the
DNA replications twice for two cell division
[d] Mitosis and Meiosis occur both in
sexually
and
asexually
reproducing
organisms
[a] a only

[b] b only

[c] c only

[d] 'a' and 'b' only

04. Pick out the correct statements

[b] c only
[d] a, c, and d only

Column 1
Column II
1 Letotene a
Terminalisation
2 ZYgotene b
Chiasmata
3 Diplotene c
Recombination nodules
4 Pachytene 1
Homologou
d s
5 Diakinesis a
Compaction
of
[a] 1-a, 2-d, 3-b, 4-c, 5e
[b] 1-e, 2-b, 3-d, 4-c, 5a
[c] 1-e, 2-d, 3-b, 4-c, 5a
[d]1-e, 2-d, 3-b, 4-a, 5c
07. Bivalent will be very clear in
[a] Leptotene [b] Zygoptene
[c] Pachytene

[d] Diplotene

08. Interkinesis is
[a] First stage of interphase of Meiotic cell
cycle
[b] Stage between two meiotic division
[c] Stage just before meiotic interphase
[d] Stage between meiotic cytokines
and karyokinesis Irchow [d]All
09. Which one of the following is a step of
mitotic prophase?
[a] Initiation of mitotic spindle

146

[b] Attachment spindle to chromosome

[c] Movement chromosome to equator
[d] Centromere split and chromatid
separate
[e] Chromatid move to opposite poles
10. In meiosis I, a bivalent is an association
of:
[a] Four
chromatids
centromeres
[b] Two
chromatids
centromeres
[c] Two
chromatids
centromeres
[d] Two chromatids and four
[e] Four
chromatids
centromeres
11. In cell cycle, centrioie
occurs during:

and

four

and

two

and

one

centromeres
and
two

15.
During
chromosomes.

mitotic

[a] 16 [b] 8

[c] 4

[a] Leptonema
Pachynema

12. Pick out of the correct statements

a- Synapsis of homologous chromosomes
takes place during prophase I of
meisosis
b- Division of centromeres takes place
during anaphasel of meiosis
c- Spindle fibres disappear completely in
telophase of mitosis
d- Nucleoi reappear at telophase I of
meiosis
[a] a only [b] c - only [c] a - and b only
[d] a, c - and d - only [e] a - and c - only
13_ Alignment of bivalent chromosome
on the equaltorial plate take place
during
[a] Metaphase I[b] Metaphase II

Zygonema

[c]

[d] Diplonema [e] Diakinesis

[a] Two successive mitotic divisions

[b] Two successive reduction division
[c] One reduction division followed
by one
mitotic division
[d]
division

Very

short

in

19. Analyse the table and arrange the

matter
is
an
appropriate
order
Column i
1.Pachytene
2. S phase
3. Dyad
4. M phase
[a] 1-a, 2-b, 3-c, 4-d

[e] Telophase II

1-c. 2-d, 3-a, 2-b

d, 4-a

14. In the cell cycle DNA synthesis

takes place during:
[c] S-

prophase

[e]
Double
the
number
of
chromosome at
the end of l-division

[c] Anaphase I [d] Anaphase II

[e] Anaphase

[b]

18. The cell cycle of a germinal cell has:

[d] Anaphase [e] S phase

[d] Prophase

[d] 5 [e] 32

17. Pairing of homologous chromosomes

can be seen during:

duplication

[b] G2-phase

the

[a] Undergoes coiling

[b] Move towards the poles
[c] Line up at the equator
[d] Undergoes uncoiling
[e] Breaks and disintegrates
16. In how many cells the meiotic
division has taken place, if the total
number of spermatids produced are 32:

[a] G1 phase [b] G2 phase [c]metaphase

[a] G1-phase
phase

metaphase

Column ii
a. Interphase
b. Telophase
c. Mitotic Phase
d. prophase l
[b] 1-d, 2-a, 3-b, 4-c
[cl] 1-b, 2-a. 3-

[e] 1-b, 2-c, 3-a, 4-d

20.

Most of cell organel duplication

takes place during which stage of cell
cycle in mitosis

147

[a] G1 phase
phase

[b] G2 phase

[c] S

[c]Mphase
[e] All the above
21. Which phase of cell cycle is known as
period of cytoplasmic growth during
mitosis
[a] G, phase [b] G, phase [c]
Mitotic phase [d] Sphase [e] None
22. Formation of tetrad takes place in
which stage of meiosis
[a] Prophase II [b] Telophase 1 [c]
Telophase it
[d] Anaphase I [e] Anaphase
23. The enzyme involved in crossing over
and recombination is
[a] Pachytase

[b] Recombinase

[c] Crossing overase [d] All the above [e]

None
24. Recombination
x-shaped

nodules and

structures are visible which in stage of

meiosis

28 Which one is called resting phase of cell

cycle [a] Inter phase
[b] Mphse
[c] Both interphase and miotic phase
[d) None

[e] Go phase

29. The interval between a mitosis and

initiation of DNA replication is
[a] M-Phase [b] G2 phase [c] S-Phase
[d] G1 Phase [e] No Phase
30.

The resting phase in cell cycle is

[a] Karyokinesis
Interkinesis

[b]

Cytokinesis

[c]

[d] Interphase [e] Mitotic phase

31.
Yeast cell can progress through
the cell cycle in only about minutes
[a] 20

[b] 40 [c] 60 [d] 18 [e] 90

32.

Quiescent stage refers to

[a] S

[b] G1 [c] M

33.

Correct sequence of cell cycle is

[d] G2 [e]Go

[a] SG2 Gi MG0

[a]Pachytene and diplotene

[b]GiSG2G0M [c]

[b]Leptotene & zygotene

[d] G 0 S -G 2 - G 1 - M [e] Gi G2 - M
G0 S

[c] Diakinesis and pachytene

[d]Pachytene only [e] Doplotene only
25. Which is the shortest phase in mitosis?
[a] Prophase [b] Metaphse [c] Anaphase
[d] Telophase [e] None
26. Terminalisation takes place in which
stage of first meotic prophase
[a] Leptotene [b] Zygotene
[c] Pachytene [d] Diplotene [e] Diakinesis
27 What is the duration mitotic phase in 24
hour average duration of cell cycle of a
human cell [a] 1 hour
[b] 2 hour
[c] 4 hour

34.

Longest phase in meiosis

[a] Prophase I

[b] Prophase II

[c] Metaphase I

[d] Anaphase II

[e] Metaphase II
35. Spindle attaches the chromosomes to
[a] Centromere
chromosome

[b]

Arms

of

the

[c] Kinetochore [d] Primary constriction

[e] Telomere
36. Centriole is absent in
[a] Plants [b] Animals

[c] Bacteria

[d] 8 hour [e] 16 hour

148

[d] Both (a) & (c) [e] all

[c] Both

37 Which step is not a part of mitotic

telophase

[e] Mostly diploid but sometimes haploid

[a]Chromatids move to the opposite poles

[d] None

44. Bivalent is clearly seen at

[a] Zygotene

[b]Diplotene

[b]Chromosomes clusture at opposite

spindle poles and their identify is lost as
discrete elements.

[c]Pachytene

[d] Diakinesis

[c] Nuclear envelope assemble around the

chromosome clusturs

at

[d]Nucleous. golgi complex and ER reform

[a] Zygotene, Pachytene

[e]All the above

Diakinesis

38 In which stage of prophase I, the

chiasmata are viscible

[c] Zygotene, Pachytene

[a] Leptonema [b] Zygonema [c]

Diplonema [d] Pachynema [e] Diakinesis
39. In a 24 hour cell cycle proper division
lasts for [a] 2 hrs [b] 2.5 hrs
[c] 1 hr
[d] 1.75 hrs

45. Chiasmata is formed at and seen

[b] Diplotene.

Pachytene. Diplotene
46_ Which is the best stage to watch the
shape, size and number of chromosomes?
[a] Interphase [b] Prophase [c] Metaphase
[d]Telophase [d] Anaphase

40. Select correct matching pair

47, Sites of attachment of spindle fibers

[a]Organell duplication

G, phase

[b]Centriole duplication

G, phase

[a] centromers
Centrioles

[c] Protein synthesis

S pahse

[d]DNA replication G2 phase

[b]

Kinetochores

[c]

[d] Chromatids [e] Chromosomes

48. The stage between meiotic divisions

41. Select true statement

[a] Interphase [b] Interkinesis [c] Giphase

[d] S phase [e] G2 Phase

[a]In animals mitosis is seen in diploid

somatic cells only

49. Correct statement among the following

[b]In plants mitosis seen in diploid cells

only
[c] In plants mitois seen in diploid cells only
[d]Both C and B

[e] None

[a]In both plant & animal cell mitotic cell

division occurs only in diploid cell
[b]In animal cell, mitosis only in diploid cell
but in plants, mitosis in both haploid &
diploid cell

42. Liquid endosperm in coconut is an

example of [a] Syncytium [b] Free nuclear
endosperm

[c] In plant cell mitosis only in diploid cell

but in animals mitosis in both haploid &
diploid cell

[c] A and B

[d]None of these

[d] None

43. Mitosis is usually restricted in

50. In quiescent stage cells are

[a] Haploid cells only

only

[a]Metabolically inactive but proliferative

[b] Diploid cells

149

[b]Metabolically active but proliferative

[c] Metabolically
proliferative

inactive

but

not

[e]Metabolically active but not proliferation

until a requirement by organism
51. Bivalents or tetrads are formed during
meiosis-I at
[a] Leptotene [b] Pachytene [c] Zygotene
[d] Diakinesis [e] Diplotene
52. In meiosis the centromere divides
during
[a] Prophase-I [b] Metaphase-I [c]
Anaphase-1 [d] Anaphase-II [d] TelophaseI
During
sepration
of
chromatics at anaphase

sister

[a] Arms move first & centromere lags

behind
[b] Centromere & arms lags behind
[c] Centromere & Arms move together
[d] Centromere does not move in
anaphase
[e] Any of the above case
54. Crossing over is the exchange of
genetic material between
[a] Non-sister
chromatics
of
nonhomologous chromosomes
[b] Non-sister
chromatics
of
homologues chromosomes
[c] Sister
chromatids
of
homologous chromosomes
[d] Sister
chromatids
of
nonhomologous chromosomes
[e] Any
of the above case
55. Match the following
[a] Pachytene
[b] Diplotene
[c] Zygotene

[1] Synapis
[2] Long thread
chromosomes
[3] Chiasmata

[d] Leptotene [4] Terrninalization

[e] Diakinesis[5] Crossing over
[b] A-4,
[c] A-1,

B-5, C-4, D-3, E-1

B-3, C-1, D-2, E-

56. Select true & false statements

[d]Metabolically active but not proliferative

53.

[d] A-2,
[e] A-5,

B-3, C-1, D-5, EB-3, C-5, D-4, E-

(i) The events in cell division are

themselves under genetic control
(ii) Cytpoplasimc
increase
Is
a
continuous process
(iii) At anaphase, the arms are towards
the poles (leading edge) with
entromere following them
(iv) Cells that does not appear to
exihibit division exit M phase to
enter Ga phase
(v) In animals & plants both haploid&
Diploid cells exhibit Mitosis even
through usually restricted to diploid
cells
[a] (i),(ii) & (v) true (iii), (iv) false
[b] (ii), (iii) & (v) true (i),(v) false
[c] (ii), (iii)& (v) true (i),(iv) false
[d] (ii),(iii) & (iv) true (i),(v) false
57_
Find
the
correct
Matches
(I) Centriole duplicationS phase
1.
2.
3.
4.

DNA replication S phase

Protein synthesis S phase
Cell growth G1 phase
[a] (i), (iii)
[b] (ii)&(iv)

[c] (ii), (iii)& (iv)

[d] (1), (ii) & (iv)

58. No of chromatids of prophase after

the
condensation
of
chromosomal
materials is found to be
[a] 2

[b] 4

[c] 8[d] Cannot predict

59_ Match the column

ColLmn I
Column II
Leptoten
[2]
Zyp ote
[3]
Diplote
Diakines
livl Chiasmata formation

like
[a] (1)-0),(2)(iv), (3)(ii), (4)(iii)
[b]
(3)(iv). (4)(iii)
[c] (1)(i),(2)(i1),
(4)(iv)
[d]
(3)(iv), (4)(ii)
60. 'Tetrad' of cells are
formed at [a] Zygotene
[b] Pachtene

150

[c] interkinesis[d] Telophase ll

Fig A

61.Chiasrnata formation takes place during

[a] Prophase I

[b] Metaphase I

[c] Anaphase II

[d] Telophase I

62. in meiosis I, a bivalent is an

association of [a) Four chromatids
and four centromeres [a) Two
chromatids and two centromeres
[b]
Two
centromere

chromatids

[c]
Two
chromatids
centromeres

and

[d]
Four
chromatids
centromeres
63. Select the
respect
mitosis

and

and

correct option
to

four
two
with

[b] Golgi complex and endoplasmic

reticulum are still visible at the end of
prophase.
[c] Chromosomes move to the spindle
equator and get aligned along
equatorial plate in metaphase
[d] Chromatids separate but remain in
the centre of the cell in anaphase
64
During meiosis I, the bivalent
chromosomes
clearly appear as tetrads during
[b]

Diplotene

[d] Amitosis

67,Syncytium formation occurs if

[a] Karyokinesis is not followed by
cytokinesis
[b] Cytokinesis is not followed by
karyokinesis
[c] No karyokinesis takes place
[d]Both
karyokinesis
and
cistokinesis are prevented
68. Synapsis occurs between:

[a]Chromatids start moving towards

opposite poles in telophase

[a] Diakinesis
Leptotene

[a] Metaphase
Telephase
[b]Telephase
Metaphase
[c] Late Anaphase Prophase
[d] Prophase
Anaphase
66. A haploid plant produces male or
female gametes by
[a] Binary fission [b] Mitosis
[c] Meiosis

one

Fig B

[c]

[d] Zygotene [e] Pachytene

65
Which stages of cell division do the
following
figures? A and B represent respectively?

[a] Two iornologous chromosomes

[b] A male and a Female gamete
[c] m RNA and ribosomes
d] Spindle fibres and centromere
69.Given below is a schematic break - up of the
phases stages of cell cycle:

Which one of the following is the

correct indication of the stage/ phase
in the cell cycle ?
[a] A - Cytckinesis [b] B - Metaphase
[c] C - Karyokinesis [d] D - Synthetic pl ase
70 Select the matched ones:
a) S phase
DNA replication
b); Zygotene
Synapsis
c) Diplotene Crossing over
d) Meiosis
Both haploid and diploid Cells
Quiescent e) Gap 2 Phase Quiescent stage

151

[a] a nd b only
only

[b] c and d

I) Passive transport
expenditure of energy

[c] c and e only

only

[d] a, c and e

(A) Diffusion movement substance from

the area of higher concentration to lower
concentration. It isvery important to plant
because it is the only means of gaseous
movement. The diffusion rates are affected by
the

[e] a and d only

71.The stage between two
divisions is called:
[a] Interphase [b] Cytckinesis

meiotic

(a)Gradient of concentration

[a] lnterkinesis [d] Karyokinesis

Diakinesis

73. If the cell had diploid or 2n number

of chromosomes
at Gi, then number of chromosomes after
S phase will be
[b] 2n

[c] 4n

74.Quiescent stage refers to

[a] S
[b] G, [c] M

[d] 8n

[e] 1n

[d] G2 (el Go

75. Regarding prophase

[1] Prophase is the first stage of mitosis
[2]Prophase follows S and G2 phases of
interphase
[3]Prophase is marked by the initiation of
condensation
of
chromosomal
material.

(c) Temperature
(d) Pressure
(B)Facilitated Diffusion

Smaller substances diffuse faster

Substances soluble in lipid diffuse faster
because membrane contains lipid

It is sensitive to inhibitors because it reacts

with protein side chain
Diffusion facilitated by a carrier protein is
required
for the transport of substances having a
hydrophilic
moiety known as facilitated diffusion. It is
along a gradient and do not use energy.
Type of carrier proteins
Proteins form channels in the membrane
which include

[4] The centreiol which had undergone

a)Open proteins b)Controlled proteins

[a] Late prophase [b] Early metaphase

c)Large proteins form huge pores called

porins in outer membrane of plastids,
mitochondria bacteria etc, which allow the
molecules up to the size of a small proteins
to pass through. Egs water channel made
up of 8 types of Aquaporins

[c] Late metaphase[d] Early prophase

TRANSPORT IN PLANTS
Transport of water, minerals, organic nutrients
and growth hormones takes place by

Passive svmport and antiports

(1)Short distance transport by diffusion and

by

a)Symport
- Both molecule cross the
membrane in the same direction

Cytoplasmic Streaming supplemented

by active transport

b)Antiport
Both move in opposite
direction
c)Uniport

W hen
one
molecule
move
across
membrane
independent of other is uniport

(2)Long distance transport through xylem

and phloem called translocation
(a)
(b)

(b)The permeability of the membrane

[e]

72.Yeast cell can progress through the cell cycle

in only about . minutes
[a] 20
[b] 40
[c] 60
[d] 18 [e] 90

[a] n

- No need of

II Active transport

Xylem
unidirectional
Phloem
Multidirectional
Means of transportTwo types

152

Uses metabolic energy released by

respiration to pump molecules against
concentration

Permeable to solvent and some solute

molecules.
Eg:
Plasma
Membrane.
4Semipermeable membrane

gradient.(up hill transport)

transport carrier proteins
process.

Membrane permeable to solvent molecules and

Like passive
perform the

impermeable to solute molecules. E g.:

Egg membrane, Animal bladder

Carrier proteins are specific like enzymes

and sensitive to inhibitors react with
protein side

Imbibition:

chains.
Comparison
Mechanism
Property
Require
s
special
membra
Highly
selecti
Transport
saturates
Uphill

of

Different

transport

Simp
le
No

Facilita
ted
Yes

Active
Transp
ort
Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes

inicisrtictii.
The
substance
I m b i b a n t o r Adsorbent

Requires
No
No
Yes
ATP
Plant water relations- Water is the
medium where in which most substances are
either dissolved or suspended. In watermelon
contains 92% water and herbaceous plant
contain only 10-15% dry matter. Even di),
seed contains water, Terrestrial plant
absorbs and loses large amount of water. A
Corn plant absorbs 3 litters of water in a day.
A Mustard plant absorbs water equal to its
weight in about 5 hours,
Permeability: The entry and exit of
substances in to and out of living cells,
depending on the property of cell membrane
is permeability.
Based cn
permeability there 4 types of membrane.

is

e.g: Dry seeds, Piece of wood, The liquid

which is imbibed is imbibate. The pressure
produced by swelling of wood had been used
by prehistoric man to split rocks and
boulders. It brings germinat ng s e e d l i n g
a b o ve t h e s o i l . I n h i b i t i o n i s a l o n g
con cent ra tion gradient like diffusio n Fo r
an y substance to imbibe any liquid, affinity
between the adsorbent and the liquid is a pre
requisite
Diffusion:
Movement of particles of matter due to their
kinetic energy from a region of higher
concentration to the region of lower
concentration in order to equalize two
regions.
Osmosis:
It is the diffusion of water through a semipermeable membrane or selectively permeable
membrane from a solution of lower
concentration to a solution of higher
concentration.
Thistle funnel experiment

tImpermeable
membrane:
Not
permeable to both solute and solvent
molecules. E.g.: Cuticle, Cork cells
2. Permeable membrane: Permit the
entry of both solute and solvent molecules.
E.g.:Cell wall.
3.Selectivel permeable membrance
differentially permeable membrane

The absorption of water by hydrophilic

substances ( so li d s o r co ll o i d s ) m a ke s i t
s we l l b u t n e ve r t r a n s f o r m s t o a s o
r.)

or

Osmosis can be demonstrated with the

help of Thistle Funnel Experiment or
Osmometer or Osmoscope.
Water will move from the beaker to the thistle
funnel containing sucrose solution through
the egg membrane by osmosis.Pressure can
be applied to the solution from upper part of
the funnel to prevent t h e m o ve m e n t o f
wa t e r i n t o i t th ro ug h t h e membrane. The
pressure is called Osmotic

153

Pressure. If additional pressure is applied,

then the water can be made to flow out of
the solution in to the water in the beaker.
This process is called Reverse Osmosis.
The process of reverse osmosis is used for
removing salts from saline water.
Tonicity: The concertration of a solution is
callec tonicity. Based on tonicity, there are 3
types of solution
(a) Hypertonic solution:
concentrated solution

More

(b)Hypotonio solution: Less concentrated

solution
(c)
Isotonic
solution:
Same
concentrated solution Exosmosis
and
Endosmosis
When' a living cell is placed in hypotonic
solution or pure water the cell enlarges due
to the entry of water in to the cell sap
called Endosmosis. When a living cell is
placed in hypertonic solution the cell sh rinks
due to mo vemen t of wat er out calle d
Exosmosis.
Plant cell as an osmotic system
Turour pressure:
Pressure developed
inside the protoplasm due to the osmotic
entry of water.
Wall pressure: Cell wall exerts a pressure
equal in magnitude but apposite in direction
(As per Newton's third law).
Osmotic pressure: Pressure developed in a
solution due to the presence of dissolved
salts. Hence it is directly proportional to the
amount of solute in the solution. It is
measured in Atmosphere (Atm.)
Diffusion Pressure & Diffusion Pressure
Deficit (CPD) Diffusion Pressure: The
pressure exerted by diffusing particles. The
term was coined by Meyer (1938). The pure
water has maximum diffusion pressure. It is
lowered by adding solute molecules. DPD:
The amount by which the
diffusion pressure of solution is lower than
that of its pure solvent is DPD. The term was
coined by B.S.Meyer (1938)DPD = OP - TP
or OP - WP
DPD also called as Suction pressure by
Renner (1915) because it is the index of
absorbing power of solution. Wheneve- there
is a DPD in a solution, the solution will try to
wipe it out that DPD by absorbing water.

Osmotic potential (iv or solute potential NO

tir
is the component of water potential
which
becomes more negative with the addition of
solute. It is numerically equal to the 0.P but
negative in sign. which indicate decrease in
pressure due to the addition of solute.
Addition of more solute makes the osmotic
potential
increasingly
more
negative
decreases). Pure water has maximum kte,
i.e.: zero. By increasing the concentration
of a solution OP becomes increasingly
positive (increases) and lie becomes
increasingly negative (decreases). Pressure
potential (w) : Contribution made by Turgur
pressure to water potential is 11fp. It may be
positive (osmotic entry of water in a cell) or
zero (pure water in a beaker) or negative
(loss of water from xylem due to
transpiration, in plasmolysed cell) Water
potential (r or vw): According to law of
thermodynamics, every component of a
system possesses free energy capable of
doing work. It is stated in terms of energy per
mole or gram. For non-electrolyses free
energy / mole is called chemical potential.
With respect to water, it is water potential
(ow). The difference in free energy between
water in a solution with its pure solvent is
known as
For
contents of cells

For

solution

such

as

y, can be calculated by adding internal

factors like ylp & lie. A fourth factor namely
Gravity potential
(w 9 ) also sometimes influence the i w of
cell sap when the content face tension due to
force of gravity. ie., w or kiiw = kvs + wp.
Plasmolysis: Protoplasm always lies close
contact with cell wall. If a living cell is put
into a hypertonic solution, the protoplasm
shrinks away from cell wall forms irregular
mass at the centre. This shrinkage is called
Plasmolysis
Incipient plasmolysis: The stage at which
plasmolysis starts will be apparent at the
corners of cells by losing the contact of
protoplasm from cell wall.
Deplasmolysis: When a plasmolysed cell
placed in water process of endosmosis
occurs. The cell become turgid and
protoplasm again receive normal position
Difference between DPD & Water potential

Relationship with water potential

154

Advantages of plasmolysis:
1.lndicates
the
semi-permeable
nature of plasma membrane.
2.Utilised in salt.ng meat. fish, etc.
Pickles. Jams & Jellies etc, contain high
concentration
of
solute,
causes
plasmolysis of micro-organisms.
Wilting: Loss of water when exceeds
rate of absorption causes wilting of plant.
Partial loss of turgidity which does not
cause visble effect is called incipient
wilting. Wilted during noon hours
may disappear in evening called
Temporary Wilting. If plants fail to
regain their original condition due to
e xce ss i ve w ate r lo ss , t he n i t is
k no w n as Permanent Wilting.
Osmotic relations
I.

Fully turgid cell: Water potential will

be zero. Its Sis and p are equal but
opposite in sign.
Therefore W will be zero. E.g: A cell has
S of- 10 bars and Pof 10 oars then ww.
les e %1 p = -10 bars + 10 bars
0 bars
II) Flaccid cell: In flaccid cell TP =
zero. Here S = W. For e.g: A flaccid cell has
os of - 10 bars and yp of 0 bars. ow = =
10
bars
+
0
bars
= - 10 bars
ili.Plasmolvsed
cell:
In
a
completely plasmolysed cell the yr,
have negative value (Negative Turgur
Pressure). The resultant w,, will be
more negative. For e.g: A plasmolysed cell
has Nis of - 10 bars and kiri, of -2 bars then Alf,,
will be -12 bars. uw
=

= -10 + (-2) =-12

Long distance Transport of water

Long distance transport of substance

with in a plant cannot be diffusion
alone . Diffusion is a slow process.
Movement of a molecule across a cell
by diffusion takes about 2.5 seconds.
Hence water and minerals, and food are
generally moved by a -Mass flow or
Bulk Flow. Mass flow is that movement of
substance in bulk or en mass from one
point to another as a result of pressure
difference between two points. Mass flow
can be achieved eitner through
Positive
Hydrostatic
Pressure
Gradient (eg. Garden Hose) or a
Negative
Hydrostatic
Pressure
Gradient (eg. Suction Through a
Straw)
The
bulk
movement
of
substarce through the xyem and phloem
is
called
Translocation.
Xylem
tranlocates
water,
minerals
some
organic nitrogen and hormones from root to
aerial parts. Phloem
Trancateserales various organic
and inorganic solutes lowwwf from the
leaves to the ()the' parts of plants
MOVEMENT of water from Root hair to
xylem of ROOT
1 Apoplast pathway- Mass flow of water
due to
adhensive and cohesive properties of
water through
apoplast. Apoplast is the system of
adjacent cell use except Casparian strips.
Most water flow in tin root occurs via the
apoplast because cortical c are loosly
arranged. But through endodermis it
bikes place through simplistic by crossing
membrane
(2)
Symptastic
pathway-Movement
through cells ..e.ytoplasm. Water enters
through
membrane.
Hence
--e
absorption is siow_lt is aided by the
Cytoplasmic Streaming

Some plants contains Mycorrhiza

help the absorption of minerals eg : Pin
us
Water movement up a plant (Ascent of
sap)

155

Then are two view regarding upward

movement of water or ascent of sap
1)Root pressure : It is the pressure
developed inside root due to absorption
of ions and water. The root pressure can
be responsible for pushing up water to
small heights

Exudation of sap through cut

stump is a clear reason of root pressure

Guttation is cue to root pressure

2)Transpiration pull
Even though circulatory system is absent
in plant the flow of water through xylem
takes place up to 15mihr. The driving
fore for this is transpiration and water is
pulled through the xylem. This is
referred to as the Cohesion - Tension
Transpiration Pull Model (Dixon & Jolly,
1884)
Transpiration Loss of water in the form
of vapour from the aerie portion of the
plant is known as transpiration. It is
chiefly through stomata on lower
surface. Less than 1% of water used for
photcsynthesis.Dorsiventral or Dicot leaf
contains
more
stomata
while
in
Isobilateral or Monocct leaf they are
about equal on both surfaces. Stomata
opens during day time and close during
the night. It is a Turgur Operated Valve.
During day
outer wall

Turgid guard cell *thin

of guard cell bulge out anc force the

inner walls in to a crescent shape -4,
stoma opens

Cobalt chloride
proves the

experiment

transportation through this stomach of

epidermis

An healthy plant in a polythene bag

produces droplets of water move
transpiration of water During night -+
Flaccid guard cell -4 The elastic inner
wail rega ns their original shape stoma
closes The transpiration driven ascent of
xylem sap depends mainly on the

physical properties of water a)Cohesion Inter - molecular force of attraction due

to Hydrogen bond
b)Adhesion - Attraction
molecule and xylem surface

of

water

c)Surface Tension - water molecules are

attracted to each other in the liquid
phase more than to water in the gas
phase.
These 3 properties give water high
Tensile strength (ability tc resort pulling
force) and
high Capillarity (Ability to rise in thin
tubes). Vessels and trachieds provides
capillarity
Due to the transpiration a negative
pressure or tension is created which is
transferred
to
the
root
through
continuous water column. It causes the
ascent of sap through xylem.

Transpiration can lift water over

130 meters height.
Transpiration
compromise

and

photosynthesis-a

Benefits of Transpiration
1)Creates
transpiration
pull
absorption and transport of plants

for

2)Supplies H2O for photosynthesis

3)Transport minerals from the soil to all
parts of the plants
()Provides cooling (10 to 15' C)
5)Maintains shape and structure of plant
by keeping cells turgid
Even through transpiration is beneficial
to the plant for above aspects, It reduces
photosynthesis due to the swift depletion
of water from plant.

C4 Plant is twice efficient as C3

plant in making sugar but loses only half
of H20 as a O3 plant
Uptake
and
Transport
of
Mineral
nutrients Absorption of Minerals

156

Take place of by two methods,

(1)Passive
AbsorptionThrough
epidermis cell. For this energy is not
needed
(2)Active Absorption- Needs energy from
respiration. Some proteins present in the
membranes of root hair cells actively
pump ions from soil to the epidermis.
Transport proteins of endodermis act as
control points, where a plant adjusts the
quantity and types of solutes that reach
the xylem. Due to Casparian Thickening
ions transported unidirectionally.
Translocation of minerals : When the ions
are absorbed by root, their transport
takes place through the transpiration
steam to the sink. Sink include growing
regions of the plant. such as apical and
lateral
meristems,
young
leaves,
developing flowers, fruits, seeds and the
storage organs. Unloading of mineral
ions occurs at the fine vein ending
through diffusion and active uptake by
these cells
Mineral ions like P.K,S and N are
remobilised from the senescing parts like
older leaves to younger leaves.

Some elements like Ca are not

remobilised

Study of xylem exudates shows

that N. P, and S are carried as inorganic
ions and organic form like amino acid
through xylem. Small amount of
exchange of material takes place
between xylem and phloem

movement
bidirectional

in

phloem

becomes

(in xylem unidirectional)

Phloem sap contains water, sucrose,
hormones, amino acids etc.
Pressure flow or Mass flow Hypthesis
Translocation of sucrose from source to
sink takes place by Pressure How
Hypothesis . The following are the steps.
(1 'Loading of sucrose from Leaf to
companion cell
first and then sieve tube
transport.

by

active

2)Loacing of sucrose makes the phloem

more concentrated causes the flow of
water from adjacent xylem to the
phloem by osmosis.
(3)Phloem sap moves from high osmotic
pressure to the low osmotic pressure.
The sink osmotic pressure decreases and
sucrose moves out of the phloem and
converting it into energy, starch or
cellulose. When OP decreases the water
moves out of phloem in to the xylem
Girdling Experiment
This experiment proves that food is
transported through the phloem. On the
trunk of a tree, if a ring of bark up to a
depth of the phloem is removed, the
bark above the ring becomes swollen
due to the accumulation of food,

Phloem transport : Flow from spruce to

sink

Entrance oriented question

The sucrose produced in leaves (source)

transport to the plant part that needs or
stores the food (sink). But source and
sink may be reversed depending on the
season or the plants need.

01. Which of the following statements is I are true?

Eg : Sugar stored in root may be

mobilised to become a source of food in
the early spring when the buds of trees
act as sink. Since the source sink
relationship is variable; the direction of

(a) The apoplastic movement of water occurs

exclusively
through
the
cell
wall
without crossing any membranes
(b) Solutes present in a cell (or in any solution)
increase the free energy of water or water
potential

(c)The symplastic movement occurs 4`rom cell to cell

through the plasmodesmata

157

(d)Transport of substances through

vascular system is called translocation

07. Wite true or false

[a] a and b oniy [b] b and d only

across

(11 In passive transport, nutrients move

[d] a, b and d only

[c] c and d only

the membrane by diffusion, without any use of

energy as it is always down the concentration
gradient and hence entropy driven ,

[e] c only
0 2 . W hi c h o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g s t a t e m e n t s i s
wrong?
[al Water potential is the chemical potential of

the water
[I)] Solute potential is always negative
[c] Pressure potertial is zero in a flaccid cell
[d] Water potential equals solute potential in a fully
turgid cell
[e]Pressure

potential

is negative in

[a] Electrolysis [b] Exosmosis [c] Plasmolysis

[a] Turgidity

2, 3 & 4 false

[d] 1, 2, 3 & 4 true

[e] 1, 2, 3 true & 4 false

shrinking

[a] Thistle funnel experiment

[b] Oxygen evolution experiment

{d] Hydrolysis [e] Enclosmosis

the

[a] 1, 2 true & 3, 4 false [b] 1, 4 true & 2, 3 false [c] 1,

08. The experiment shows the phloem is the

tissue responsible for translocation of
food is

03. A plant cell attains turgidity due to:

In a plant cell,
protoplasm is called

(3) Water potential is the potential energy of water

determined by solute potential and
pressure potential.
(4)Absorption of water by seeds and dry
wood takes place by a special type of diffusion
called imbibition

plasmoyzed cell

04.

(2) Osmosis is the special type of diffusion of water

across a semipermeable membrane.

[c; Girdling experiment

of

[dj Ringing experiment

0 9 . W hic h is w r o n g r e g a r d i n g P r e ss u r e F l o w

[b] Flaccidity

Hypothesis?

[c] Deplasmolysis [d] Plasmolysis[e] Apoptosis

[al It takes place both in phloem & Xylem

05. The most widely accepted theory to explain the

translocation of carbohydrates in higher plants:

[a] Root pressure theory[b] Osmotic theory
[c] Imbibition theory

[e] Both c & d

[b] Phloem sap moves to the areas of higher

pressure

[c] Sucrose move out of the phloem sap into the

[d] Transpiration theory

[d]

[e] Mass flow theory

06. Observe the given figure, Identify A and B
pathways. In which of the above pathways
does water move beyond endodermis pericycle
through xylem cells?

cells which will use the sugar by passive

transport
Mass flow of sucrose through phloem takes place

unidirectonally
[e] All the above
10. Most of the plants meet their water
transport through xylem by
[a] Root pressure

[b] Trarspiratory pull

[c] Atmospheric pressure [d] Capillary force

[e] None

[a] Apoplast

pathway
Apoplast path way

symplast

pathway

&

[b] Symplast pathway, Apoplast pathway &

Symplast pathway
[c] Apoplast pathway. Apoplast pathway &
Symplast pathway
[d] Symphast pathway, Symplast pathway &
Symplast pathway
[e] Apoplast pathway, Apoplast pathway and &

Apoplast pathway

11. If two chambers A & B containing

solutions which has a y of 2000 KPa and
the 1000
KPa, then solution are
[a] Hypotonic solution
solution respectively

and

Hypertonic

[b]Hypertonic solution
solution respectively

and

Hypotonic

[c]

Both are Hypotonic solution

[d]

Both are Isotonic saution

158

In

[e]

Hypotonic and Isotonic solution

18. Which is a correct statement?

respectively.

[a]
Active T-ansport and Facilitated
transport require special membrane proten

12. Active transport is a

[a]
Uphill transport, not require special
membrane protein
[b]
Highly selective, not requires ATP
energy
[c]
Uphill transport,
membrane protein
[d]
Highly
energy
[e]

require

selective,

special

requires

ATP

[b]

Simple diffusion is highly selective

[c]
Active transport is not a uphill
transport
[d]

Facilitated transport require energy

19. The difference between chemical

potential of water in a solution and the pure
solvent can be defined as
[a]

[b] //./ p

[c] y ;7 [d]

Both c & d

13. Short distance transport takes place by

[a] Transloca:ion, Diffusion and active
transport [b]Passive transport, Active
transport and translocation

20. The space between the cell wall and the

shrunken protoplast in the plasmolysed cell
is occupied by
[a] Hypertonic solution [b] Cytoplasm

[c] Diffusion, cytoplasmic streaming and

active trarsport

[c] Air [d] Vacuum [e] Hypotonic solution

[d]Diffusion,
and

[a]By increasing concentration of a solution

OP increases and ye s decreases

cytoplasmic

streaming

translocation

21. Which is not true?

[b]
and

[e] All the above process

14. Which of the following
multidirectional transport?

undergo

cff p is zero in a plasmolysed cell,

negative in a fully turgid cell

[a] Organic nutrient [b] Water

[c]
Reverse osmosis takes place when
the pressure applied is more than of OP

[c] Mineral nutrient [d] Water and minerals

[e] Organic aid mineral nutrient

[d]
A corn plant absorbs 3 liters of
water in a day

15. Melvin Calvin earned Nobel Prize in 1961

for

22_ In a plasmolysed cell the qt p will have

[a]

Proposing Mass flow hypothesis

[b]

Chemiosmotic theory

[c] Zero

[c]

Tracing the steps of citric acid cycle

23. The movemert of water from root hair to

xylem manily takes place by

[d]
Mapping of the pathway of carbon
assimilation in photosynthesis

[a]
From root hair to the xylem through
the apoplast

[e]
Proposing
phosphorylat on

[b]
From root hair to the endodermis
through apoplast and in endodermis though
symplast

photolysis

and

16. Small distance transport in Plant is due

to
[a]
Transiocation,
Streaming & Active Transport

Cytoplasmic

[b]
Cytoplasmic Steaming,
and Active Transport

Diffusion

[a] Negative value [b] Positive Value

[d] None

[c]
From root hair to xylem through
symplast
[d]
From root hair
apoplast and symolast

xylem

through

24. Mycorrhizae help the root in

[c]
Imbibition, Cytoplasmic streaming
and Osmosis

[a]
Providing very large surface area of
absorption from the soil

[c] Imbibition,
Transport

[b]

Providing water and minerals

[c]

Providing sugars and N-compounds

[d]

Bath a& b

Osmosis

and

Passive

17. Multidirectional transport takes place in

[a] Xylem
[b] Phloem

[e] All the above

[c] Both Xylem and Phoem [d] Collenchy-na

159

25. Simplastic pathway of movement of

water from root hair to xylem of root is
facilitated by

[d]
Absorption is low and transpiration
is also very low

[a] Transpiration pull [b] Cytoplasmic

streaming [c] Root pressure [d] Guttation

[a] -2.3 bars

[b] 2.3 bars

[c] 1 bar

[d] 0 bar

26. The existence root pressure can be seen

it [a] Guttation [b] Transpiration
[c]

Exudation of sap through cut stem

[d]

a, b and c

[e] both a and c

27. High tensile strength and capillarity of

water is brought about by [a] Cohesion [b]
Adhesion

34. The water potential of pure water is

35. Which of the following is the unit of

measurement of 4/
[a] Litre

[b] Joule

[c] Pascal

[d] Litre

[e]Cubic centimetre

[c] Surface Tension [d] Capillary force

[e] a, b and c only
28. Transpiration can rise water up to
[a] 100 m

[b] 150m

[d] 120m

[e] 140m

[c] 130m

36. Match the following

tosmo tic
Po tential
2_En Masse flow

[a] Storage organs [b] Growing regions

[b]

Mass flow hypothesis

[c]

Chemi Osmotic hypothesis

[e]

flow

and

Sympiotic hypothesis

pressure

[c] Turgur pressure

[b]

Imbibition

[d] Wall pressure

32. The rate

of transpiration
inversely

1 - T,

flow

31. Dry wooden stakes driven in cracks of a

rock and soacked will develop pressure that
will split the rock. The phenomenon is a
[a] Osmotic
pressure

Liolutes
to the
1 - P, 2-T,31 - T,

Mass

1 -T,

S,
2- 3P, S,
2- 3P: S,

T-Solute potential

4Q.
4a
4
R,
-

2-S,3-P,4 Q

37. During the mass flow through phloem

when the sugars leave sieve tube for
metabolism and storage, what happens to
the H2O
[a]
Water
osmosis
[b]

is

S-Pressure potential

Transport
,
5.Control
points
of

30. The translocation of sugar from source

to sink takes place by
Pressure flow hypothesis

0-Carrier proteins

4.Passive

[e] Both a &

[a]

P-Bulk fl ow

3.Turger Pressure R-Endodermis

[c] Senescent leaf [d] Ripened fruits

[d]
Pressure
hypothesis

Column B

Column A

29 The chief sinks for the mineral elements

are the

enters

to

the

xylem

by

Water remains in the phloem

[c]
Water enters in the xylem through
guttation

proportional to
[a] Root-Shoot ratio [b] Light intensity

[d]
Water present
undergo transpiration

[c] Atmospheric temperature [d] Humidity

38. N2'i lc pump in a cell is an example of

33. Root pressure is maximum when

[a] Osmosis

[a]
Transpiration is high and absorption
is very low

[c] Passive transport [d] Active transport

[b]
Absorption is very
transpiration is also very high
[c]
Transpiration is
absorption is very high

very

high

and

low

and

in

the

Phloem

[b] Diffusion

39. Active transport is characterized by

[a]
Requires
proteins
[b]

special

membrane

Highly selective

160

[c]
Requires ATP energy [d] All the
above
40. Stomata] opening or closing is due to
[a]
cells

Change in the turgidity of guard

[b]
The inner wall of each guard cell is
thick and elastic
[c]
Cellulose microfibrils of guard cells
are oriented radially [d] All the above
41. The loss of water in C4 plants compared
to C plants for the same amount of CO2
fixed is
[a] Half [b] One-third
[c] One-fourth [d] Double
42 Which one of the following statements is
wrong ?
[a]
Water potential
potential of the water

is

the

chemical

[b]
Solute potential is always negative
Pressure potential is zero in a flaccid cell
[c]
Water potential
equals
potential in a fully turgid cell

solute

[d]
Pressure potential is negative in a
plasmolyzed cell

[e] Mass flow hypothesis

47. The transport of water takes place
through
[a]

Phloem, multidirectionally

[b]

Phloem unidirectionally

[c]

Xylem multidirectionally

[d]
Xylem unidirectionally [e] Both c
and d
48. Regarding
statement is
[a]

diffusion,

the

wrong

It is a passive movement

[b]
The movement of molecules is in a
random fashion
[c]
Diffusion takes place from a region
of its higher concentration to lower
concentration
[d]
Diffusion rates are affected by the
concentration gradient, permeability of the
membrane separating them, temperature
and pressure [e] Diffusion will only occurs
in liquids
49. In a plasmolyzed cell, the space
between cell wall and cytoplasm is filled by
[a] Air [b] Water [c] External solution

43 Guttation is the result of:

[d] Vaccum [e] Cell sap

[a] Transpiration

[b] Osmosis

[c] Root pressure

[d] Diffusion

50. What prevents wall to wall ( apoplast ).

movement of absorbed water coming from
epiblema to xylem in roots

44, Select the correct statement:

[a] Absorption of water by seeds and dry
wood are examples of facilitated diffusion
[b]The apoplast is the
interconnected protoplasts.

system

of

[c]
Pinus seeds cannot germinate and
establish
without
the
presence
of
mycorrhizae.
[d]

[a] Pericycle

[b] Cortical cells

[c]

Cellulose of the cell wall

[d]
cells

Casparian

[e]

Intercellular spaces of cortical cells

strips

of

endodermal

51.

The translocation in phloem is

undidirectional whereas in the xylem it is

bidirectional.
[e]
In plants, the water loss in its liquid
phase is known as transpiration.
45. The process by which water is absorbed
by solids like collids causing them to
increase in volume is called:

If TP of cell E is increased to 4 atmospheric

pressure. the the nature of movement of
water 63.

[a] Osmosis [b] Plsdmolysis [c] Imbibition

will be

[d] Diffusion [e] Facilitated diffusion

[a]

No movement of water

46. In the early morning, droplets of water

can be found at the tip of grass
leaves.Name the phenomenon behind this

[b]

Water moves from E to D

[c]

Water moves from D to E

[d]

Water moves from all the cells to E

[a] Transpiration pull [b] Passive absorption

[c] Facilitated diffusion [d] Root pressure

161

[e]
cells

Water moves from E to all the other

[a] Osmosis [b] Active transport

[c] Diffusion [e] Both A and C [e] All of these

52. Regarding
statement is

guttation,

the

wrong

[a]

It is the loss of water in liquid form

[b]

Guttation is more at noon

[c]
Guttation will be less if transpiration
is more
[d]
Guttated water contains organic and
inorganic dissolved salts

59. Water is limiting factor for

[a]

Agricultural environment

[b]

Natural environment

[c]
Aquatic environment [d]
and B

Both

-Ve

or

60. Select the matching pair

[a]

Solute potential

+ Ve

[e]
Hydathodes are also called water
stomata

[b]
Zero

Osmotic potential

+Ve,

53. Majority of plants meet their need of

ascent of sap by

[c]

Turgor pressure

Zero

[d]

Osmotic pressure

+Ve

[a] Root pressure

[c] Capillary action of xylem elements

61. Movement of a substance across a cell

takes

[d] Pulsation of inner cortical cells [e]

Diffusion 54, What prevents wall to wall
(apoplast) movement of absorbed water?

[a] 2 s [b] 1.5 S

62. Which can provide a modest push in

overall process of water transport?

[a]

Symplastic set up

[a] Transpiration

[b] Root pressure

[b]

Osmotic apparatus of root hair cells

[c]

[d] Guttation

[c]

Interspaces of root cortical cells

63. Mass flow of water occurs due to

[d]

Meristematic cells of pericycle

Property of water

[e]

Endodermal cells

[a] Capillarity [b] Adhesion [c] Cohesion

[b] Transpiration pull

[c] 3 S [d] 2.5 S

Both

55. Girdling or ringing experiment is that

[d]

[a]
A metallic ring is tightly tied to a
stem.

64 Which of these is polar?

[a]

Surface of sieve elements

[b]
stem

[b]

Surface of tracheary elements

[c]
B

Surface of bark

A ring like mark is made around the

[c]
A ring of tissue external to the
xylem is removed from a stem.
[d]
stem

A ring of xylem is removed form the

[e]

Both (c) and (d)

56. Movement over

is

small

[d] Both a and

Select true statement

[a]
C3 plants are twice efficient as C4
plants in term of carbon fixation
[b]
C4 plants loses only half water as
C3 plant for same amount of CO2 fixed

distances

[c]
Nitrogen travels in organic form as
nitrates

supplemented by
[a] Diffusion

All of these[e] Both b and c

[b] Cytoplasmic Streaming

[c] Active transport [d] Both A and B

[d]
Small amount of P and S are carried
in inorganic form
[e] Both B and C

[e] All of these

66.

57. Porins form pores in membranes of

[a] Symplast

[1] Cell Wall

[a] Outer membrane of plastids

[b] Apoplast

[2] Hypotonic solution

[c] Osmosis

[3] Plasmodesmata

[d] Imbibition

[4] Seed germination

[e] Exosmosis

[51 Semipermeable

[bj Inner membrane

mitochondria
[c]

of

plastid

and

Inner membrane of bacteria

[d]
Outer
membrane
mitochondria and bacteria

of

membrane

plastid,

58. Which is the means for gasoues

movement in plants

[F] Endomosis

[6] Hypertonic solution

67. Guttation & exuadation of sap is due to

162

[a]

Root pressure & transpiration

[a] A

[b]

Transpiration & Root pressure

[c] No flow at all

[c]

Both due to root pressure

[d]

Both due to transpiration

77. What occupies the space between the

cell wall
85.

[e]

Both due to Osmosis

Endosmosis of water happens when water

potential of the cell sap is

[b]
[d] Can't be predicted

and the shrunken

plasmolysed cell?

protoplast

in

the

[a] Hypotonic solution [b] Clear water

[a] Lower [b] Higher Equal[d] All of these

Transloction of sugar occurs in the form of

[c] Hypertonic solution

alone 86.

[a] Glucose

[b] Sucrose

[c] Starch

[d] Maltose

78. Select the correct answers for the

following? of a flaccid cell?

One of the following has always a negative

value
[a] Water potential

[b] Solute potential

[d]

(ii)

Resultant

(iii)

Resultant T: flaccid cell?

(iv)

qi,, of turgid cell?

Solute

of plasmolysed cell?

[c] Pressure potential [d] Both a & b

[a] 0, ye, ve,0

[b] 0, +ve, ve,0

Which is incorrect

[c] 0, ve, +ve.O

[d] O.eve,ve.+ve

I) Movement of water is from lower DPD to

higher DPD

79. Read the following statements and

choose correct among the following:

ii)
Movement of water is form higher
water potential to lower water potential

[i]
T,, is more --ve compared to -1-'s
in flaccid cell

iii)

[ii]
'1', is more eve compared to '1,0 in
plasmolysed cell

In a fully turgid cell, OP=-TP

iv)
Water potential of protoplasm is
equal but opposite in sign to DPD
[a] I&iii [b] &

[c] & iv [d]

& iv [e] None

Continuity between the chains of water

molecules in xylem is maintained by
[a] Transpiration pull [b] Root pressure
73. The main purpose of transpiration
[a]

supplies water for photosynthesis

83.

[b]

Translocation of water and minerals

[c]

Cools leaf Surface

[cl] Maintains shape and structure of cell [e]

All of these
74, Water potential and osmotic potential of
pure water are
[c]

&

75. A cell in the given solution is said to be

flaccid. then the solution is
[a] Hypotonic [b] Hypertonic
[c] Isotonic

[d] None of these

76. Study the given data

Cell A Cell B
Osmotic Pressure 500 400
Turgor pressure 100

84.

300

Predict the direction of water flow?

[a] (i),(iii),(iv) are true [b] (ii), (iii),(iv) are true

[c] (i), (iii)

[d] All the above are true

80. Study the following

'Pressure flow Hypothesis"

[c] Osmosis [d] Evaporation [e] Diffusion

[a] 1 & 1
[b] 0 & 1
[d] 0 & 0

[Hi] Unit of measurement of DPD is

atmosphere [iv] Osmotic potential can have
zero&ve values

(i)
Hydrostatic pressure
sieve tube increases
(ii)

sequence
in

phloem

Sap moves through phloem

(iii)
Incoming
sugars
transported out of phloem at sink
(iv)

of

actively

Remove as simple carbohydrates

(v)
Loss of solute produce Low DPD in
phloem Choose the wrong among them
[a] (i)

[b] (ii) [c] (iii) [d] (iv) [e] (v)

81. Choose the diagram showing the

correct
'Orientation
of
cellulose
microfiberils ' in guard cells
.;.a;,

(C) as

(b-

(d) ep.

82. Choose the approximate time it would

take for the movement of molecule over a
distance of lm within a plant by diffusion
alone?
[a] 5 x 10' Sec [b] 5 x 102 Sec
[c] 5 x 104 Sec [d] 5 x 10s Sec

163

83.Choose the correct statements among

the following
(i)
All minerals cannot be passively
absorbed by the roots
(ii)
Root endodermis has the ability to
activity transport ions in one direction only
(iii)
Unloading of mineral ions occurs at
the fine vein ending solely through
diffusion
(iv)
Most of the oxygen required by
plants are obtained from CO2 of
atmosphere
(v)
The apoplastic movement of water
occurs exclusively through walks of cells
[a] (i), (ii), (v) are true [b] (i), (iii), (iv) are true
jcj (i), (iii), (v) are true [d] (i), (ii), (iv) are true
84.Transport over long distance proceeds
through vascular systm is called
[a] Transporation [b] Dislocation
[c] Translocation [d] Active Transport
[e] Passive transport
85.Only way for gaseous movement within
plant body is
[a] Diffusion

[b] Respiration

[C] Translocation

[d] Transportation

86.In facilitated diffusion

[a] Special proteins helps movement of
substances
across
membranes
with
expenditure of ATP energy
[b] Special proteins helps more substances
across membrances without expenditure of
ATP energy

89. Symplastic movement is aided by

[a] Apoplastic movement
[b] Cytoplasmic streaming
[c] Active transport
difusion

Simple

90. Pinus seeds cannot germinate and

establish without the presence of
[a] N- fixing bacteria
Methanoges
[c] Mycorr hizae

[b]

[d] None

91.In plants , (i) is produced , (ii) is

transported and (iii) is stored
[a]
i-Glucose
Starch
[b]

ii- Sucrose

Sucrose
iii-Glucose

iii-

ii-Starch

[c]
i- Glucose
sucrose

ii- Starch

iii-

[d]
i-sucrose
Starch

ii- Glucose

iii-

92. Experiment used to identify the t

ssues
through
which
food
is
transported in plants is
[a] Girdling [b] Ringing

87. Match the following

[d]

[d] 'a' and lb'

[c] Rainding

[e] 'b' and 'c'

93.
Phloem
is
responsible
for
transport which is [a] Unidirectional
[b] Multidirectional
[c] Not a definite direction [d] none
88. the net direction and rate of
osmsic depends on

[b]

Concentration gradient

[c]

Both 'a' and 'b'

and ib`

[d]

94. Movement
distances

small

supplemented by
[a] Difusion [b]
Streaming

neither

over
is

Cytoplasmic

[c] Active transport [d] Both A and B

[e] All of these
164

95. Proteins that form huge pores in

the outer membrane of the plastids,
mitochondria and some bacteria
allowing molecules up to the size of
small proteins to pass through
[a] Porins [b] Aquaporins Unipo't
[d] Antiport [e] Svmport
96.
Transport
rate
reaches
a
maximum when all the proteins
transporters are being used or
saturated.
This
sentences
,s
applicable to the following type of
:ransportation
[a] Difusion [b] Facilitated difusion
[c] Active transport [d] Boti (B) and
(C)

97. Find out the wrong pair from the

following options
[a]
Difusion pressure of turgid cell
= Maximum
[b]
Suction pressure of flaccid cell
= Equal to its osmotic pressure
Turgor pressure of flaccid cell
= Zero

[d]
Water potential
solution = Zero
[e]

[d]
Water is mainly pushed through
the xylem elements and the driving
forces for this are the transpiration
pull and root pressure
[e]
The transpiration driven ascent
of xylem sap depends mainly on the
physical properties of water Ike
cohesion. adhesion and surface
tension
99.
Tre
chief
sinks
for
the
translocation of mine-al elements are
[a] Growing region [b] Mature stem

[e] Both (A) and (C)

[c]

[c]
Tracheary elements in plant
body is a continuous system and the
water moving through it is in in
continuous column

of

hypotonic

Suction pressure of turgid cell

= Zero

98. Which among the following

sentence is wrong about the basic
mechanism of ascent of sap according
to
cohesion-tension
theory
or
Transpiration pull
[a]
Transpiratory loss of water from
the leaf create a tension at the upper
end of xylem tube
[b]
Tension created at the upper
end
of
xylem
is
transmitted
downwards

[c] Mature root

stern -

[d]

Secondary

[e] [b] and [d]

100. Select the t-ue statement
regarding phloem transport:[a]
Phloem
is
responsible
for
transport of food (primarily) sucrose
from source to sink
[b]
The translocation in phloem is
bi-directional
[c]
The source-sink relationship is
variable
[d]
The translocation in phloem is
explained by the pressure flow
hypothesis-Munch
(Mass
flow
hypothesis) [e] All the above
101. The most accepted view
explaining
the
mechanism
of
transport of food molecules through
phloem is
[a] Imbibition theory
ity theory
[c]

[b]

Capilla-

Mass-flow hypothesis
165

[d]
Pressure flow hypothesis [e] C
and D

detect their chemical composition and

molecular structure.]

102. Girdling experiment is usually

performed to prove that

All the carbon compounds that we get

from living tissues can be called
biomolecules. Irorganic compounds
are also present in living matter.

[a]
Xylem is involved in conduction
of water
[b]
Phloem
is
involved
conduction of food molecules

in

[c]
Xylem is involved in conduction
of mineral elements
[d]
Phloem
is
involved
conduction of mineral elements

in

[e]
Both xylem and phloem are
involved in conduction

BIOMOLECULES

The chemical composition of living

matter
(in
animals,
plants
or
microbes) is same as that of
nonliving. But carbon and hydrogen
content is comparatively greater in
living matter, than in nonliving.
How
to
composition?

analyse

chemical

1.Grind a piece of animal tissue or

plant
tissue
in
trichloroacetic
acid(CCI3 COOH) using a pestle and
mortar.
2.
It gives two fractions on
filteration- they are filterate which
contains all acid soluble organic and
inorganic
compounds
and
acid
insoluble retentate.
3.
There are thousands of organic
compounds in the acid soluble pool.
(inorganic compounds like sulphate,
phosphate etc are also present)

To detect them.
1.Take a small amount of living tissue
and dry it. and remove water.
2. Burn the tissue so as to remove the
entire carbon compounds in the form
of CO2 and water vapour. 3.This ash
contains inorganic elements like
calcium, magnesium etc.
So the elemental analysis gives
elemental composition of organic
compounds in the living tissues, in
the form of hydrogen, oxygen,
chlorine, carbon etc.
In chemistry one can identify alcohol,
ketones,
aldehydes,
aromatic
compounds etc.
But from a biological point of view we
shall classify them in to aminoacids,
saccharides,
nitrogen
bases,
fattyacids etc.
AMINOACIDS
Amino acids are organic compounds
with aminogroup (-NH2) and carboxyl
group (-COOH) as their functional
groups. In alpha aminoacids the
aminogroup and carboxyl group are
attached to the

carbon atoms are satisfied by one

Hydrogen atom and a variable group
designated as R group (R for Radical).
The R group can be a Hydrogen atom
in glycine, methyl group in alanine,
hydroxy methyl in serine etc.

[There
are
various
separation
technique to isolate a particular type
of chem cal and there are methods to
166

The chemical and physical properties

of amino acids are determined by
aminogroup, carboxyl group, and R
group.
Based
on
number
of
aminogroup
(basic)and
carboxyl
group(acidic)amino acids can be
classified in to
1.

Based on the number of simple sugars

molecule they can be classifi ed in to
1

one

sugar unit in it)

Monosaccharides
The number of carbon atoms in a monosaccharide

Basic aminoacids

can vary from 3 to 7.

Triose Monosaccharide with 3 carbon
Tetrose- Monosaccharide with 4 carbon
Pentose- Monosaccharide with 5 carbon
Hexose -Monosaccharide with 6 carbon
Heptose-Monosaccharide with 7 carbon
(suffix iose' denotes saccharide)

Acidic aminoacids

The number of carboxyl group is

greater
than
aminogroup.
Eg.
Glutamic acid.
3.

Monosaccharides(with

2.Oligosaccharides(with a few sugar unit in it)

3.Polysaccharides(with many sugar units in it).

When the number of aminogroup is

greater than carboxyl group. Eg lysine
2.

in

atoms
atoms
atoms
atoms
atoms

Glyceraldehydes and dihydroxy acetone are

examples for triose
Erithrose is a tetrose

Neutral aminoacids.

Ribose, De oxy ribose etc are pentoses

Aminoacids with one aminogroup and

one carboxyl group. Eg. Valine,
glycine, alanine etc.

Glucose, fructose, galactose etc are hexoses. Depend

on the characteristic functional group of a
monosaccharide,
if it
is aldehyde, the

monosaccharide is an aldose and if it is ketone,

the saccharide is said to be a ketose.
Oligosaccharides contain a few monosaccharide
units in it. So they can be hydrolysed in to several

When the R group is an aryl radical

the aminoacid is aromatic. Eg.
Tryptophan, tyrosine, phenyl alanine
etc.

monosaccharide units.
Depend upon the number of monosaccharide
units
in
them,
they
are classified into
disaccharide (with t wo monosaccharide units),
trisaccharide
(3
monosaccharides
in
it)

Proteogenic
aminoacids:
are
aminoacids which can polymerise to
form proteins. Out of hundreds of
aminoacids only twenty aminoacids
are proteogenic. Other aminoacids
are non-proteogenic.

tetrasaccharide etc.
Maltose(contains two glucose units), Sucrose
(glucose + fructose), Lactose (glucose + galactose)
etc are disaccharides

Due to the presence of acidic carboxyl

group and basic aminogroup in the
same molecule of an aminoacid they
can react together and form internal
salt called zwitter ion.

SACCHAR1DES
Saccharides were formerly known as carbohydrates,

are polyhydroxy aldehydes or ketones.

Nitrogen bases, Nucleosides and Nucleotides

Meaning of the term saccharide is 'sugar

*
The Nitrogen bases are nitrogen containing
heterocyclic organic compounds, they are basic due

containing'.

167

108

to the presence of aminogroup or hydroxyl group in

them. They are two types.
Single ringed pyrimidines- Thymine, Cytosine and

Uracil

Double ringed purines Adenine and Guanine

* The nitrogen base can combine with a pentose
sugar to form a nucleoside. The pentose sugar can
be de-oxy ribose or ribose.
Examples for nucleosides are

Adenine + ribose-4kdenosine
Adenine + Deoxyribose-4 Deoxy adenosine similarly
Guanosine or De oxy guanosine
Cytidine or De oxy cytidine
Deoxy thymidine and Uridine
*A nucleoside can combine with a phosphate group
to form a nucleotide. They are deoxyadenylic acid
and adenylic acid, guanylic acid and deoxy guanilic

acidtcytidylic acid and deoxy cytidylic acid,

deoxy thymidylic acid and uridylic acid.
**(continues in the topic 'Nucleic acids')
LIPIDS
Lipids are micromolecules, still they are present in
the retentate, not in acid soluble filterate during
extraction, because they are hydrophobic
substances. Lipids are fatty acids. glycerol, esters of
f at t yacids and gl ycer ol or st erols which are

Esters of fatty acids and glycerol: The hydroxyl

group of glycerol car react with carboxyl group
of fatty acid to form an ester bond. The
resultant product is called a rnonoglyceride n
when two fatty acid molecules are entered in to
a glycerol it is a diglyceride and three fatty acid
molecules with one glycerol to form a triglyceride.

Phospholipids:
Some
lipids
have
a
phosphate
group
associated with a diglyceride. The hydrocarbon
chains of the fattyacid becomes hydrophobic and
the phosphate group is hydrophilic. So they
can form double layered membranes in aqueous
medium. They are integral part of cell
membrane. Lecithin is an
example for

phospholipid. Lipids are generally called oils or

fats, oils are generally liquid in room

temperature, and fats are solids.Primary and

secondary
metabolites:While
extracting
compounds from animal body, it belongs to
various chemicals like amino acids, sugars, lipids,
nitrogen bases etc, and generally termed as
primary metabolites, but plant, fungal or microbial

cells contains thousands of materials derived

from these primary metabolites and they are
called secondary metabolites.
Many

secondary metabolites that can be

extracted from plants are of great use to
mankind; examples are given below_

characterized by cyclic structures and Hydroxyl

group.Fatt yacids: f at t yacids are long chain
carboxylic acids (with COOH as their functional

group)Eg.,
COOH ie

palmitic

acidCH3(CH2)14-

CI5H31 COOH Stearic acid CH3-(CH2)16COOH ie C15H31 COOH Fattyacids are

either saturated with only single
bonds between carbon atoms or
unsaturated with double or triple
bonds between carbon atoms of the
hydrocarbon chain.
Glycerol : Glycerol is a trihydric
alcohol - trihydroxy propane.

Pigments
Alkaloids

Terpenoides
Essential oil
Toxins
Lectins
Drugs
Polymeric
substance
s

Carotenoids, Anthocyanins etc

etc
Monoterpenes, Diterpenes etc
Lemon grass oil etc
Morphine, Codeine

Abrin, Ricin etc

C o n c an a va l in A
Vinblastin, curcumin etc
Rubber, gums, cellulose etc

BIOMACROMOLECULES
The molecular weight cf acid soluble substances
or micromolecules ranges from 18 to 800
daltons. The acid insoluble fraction has four

types of organic compounds. They are

proteins, polysaccharides, a n d n u c l e i c a c i d s
w h i c h a r e p o l y m e r s o f micromolecules. So

168

they have molecular weight above 10,000

daltons, and such substances are called
macromolecular substances. But lipids are

Ion channels, glucose channel(GLUT-4) etc. Collagen

is the most abundant protein in animal world,

acid insoluble. not due to higher molecular

weight, but as a part of plasma membrane they
can rupture during grinding and again they can

atmospheric CO 2 in calvin cycle) is the most

abundant
protein
in
the
biosphere.

form vesicles which are insoluble in water, and

they cannot scape through the pores of the cheese
cloth.
The aldehyde and ketone shows reducing property. So
monosaccharides and oligosaccharides with free
aldehydic or ketonic group can reduce the blue
Cu2+ ions in benedicts reagent in to red Cu+ ions.

and
Ribulose
Bisphosphate
Carboxylase
Oxygenase (RuBisCO-enzyme for fixation of
POLYSACCHARIDES
Polysaccharides are polymers of monosaccharides,
and
unlike
monosaccharides
and
oligosaccharides they are insoluble in water. In

Oligosaccharides

and in polysaccharides
monosaccharide units are linked together by
glycosidic bond.
Glycosidic bond
The Aldehyde group of one monosaccharide
can
react with alcoholic group of
anothermonosaccharide molecule and by removing
one water molecule it can form a covalent bond
called glycosidic bond. It is an example for
dehydration synthesis.
GLUCOSE

The carboxyl group of an aminoacid can react

with aminogroup of another aminoacid, and by

eliminating one water molecule it can form a C-N

bond called Peptide bond. The product is called a

dipeptide. Many such aminoacids can combine
together to form a polypeptide. Each protein is a
heteropolymer (polymers formed of different types of
monomers) of aminoacids_

Essential and non essential aminoacids:

Aminoacids which cannot be synthesized in the

body are called essential aminoacids. So they

should be supplied through the food. Out of twenty
proteogenic aminoacids 8 aminoacids are essential
a m in o ac id s i n m an . P la n t s c a n p ro d u c e a l l
aminoacids required for them.
Functions of proteins:

Proteins are quite important for life, because

they can act as structural
physiologically important factors.

componets

Collagen, elastin etc forms

substances of connective tissue

the

and

They are either homopolyrners or hetero polymers.

Starch, cellulose and glycogen are polymers of
glucose. Starch is the stored form of saccharide in
plant and glycogen in animal's liver and muscle.
Cellulose is a structural polysaccharide which forms

the cell wall in plant cells. inulin is a polymer of

fructose.

ground

*Proteins can act as biological catalysts called

enzymes. Eg Trypsin, Pepsin etc
*Certain proteins are informational molecules like
hormones. Eg., insulin

Antibodies are proteins concerned with body

defence.
Certain proteins are receptors in cell membrane
to receive particular chemical informations.
*Certain proteins can form channels through plasma
membrane for the transport of materials.

169

109

The right end or the end with free aldehydic or

ketonic group in the polysaccharide is
reducing, and the other end is non-reducing.
Starch forms coiled secondary structure. so as to
hold Iodine molecules in the coil to form blue
colour. Molecule of cellulose is not coiled, so it
cannot trap Iodine in it.
Heteropolysaccharides are polymers of more than
one type of monosaccharide units and complex

polysaccharides have chemically modified sugars

(eg. Glucosamine, N-acetyl galactosamine etc)
Chitin which forms the exoskeleton of arthropods is
a heteropolymer.
**NUCLEIC ACIDS
The Nulcleotides can polymerise to form nucleic
acids. Nucleotides are of two types. So
Deoxyribonucleotides on polymerisation forms
Deoxyribonucleic acid and and Ribonucleotides
form ribonucleic acids. In DNA molecule is formed of
two antiparallel polynucleotides which are
complementary to each other. The complementarity
of the strands are due to the complementarity
between a specific purine and pyrimidine nitrogen
bases, ie A=T (adenine forms two hydrogen bonds
with thymine) and G=C (Guanine can form three
hydrogen bonds with Cytosine)
The double strand is spirally coiled and this double
helical structure of DNA was introduced by James
'Watson and Francis Crick. The length of one turn of
the coil is 34A, and one turn contains 10 nucleotide
pairs in it.The phosphate group of a nucleotide
reacts with hydroxyl group attached to the 3rd
carbon of the pentose sugar of another nucleotide
and forms the Ester bond. Similarly a number of
nucleotides can polymerise to form the single strand
of a DNA.

Secondary structure is formed by coiling and turning

of a single polypeptide to form the alpha
helix structure (eg., hair keratin) or by forming
hydrogen bonds between atoms of one or more
polypeptides to form beta pleated sheet structure
(silk fibres). Tertiary structure is attained by turning
and coiling of a polypeptide from secondary level, so
as to form a three dimensional structure.

Eg., Myoglobin which stores oxygen in muscles

Quarternary Structure in which a protein
molecule is formed of more than one subunit
with tertiary structure.
Eg., Globin which forms the protein part of
^aemoglobin is formed of four protein subunits of
which two subunits are of alpha and two subunits
are of beta chains.
DYNAMIC STATE OF BODY CONSTITUENTS
CONCEPT OF METABOLISM
In living system the biomolecules undergo regular
change from one form to another (turn over). This
chemical conversions are together referred as
metabolism. Metabolism involves sequence of
biochemical reactions which can occur only living
System and all of them are catalysed reactions.
The substances which can catalyse biochemical
reactions are called enzymes.
METABOLISM
The sequence of biochemical reactions involving in
the synthesis or breakdown of a particular
substance is called metabolic pathway. The
metabolic pathway for synthesis is called
anabolism and for breakdown of substances are
called catabolism
3'

STRUCTURE OF PROTEINS:

ENZYMES

Proteins are heteropolymers of 20 different

aminoacids called proteogenic aminoacids.
A Molecule of a protein may have four levels

Enzymes are biological catalysts capabl e of

of structures of which
Primary structure determines the type, number and
order of occurance of aminoacids in a polypeptide.

p romotin g
biochemical
reactions
i n v o l v e d i n m e ta b o li s m . T h e s u b s ta n c e o n
w h i c h en z y m e a c t s is called substrate. The final
product formed at the end of the reaction is called

end product.

170

Most of the enzymes are globular proteins several

enzymes are formed only of proteins, eg:

amylase, but in most of the enzymes in addition to
the protein, there is a non protein part. The protein
part is called APOENZYME.
When the nonprotein part is tightly bound to the
apoenzyme part it is known as PROSTHETIC

GROUP the loosely bound nonprotein part of an

enzyme is called CO-FACTOR.

When a metal acts as prosthetic group or

co-factor it is said to be an ACTIVATOR (iron is
the activator in cytochrome).When an organic
group acts as cofactor or prosthetic group it can
be referred as a

CO ENZYME. In case of enzymes with a non

protein part, the apoenzyme (protein part) and non

protein part together form the functional enzyme-

HOLOENZYME. FMN, FAD, NAD etc are

examples f o r
( o rg a n i c )
co-enzymes.
S P E C I F I C I T Y O F ENZYME ACTION: Unlike
inorganic catalysts enzymes are highly
specific in their action. A particular enzyme
can act only on a specific substrate and convert
it as the product. Ex: Maltase can act only on
maltose and convert it to two glucose
molecules. The specificity of enzyme can be

distinguished as Absolute specificity and

group specificity: Absolutely specific enzyme
can catalyse only a very single biochemical
reaction.(ex maltase hydrolyses maltose to
glucose) where as group specific enzymes can
act on a variety of several similar substrates. Ex:
Trypsin a protein digesting enzyme can hydrolyse
a variety of proteins in to amino acids.

ENZYME ACTION: Enzymes are specific for

substrate and each enzyme possesses a
substrate binding site or active site which is
complementary to the structure of substrate. This
enables the binding of substrate with the active

site of enzyme to from E N Z Y M E S U B S T R A T E

COMPLEX.
(transition
state)
Enzyme
substrate complex soon transforms as Enzyme

product complex. The enzyme product complex is

highly

unstable

and

then

decompose

as

enzyme and products. The enzyme molecule can

now bind with new substrate molecule to continue
its action.

The substrate concentration in which the enzyme

action attains half of its maximum velocity is

called Michaelis constant (KM). It is the
measure of the affinity of the enzyme to the
substrate. Lower the KM means higher the affinity
of the enzyme towards the substrate.
b)Temperature: Enzymes get inactivated in very
low temperature because there should be a
minimum energy for any reaction to occur. As

enzymes are proteins, they denature in very

high temperature. Th us al l enzy me ca n ac t
onl y i n a l i mi ted temperature range. The
temperature below which enzyme can no t act
c an be referred as m inimu m temperature for
enzyme action. The rise in temperature above
the minimum temperature can increase the rate of
action and it attains maximum in a particular

temperature point. The temperature at which

the rate of enzyme action is maximum is
known as optimum temperature. Increase from
optimum temperature lowers rate of enzyme action
and the temperature above which enzyme cannot

act is termed as maximum temperature for enzyme

action.
c)PH
Each enzyme shows its highest activity on a
specific PH. This is called the optimum PH. Activity
declines both above and below the optimum PH.
Most of the enzymes within tie cell function best
around neutral PH. Some digestive enzymes have
their optimum in the acidic medium (ex: Pepsin-a
protein digesting enzyme with optimum PH 2.0)
and still others have in basic medium (ex: Trypsin
another protein digesting enzyme with optimum PH
of 8.5)
d)Presence of inhibitors
Inhibitors are chemicals which can prevent the
action of enzymes on substrate. The enzyme
action decreases with increasing concentration of
inhibitors.
INHIBITION OF ENZYMES ACTION

Higher affinity of enzyme for its substrate increases

the catalytic activity

The factors which inhibit enzyme action are

referred as inhibitors. inhibition & inhibitors are of
several types.

FACTORS AFFECTING ENZYME ACTIVITY: The

1 Competitive inhibition:

various factors affecting enzyme action are:a)Substrate concentration: With the increase in
substrate concentration the velocity of the enzyme
action rises first, but the rise in velocity gradually
declines and finally becomes stand still. This is
because
initially
enzyme
molecules
w e r e deprivedofsubstrate. further addition of
substrate saturates all enzyme molecules with
substrate.

In competitive inhibition the substrate may get

inhibited by any molecule which is similar to the
substrate and complementary to the active site of
the enzyme. It can compete with the substrate for
binding with the active site of the enzyme. When
enzyme binds with the inhibitor if forms ENZYMEINHIBITOR complex, it is stable and cannot
transform as any products. Thus the actua

171

substrate is prevented from enzyme action. EX:

Succinic acid dehydrogenase is an enzyme acting
on succinate, but melonate which is closely similar
to succinate can bind with the enzyme in its active
site and act as a competitive inhibitor.

between molecules and there by form a complex

molecule.

2.Non competitive inhibition

A non competitive inhibitor has no structural
similarity with the substrate, it cannot bind with the
active site of the enzyme thus there is no
competition with the substrate for active site of
enzyme. But it can bind at some other site of the
enzyme which will prevent the enzyme substrate
binding and enzyme action.
Ex: cyanides are non-competitive inhibitors which
can inhibit the binding of cytochrome oxidase with
cytochrome by binding itself with enzyme in a site
other than active site
ALLOSTERIC MODULATION OR FEED BACK
INHIBITION

ENTRANCE ORIENTED QUESTIONS

The product of an enzyme catalysed reaction can

bind with the enzyme at a site other thar substrate
binding site. Thus it can increase or decrease
enzyme action. Such enzymes are called allosteric
enzymes:

01. The elments which are present in huge quantities

in living than in non living are

Ex. In glycolysis, enzyme hexokinase catalyses

conversion of glucose to glucose 6- phosphate.
The product of the reaction, glucose 6phosphate can inturn inhibit the enzyme
hexokinase.

[a] C&H

[b]C&O

[d]N&C

[e]Na &C

[c]H&O

02, Which element is quite abundant in earth's crust,

when compared to living matter

CLASSIFICATION OF ENZYMES

[a] S

[b] Si

[d] N

[e] 0

[c] Ca

3. For which aminoacid methyl group forms the 'R

group'
[a] Glycine
[b] Serine [c] Phenyl alanine

Enzymes are classified based on their action on

substrates. Based on IUPAC system there are six
classes of enzymes. They are

[d] Alanine [e] Tryptophan

1 .Oxidoreductases or dehydrogenases: Which can

catalyse the oxidation and reduction of substrates
on which they acts.

4. Select the aromatic aminoacids

[a] Tyrosine

[b] Phenyl alanine [c] Tryptophan

[d] All of these [e] None

2.Transferases: Which can transfer atoms or

groups from one substrate to another

5. Select the wrongly matched item

[a] Serine
- R group is hydroxymeihyi

Ifsomerases: Enzymes which can convert a

substance from one isomeric form to another.

[b] Glutamic acid - Acidic amincacid

4. Hydrolases: Enzymes which can hydrolyse a

substance (hydrolysis is the breaking of covalent
bond by adding water molecule and decomposition
of substances.

[c] Lysine- Basic aminoacid [dl Zwitter ion Formed by internal neutralization [el Alanine
- Two hydrogen atoms with alpha C
06. The characteristic functional groups in aminoacids

are

5.Lyases: Enzymes which can cleave (break)

covalent bonds without adding water molecule.
Ligases: Enzymes which can form covalent bonds

[a] aldehyde and ketone[b] aldehyde and amino

[c] amino and carboxyl [d] aldehyde and carboxyl

172

112

[e] ketone and carboxyl

15. The most abundant biomolecule in protoplasm, and

perform most diverse function are

07. The functional groups in a monosaccharide can be

[a] Polysaccharides [b] Monosaccharides

[a] aldehyde and hydroxyl
[b] ketone and hydroxyl
[c] amino and aldehyde

[c] Proteins

fdl [a] and [b]

[e] [a] or [b]

[a] Protein

[b] Polysaccharide

[c] Nucleic acid

[d] Lipid

[e] Polypeptide

[a] Fatty acid [b]Diglyceride

[c] Monoglyceride

[a]

Adenine and thymine

[b]

Guanine and cytosine

[c]

Adenine and Cytosine

[d]

Guanine and Thymine

[e]

Adenine and Guanine

[c]3

[d14

[c]3

[d]4

Sacchides containing 3 to 7 carbon atoms are called

[c] Polysaccharides [d] Oligosaccharides [e] None

[a] Triose

[b] Tetrose

[d] Hexose

[e] Heptose

[e]5

[e]5

13. Match the items .n columns A and B, and choose

the correct combination

[a] Triose

[b] Tetrose

[d] Hexoses

[e] Heptose

alkaloid 1 Concanavalin

b.

toxin

2. emon grass oil

c.

Lectin

I codeine

d.

Essential oil

[cl Pentose

20. Glycera dehyde is a

[a] Pentose

[b] Hexose

[d] Triose

[e] Tetrose

21.

[c] Heptose

Reducing sugars are sugars having a free

[a] COON group

[b] NH2group

[c] Aldehyde

[d] ketone

22.
Monosaccharides
chemical bonds called

A
a.

[c]Pentose

19. Glucose, fructose and gaiactose are

12_ In a nucleotide the phosphate is linked with

----carbon of pentose sugar
[b]2

[d] Nucleosides

18. C5H1005 is a

11 . In a nucleoside the nitrogen base links with

-------Carbon of pentose sugar

[a] 1

[c] Saccharides

[a] Monosaccharides [b] Disaccharides

[e] Phospholipid

10. Which set has high molecular weight?

[b]2

[a] Carboxylic acid[b] Amino acids

[e] Glycine

09. Lecithin is a

[a] 1

[e] Lipids
16. Compounds containing sugars are called

08. Take the odd one out

[d] Sterol

[d] Nucleic acids

are

[e] c or d
held

together

by

[a] Peptide bond [b] Glycosidic bond

[c] Ester bond

[d] Hydrogen bond

[e] Disulfide bond

4. Abrin

[a] a=3, b=4, c=2, d=1 [ID] a=4, b=3, c=2, d=1
[O] a=-2, b=4, c=1, d=3 [d] a=3,1)=.4, c=1, d=2
[e] a=4 b=2, c=1, d=3
14. Molecular weight of micromclecules ranges from [a]
1-800
[b] 18 - 80 [c] 18 - 800
[d] 18 - 8000 [e] 18 - 10,000

23. On hydrolysis, sucrose gives

[a]

2 molecules of glucose

[b]

2 rerYecules Of fructose

[c]

One glucose and one fructose

[d]

Fructose and galactose

[e]

Maltase and Lactase

173

24. Saturated fatty acids

[c] Aldehyde

[a] with double or tripple bonds between the carbons

34. Monosaccharides are held together by chemical

oonds called

[b] Do Not contain bonds between the carbons

[d] H2O [e] C

aReptide bond

[b]Glycosidic bond

[c]Ester bond

[d]Hydrogen bond

[c] Contain more that 2 double bonds

[d] Do not contgain carbon bonds

[e] None

[e]Disulphide bond

25. Oleic acid linolenic acid and Linoienic acids are

35. When hydrolysed sucrose produces
[a]

Unsaturated fatty acids

[b]

Saturated fatty acids

[a]2 molecules of glucose

[c] Polysaturated
[b]2 molecules of fructose

[d] Essential amino acids [e] Steroids

[c]One glucose and one fructose

26. Class of lipids formed by the combination of a long

chain fatty acid with long chair alcohol is

1d1 Fructose and galactose

[a] Sterol

[e] Maltase and Lactase

[b] Wax [c] Glyco lipids

[d] Phospho lipids [e] Cholesterol

36. Which among

disaccharicies

the

following

are

reducing

27. C,H2nOn is the formula of

[a] Maltose and Lactose [b] Sucrose and maltose
[a] Nucleic acid

[b] Protein

[c] Lipids

[c] Fructose and lactose [d] Glucose and fructose

[d] Carbohydrates [e] minerals

[e] Starch and glycogen
28. Compounds containing sugars are called

37. Saturated fatty acids

[a]Carboxylic acid [b]Amino acids

[c]Saccharides

[d] Nucleosides

[a]

Contain double bonds between the carbons

[b]

Do Not contain bonds between the carbons

[e] Glycine
[c]

Contain more that 2 double bonds

29. Saccharides containing 3 to 7 carbon atoms are

called

[d]

Do not contgain carbon bonds

[a] Monosaccharides [ b] Disaccharides

[e]

None

[c] Polysaccharides [d] Oligo saccharicies

38. The angle between neighbouring basepairs in a

DNA double strand is

[e] None

[a] 60 [b] 90 [c] 450

30. C5H,DOs is a
[d] 366 [e]360
[a]Triose [b]Tetrose
[d]Hexose

[c]Pentose

[e]Heptose

39.
The main pre cursor for the synthesis of
progesterone, oestrigen and contisol are

31. Glucose, fructose and galactose are

[a]Cholesterol

[b]Ribose sugar

[a] Triose

[b] Tetrose

[c]Polypeptides

[d] Oligosaccharides

[d] Hexose

[e] Heptose

[c] Pentose

40.
Amino acids which contain 2 amino groups
and one carboxyl group is called

32. Glyceraldehyde is a
[a]Pentose [b]Hexose

[e]Vitamins

[c] Heptose

[d]Triose [e]tetrose
33. Reducing sugars are sugars having a free [a] COOH
group
[b] NH2group

[a] Acidic amino acid

[b] Basic amino acid

[c] Neutal amino acids [d] Essential amino acid

[e] Non essential amino acids

174

41. A double strand of QNA has 120 adenine and 120

cytosine bases. The total number of nucleotides present
in the segment is
[a]120

(b]240

[d)480

[e]960

[a] N acetyl glucosamine [b] fructose

[c] Galactose

[d] glucose

[c]60
5.1. Cotton fibres is mostly

42.. Which one contains four pyrimidine base

[a]glycogen [b]protein

[a]GAT CAAT GC

[b]UAGCGGUAA

[c]cellulose [d]galactose

[c] GCUAGACAA

[d] TGCCTAACG

52. Which of these is correct

[e] TTCTCAGTCA
43. Which among the fo lowing is a basic amino acid
[a] Lysine

[e] galactose

[b] Aspartic acid

[e]Starch

[a]All proteins have 20 amino acids. [b]Both ends of a

protein are similar. [c]All proteins are soluble
[d]All proteins have tertiary structure [e]Proteins are
formed by peptide bonds

[c] Glutamic acid [d] Phenyl alanine

53. The secondary structure of protein is maintained by

[e] all the above

[a]Electrostatic interactions

44_ A vaso active amine is

[b]Hydrogen bonds

[a] Atanine

[b] Phenyl alanine [c] valine

[d]Hydrophobic interactions

[d] Histamine

[e] Tyrosine

[e] Both [b] and [c]

45. A micro molecule consisting of a nitrogen base, a

pentose sugar and one phospnate group is
[a]ATP

[13]GTP [c]ADP

[d]CTP

[e]AMP

[c]Disulphide bridges

54. If a protein molecule has 65 lysine and 25 glutamic

acid, and the rest are neutra aminoacid residues, it wdl
be
[a]Acidic protein

[b]Basic protein

[c]Neutral protein [djInsoluble protein

46. Which of the following is not a ribo nucleotide
[a]AMP [b[GMP [c]CMP
[d]TMP

[e]ADP

[e]Protein with quarternary structure

55. Which of these is the most basic protein [a]Albumin
[b]Globulin

47. Adenosine is composed of

[c]Histone
[a]

Adenine and ribose

[b]

Adenine, ribose and phosphate

[c]

Adrenaline ATP and ribose

[d]

adenine, and guanine

[e]

Purines and phosphate

[d]Protamine

[e]Glutellin

56. Keratin protein is present in

[a] hair [b] bone [c] blood
[d] brain [e] muscle
57. Which of the following is incorrect

48. Which one is a branched polymer

[a]Cellulose

[b]RNA [c]DNA

[d]Glycogen

[e]Amylose

[a]
The distance between two complementary
strands of DNA is 20A
[b]
The two complementary strands are coiled
around common axis.

49. Polysaccharids are

[c]
The most abundant RNA of the cell is
ribosomal RNA

[a]Highly soluble [b] Very sweet

[d]

DNA and RNA have similar sugars

[c]Reducing

[e]

RNA cannot self duplicate

[d] Tasteless

[e]Micormolecules

58. In RNA thymine is replaced by

50. The monomeric unit of chitin is

[a] adenine

[b] guanine

[c] cytosine

175

lc uracil Eel none

59. RNA does not possess
[a] adenine

[b] ribose sugar

[d] phosphate

[e] thymine

[c] guanine

60. The two complementary chains of DNA are

[a]parallel
[b]show hairpin bends
[c]antiparallei

[d]similar

[e]held together by covalent bonds

61. The base pair says that
[a]

adenine should pair with thymine

[b]

adenine should pair with guanine

[c]

adenine should pair with cytosine

[d]

guanine should pair with thymine

[e]

all the above

******

176